Tigercat 860 870 L870 FELLER BUNCHER SERVICE MANUAL - PDF DOWNLOAD

SERVICE MANUAL Tigercat 860/870/L870 FELLER BUNCHER TABLE OF CONTENTS

ISSUE 3.0, MAY 2004

SECTION INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................... ii NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES ........................................................... iii SAFETY ............................................................................................................................ 1 USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY ......................... APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 CONTROLS AND OPERATION ........................... See separate OPERATOR'S MANUAL LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE .............................................................................. 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM/ LOAD SENSE CONTROL .......................................................... 4 PILOT SYSTEM ................................................................................................................ 5 ELECTRICAL, GAUGES AND ALARMS .......................................................................... 6 ENGINE START AND STOP ............................................................................................ 7 ENGINE ANTI-STALL ....................................................................................................... 9 TRACK DRIVE ................................................................................................................ 11 BOOM FUNCTIONS ....................................................................................................... 12 LEVELLING ..................................................................................................................... 13 SWING ............................................................................................................................ 15 SAW DRIVE .................................................................................................................... 17 WRIST AND CLAMPS .................................................................................................... 18

860-SM00

860/870 Feller Buncher Available Literature Operator's Manual, Spanish ................ Part No. Operator's Manual, English ................. Part No. Operator's Manual, French .................. Part No. Operator's Manual, Portuguese .......... Part No. Service Manual English ....................... Part No. 860 Parts Catalog ................................ Part No. 870/L870 Parts Catalog ....................... Part No. Hydraulic Adapters Book ..................... Part No. Hydraulic Hose Assemblies Book ....... Part No.

19725A 9049A 10439A 17404A 9037A 9255A 14675A 1472A 3707A

Tigercat

®

Tigercat Industries Inc. P.O. Box 544 Paris, Ontario Canada N3L 3T6 Tel: (519) 442-1000

Fax: (519) 442-1855

Tigercat 860/870/L870 feller buncher Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

INTRODUCTION

Introduction

An Operator's manual, Service manual and a Parts catalog are made available by Tigercat to assist the dealer, customer and operator in becoming familiar with the features of the 860/870/L870 Feller Bunchers Serial numbers:8600501 to 8600999; 86011001 to86011449 8700101 to 8700499; 87011001 to 87011449 If configured as an L870 Leveller:870T0131 to 870T0449; 87021001 to 87021449.

The operator's manual will assist the operator with the techniques of proper and safe operation of the 870B Feller Buncher. There is also important information regarding the safe operation of the saw head. The service manual contains safety and servicing procedures and a preventive maintenance schedule to ensure optimum machine performance.

Section 1 in both the operator's manual and the service manual contains safety information that must be followed. As well, throughout the rest of the manuals, WARNING and CAUTION notices are displayed where necessary, drawing attention to possible hazards when performing certain procedures.

Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate or work on the machine.

The information contained in this manual is current at time of printing. Improvements to the machine are on-going and may not be covered, therefore in these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for the appropriate information.

The phrase “and up” appearing in this manual after the serial number implies that the related information is current for any machine serial number HIGHER than the serial number preceding the “and up”.

Tigercat reserves the right to make changes to the machine after this manual release date that may not immediately appear in this manual.

Every effort is made to send out updates on a regular basis. If the machine in question was built after the release date of this manual and there is a discrepancy, call Tigercat service department. The release date appears on the first page.

The Company reserves the right to change information contained herein at any time without prior notice.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

860-01

ii

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Introduction

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES The installation of any unauthorized attachment or changes made of any kind to this Tigercat product could affect the product's ability to perform as originally intended. The product's integrity, stability and it's ability to perform safely could be at serious risk.

IT IS Tigercat POLICY THAT NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING DELETIONS OR ADDITIONS OTHER THAN A Tigercat APPROVED OPTION FITTED IN THE FACTORY APPROVED MANNER. Official approval to make changes or install options is only to be undertaken as follows: i) The relevant options for that product must be shown or listed on current Tigercat documentation or literature such as a printed specification sheet, price list, parts manual, or product literature issued by Tigercat. ii) Approved options or product changes authorized in writing by the Tigercat Engineering Manager.

AUTHORIZATION BY ANY OTHER PERSON IS UNACCEPTABLE. Unauthorized changes made or contributed to by a person or organization may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the person or organization will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in having created this situation.

Weight is an important factor when considering the addition of options or an attachment, Refer to your Tigercat distributor for information on maximum permissible operating weight and the effect the addition of various options may have on your machine.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for any situation that may arise resulting from Non-approved Field Product Changes to its product.

Should Tigercat become involved in a dispute resulting from changes made to the product without proper authorization by Tigercat as stated above, Tigercat will take whatever action is appropriate to protect its interests.

The product warranty policy and the certification on any safety items installed on the modified product will become NULL and VOID if the above policy is not adhered to as specified.

Non-approved product changes also nullify warranties given to Tigercat by its component manufacturers.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

iii

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Introduction

iv

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 1 - SAFETY MAY 2004 Read and understand this Safety section prior to operating any equipment.

Read and understand all manuals for any attachments or accessories.

CONTENTS - SECTION 1 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH .............................................................. 1.9 CAB EXITS .................................................................................................... 1.6 COOLING SYSTEM ..................................................................................... 1.12 EMERGENCY CAB EXITS ............................................................................ 1.6 ENGINE DOORS ......................................................................................... 1.12 ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 1.13 EXHAUST FUMES ....................................................................................... 1.14 FELLING TREES ........................................................................................... 1.9 FIRE PREVENTION FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES .......................................................... 1.14 WHAT ELSE TO DO BEFORE YOU EXPERIENCE A FIRE ................... 1.15 WHAT TO DO AFTER A FIRE ................................................................. 1.16 WHAT TO DO IN CASE OF A MACHINE FIRE ....................................... 1.16 FIRST AID ...................................................................................................... 1.4 FLUID LEAKS .............................................................................................. 1.11 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE HAZARD ............................................................ 1.12 LEVELLING MACHINE PRECAUTIONS ..................................................... 1.13 LOOSE CLOTHING HAZARD ..................................................................... 1.12 PARKING HAZARDS ..................................................................................... 1.9 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING ............................................................................. 1.3 SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCHES ON LEFT ARM REST ............................ 1.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL ........................................................... 1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING ....................................................... 1.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SERVICING ....................................................... 1.10 SAFETY SYMBOLS ....................................................................................... 1.2 SIGNAL WORDS ........................................................................................... 1.2 WELDING, PRIOR TO ................................................................................. 1.11

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety

SAFETY SYMBOLS

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED! The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death.

Follow the instructions in the safety message.

Understanding Signal Words

DANGER DANGER identifies the most serious hazards where failure to follow listed procedures would result in a high probability of death or serious injury.

WARNING WARNING denotes a hazard exists which can result in serious injury or death if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION CAUTION is used in areas where failure to follow listed procedures may cause personal injury, component damage or subsequent malfunction.

IMPORTANT IMPORTANT is used to focus attention on items that should be checked, controlled, adjusted or cleaned to ensure the efficiency and long term operation of the machine.

1.2

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

KEEP BACK 500 FEET

Remember that safety is a prime responsibility of all.

To minimize the risks and promote safety at all times, this section of the operator’s manual details a number of safety rules which should always be followed and obeyed.

Study all the safety messages in this manual and on the labels on the machine carefully.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 500 feet (150M) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all harvesting equipment is shut down before advancing to the machine.

DANGER ROTATING SAW The safety of persons outside the cab is the responsibility of the machine operator.

Follow all instructions from safety inspector and supervisors.

WARNING The saw guard must be installed when working on the saw motor hydraulic circuit or when the saw head is not being used.

Before installing or removing the saw guard or locking bolt, saw blade must be at a complete stop and engine must be shut down.

Always avoid the discharge side of a felling sawhead. A sawhead's high-velocity discharge of debris requires a safe separation distance.

You must be fully trained to operate this piece of equipment. Know the capabilities and the limitations of the equipment. Learn the most efficient operating techniques.

Do not let untrained persons operate the machine.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing.

Use recommended protective clothing and safety devices such as gloves, safety boots, safety hat, goggles, and ear protection when necessary.

These safety rules highlight both general and specific measures that the operator should be familiar with and adhere to. More specific measures are illustrated with pictograms which may also be attached to the machine in locations pertinent to their respective message. Keep safety labels in good condition. Repair or replace damaged labels.

1.3

Use the handrails and steps provided when mounting and dismounting from the machine.

Do not climb onto or jump off the machine at any time.

Do not try to climb onto or off a moving machine.

Do not use the seat armrest or joystick as handle when entering or leaving the cab.

Do not use the machine foot controls as steps.

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety Do not operate the machine with any defective or inoperable components.

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTINUED

Check all fluid levels.

When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the 3 point technique; use one hand with 2 feet or 2 hands with 1 foot.

Do not operate the machine with any of the exhaust system, safety covers, or other devices removed.

Keep a first aid kit in an easily accessible location on the vehicle at all times.

Avoid mounting or dismounting the machine in areas with slippery surfaces. If this is not possible, clean up or cover slippery surfaces with a non-slip material.

Safety Hazards - Viton Seals O-rings and other seals manufactured of Viton material (fluofine rubber) produce a highly corrosive acid (Hydofluoric) when subjected to temperatures above. 600°f (315°c).

This contamination can have extreme consequences on human tissue since it is almost impossible to remove after contact.

The following procedures are recommended when inspecting equipment that has been subjected to high temperatures such as fire:

Machines should be completely cleaned of debris at least daily, particularly around the engine exhaust components. Hydraulic oil leaks, excess grease, fuel and oil accumulation (including spillage) should be eliminated immediately.

•

Visually inspect any seals or gaskets which have suffered from heat; they will appear black and sticky.

•

If these are found, Do Not Touch!!!

•

Determine the material composition of any seals or gaskets, If fluro-elastomer seals (Viton, fluorel, or tecmoflon) have been used, the affected area must be decontaminated before undertaking further work. Natural rubber and nitrile materials are not hazardous.

•

Disposable heavy duty gloves (neoprene) must be worn and the affected area decontaminated by washing thoroughly with limewater (Calcium Hydroxide solution).

•

Any cloths, residue and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

Machine should be washed completely at every major service.

Inspect the machine daily for signs of damage or unusual wear, to structures.

Check for fluid leaks, or faulty operation. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and systems immediately.

Check windows and door guards for damage.

NOTE:

Check protective windows for cracks, a damaged window has reduced strength to stop flying objects.

Burning discarded items is not recommended except in an approved incineration process where the dangerous products are treated by alkaline scrubbing.

Check windows for scratching, crazing and cloudiness that could impair clear visibility all round the machine.

Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the vehicle at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. 1.4

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTINUED

WARNING WARNING Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle is provided and approved with seating for the operator only.

Do not allow anyone to operate the machine who may not be physically fit or who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

WARNING WARNING Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds.

Wash hands after handling.

When moving the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments. Extra clearance may be required particularly where the ground is uneven.

Approach with extreme caution any area where overhanging electrical power lines are present.

Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from these lines.

Maintain a distance of 10 ft. (3m) between the machine or boom and any power line carrying up to 50,000 volts or less plus 1/2 inch (10mm) for each addition 1,000 volts above the 50,000 volt level.

If State/Provincial, local or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for your own protection.

If the machine must be transported, make sure that it is adequately secured to the transporting vehicle.

Comply with instructions in this manual and also your company’s regulations for the operation of this machine.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by felling head manufacturer.

1.5

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety CAB EXITS

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

There are three ways to exit the cab in case of an emergency.

1. Side door, this is also the main point of entry and is the only door that should be used under normal operating conditions to enter or leave the cab.

2. Rear window, should be used for emergency exits only.

3. Skylight , this is a third cab exit for use if the side door or rear window exits become blocked.

Shut off engine when refuelling - DO NOT refuel the engine while smoking or near open flame or sparks.

It is important that the operator of the machine be familiar with these emergency exits and how to use them.

Check that no other personnel have moved into a hazardous area before starting the machine.

All three exits should be checked to make sure that they are operational and will function in an emergency.

Sound the machine horn before starting the machine.

For additional information, refer to EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

The operator’s seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use either of these restraint system at all times when operating the machine.

Do not open/remove an escape hatch, skylight or the cab door to increase ventilation when operating the machine.

Start the engine according to the instructions in this manual. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Never use a liquid starting aid to start an engine.

WARNING

Before moving the machine to the work site, check to ensure that all doors, panels, and access covers are installed properly and secured.

1.6

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTINUED SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON LEFT ARMREST: The left arm rest is equipped with a safety interlock switch to prevent the machine from being operated while the armrest is in the raised position (pilot system is shut off).

Keep the cab door closed when driving or steering the machine to prevent accidental entry of branches and debris into the cab.

NOTE: The engine can be started but the machine functions cannot be operated with the left arm rest up.

Keep the cab doors closed and use seat belt when driving or steering the machine to prevent being thrown from the operator's cab.

PILOT SYSTEM SHUT OFF SWITCH

Secure loose items in the cab.

Prior to commencing work, check all equipment controls to ensure that the machine responds correctly.

•

377-17A

Make sure that all safety screens and guards including the skylight are installed and properly secured.

Felling operations should only be performed from the operator's seat.

LEFT ARM REST IN "UP" POSITION AND LIMIT SWITCH "OFF"

Always rest the felling attachment on the ground when operation is stopped, regardless if the engine is running or shut off.

When the engine is running, DO NOT allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

377-18A

LEFT ARM REST IN "DOWN" POSITION AND LIMIT SWITCH "ON"

To operate: With the engine running and the left arm rest DOWN, push the pilot reset switch.

Once the safety interlock system has been activated, the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and other personnel. Never operate the boom or attachment over the heads of bystanders.

The left arm rest safety interlock switch (pilot system shut off limit switch) and the pilot reset switch are a safety feature and their function must not be defeated in any way.

1.7

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTINUED If saw guard has been installed, DO NOT REMOVE until at the cutting site. Remove guard before starting engine.

Do not turn on saw blade until machine is at cutting site.

Never travel near co-workers or other pieces of equipment with saw blade turning.

Do not allow people or other pieces of equipment near the felling operation.

Use only prearranged and approved signalling practices.

Operate the machine only from a seated position in the operator’s seat.

Watch for ground hazards such as metal debris, wire fencing or rocks.

When travelling position felling head and boom accordingly so as not to impair vision.

If vision is limited by dust, smoke, fog, rain or snow, stop the machine until visibility is restored.

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when machine is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force.

When working on slopes, travel straight up or down the slope to prevent roll-over.

NEVER travel across a STEEP slope or side hill: •

As logs are added to the accumulator pocket the handling and the stability of the machine will change.

•

To avoid tip over, keep the felling head as low as possible to maintain a low center of gravity.

•

Always be prepared to dump the load in case of an emergency.

•

Do not overload the machine as this can create an unstable condition and cause a rollover.

1.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety Never work alone. Regularly inform other crew members of your intentions, location and length of time to perform duties.

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTINUED FELLING TREES Pieces of wood, debris from the ground and even teeth separating from the saw blade become potentially dangerous missiles when thrown from these machines.

Stop the saw blade before leaving the cutting area. NOTE: The saw blade will continue to free wheel for several minutes after the saw switch has been turned OFF.

Inspect saw teeth, tooth retaining bolts, saw disc and felling head assembly.

To stop the blade from rotating, CAREFULLY lower the saw blade onto a stump. This should be done gently to prevent unnecessary loading of the saw blade, saw housing and bearings.

Ensure that all saw tooth retaining bolts are at correct torque value. Refer to attachment manual for correct values.

Replace all worn saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align unused cutting tips.

Park machine at least 50 feet (15 meters) away from other equipment and in a cleared area. In the event of a fire, this distance will minimize the chance of the fire spreading to other equipment.

Always replace saw tooth retaining bolts when replacing saw teeth.

Before leaving operator's cab, lower the felling attachment onto the ground.

Inspect saw disc for stress cracks and that saw disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

If out of the operator's cab for an extended period shut the machine off.

Never start the machine if saw blade has missing teeth, teeth retaining bolts or a bent saw disc.

When parking the machine;

Shut down machine immediately if vibration occurs during cutting.

Check that the saw discharge area is clear and undamaged.

When moving from tree to tree with the saw blade turning, take care not to make contact with other vegetation or debris.

Do not over load felling head.

Work within your operating skills, do not attempt to cut down a tree that is too large for the felling head.

•

Park on level ground only and engage the swing brake.

•

Do not park on a hillside or incline.

•

Lower felling attachment onto level ground.

•

Stop the engine.

•

Turn the master disconnect switch off if the vehicle is to be parked for an extended period of time (Example - overnight).

F OF

Operate so that the chip discharge area of the felling head (where applicable) is not directed at people, livestock, buildings or other machines.

ON

When cutting, properly position felling head in front of tree and have saw blade running at full rpm.

Always know and control the direction the tree will fall to prevent injury to co-workers or damage other vehicles.

When transporting the machine watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc.

When backing away from a cut, watch out for obstacles in your path.

Always travel with felling head as close to the ground as possible, never elevate the felling head unless necessary.

Before transporting the machine check to ensure that all doors, panels and access covers are installed properly and secured. Improperly secured doors or panels pose a serious danger to pedestrians and other vehicles.

Never use this machine to clear a logging deck on a new tract of timber when the rest of the equipment and operator's are also moving in. Pre-plan to clear decks in advance before other equipment arrives.

1.9

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Conduct maintenance inspections at least as frequently as recommended in section 3 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. When servicing or repairing equipment, shut the engine down. Turn Master Disconnect switch OFF. Install a “DO NOT START ENGINE” sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

Before performing maintenance or repair work on any equipment, consult the manufacturer’s instruction manual and follow recommended procedures.

The radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

1.10

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTINUED Prior to welding on any part of the machine, it should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be made available at the welding location.

Care must be taken in attaching the welding machine grounding clamp so current does not pass through bearings, especially the swing bearing.

Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable from all three batteries.

This machine is equipped with sensitive electronic control equipment, prior to welding:-

WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal injury, blindness, or death. If any fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury.

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses.

Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

DISCONNECT THE MULTI-PIN PLUG FROM THE ENGINE ANTI-STALL CONTROLLER

• 870B-01

Disconnect the multi-pin plug from the engine anti-stall controller located on the rear inside wall of the cab.

Disconnect the engine CPU (Central Processing Unit) by unplugging the two multi-pin connectors from the left side of the engine. (Applicable on Cummins QSC or QSL9 engines only).

•• •

870-D01

DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI-PIN PLUGS FROM THE ENGINE CPU

1.11

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTINUED Pressure can be maintained in a hydraulic system long after the power source and pump have been shut down. Lower the felling head to the ground, stop engine and relieve trapped pressure (from the accumulator on later machines) by operating the joystick several times before performing work on components, or disconnecting any hoses. Also relieve pressure in the hydraulic tank by opening the air vent valve and waiting until the sound of escaping air stops.

Always be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of the working parts of the machine.

Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

Before performing work under the boom system ensure it is firmly supported.

When opening or closing power operated engine doors, watch for personnel in door areas.

WARNING

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Do not exceed maximum posted weight capacity of enclosure door by using as platform for heavy components or too many people.

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when machine is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force.

WARNING Always allow the saw blade to come to a COMPLETE STOP before approaching saw head to make adjustments.

Do not change any pressure or relief setting unless Tigercat authorized instruction has been obtained.

WARNING DO NOT work below or behind a machine that is parked on a grade.

Use the proper tool for the job. Repair or replace worn or damaged tools including lifting equipment immediately.

WARNING

Keep your hands, feet, head, and loose clothing away from power driven parts. Tie long hair behind your head. Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

Failure to follow all of the above instructions could result in serious injury or death from crushing.

1.12

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTINUED

LOCATE ROOF SAFETY STRUT IN POCKET

WARNING

•

This machine may be equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH AN ER BOOM SYSTEM Pay attention to the following when servicing the ER Boom System: Certain hydraulic circuits on this machine are inter-connected in order to provide level head travel and to recirculate hydraulic oil to reduce heat generation and fuel consumption. As a result, disconnecting hydraulic lines from one cylinder may release pressure in different cylinder at the same time. Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:-

251-14

INSTALL ROOF SAFETY STRUT

••

(a) The machine is parked on level ground with the head sitting flat on the ground.

STRUT

(b) The stick cylinders are fully extended (fig. 1) or the hoist cylinder fully collapsed (fig. 2). (c) The tip of the stick boom supported .

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

DANGER Extreme care and attention must be exercised when making adjustments to the levelling hydraulic and electrical circuits.

•

Ensure that all personnel not directly associated with the servicing are well clear of the machine.

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 870B-02

DOOR SAFETY STRUTS MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED FOR LEVELLING 870B-02

ER. BOOM SYSTEM. FIG.1

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

The whole upper frame/cab/engine compartment, boom and attachment can tilt unexpectedly from side to side or forward and backwards during servicing, creating "pinch points" between the upper frame and track assembly and the ground.

DANGER

•

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 870B-03

ER. BOOM SYSTEM. FIG.2

ALWAYS install roof safety strut before working under roof area.

ALWAYS install door safety struts before working in door areas.

23526A R0

1.13

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTINUED

If the engine is running inside a building, ensure that sufficient ventilation is available to prevent a build-up of toxic exhaust fumes. Run the engine only when it is necessary for testing or adjustments.

Work in a ventilated area. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, use an exhaust pipe extension to remove toxic exhaust fumes.

If you don't have an exhaust pipe extension, either work outside, or open the shop doors.

Safety

FIRE PREVENTION

When working in a forest environment, it is impossible to prevent combustible debris from collecting in tight corners of the machine. This debris, in itself, may cause a fire; however, when mixed with fuel, oil or grease in a hot or confined place, the danger of fire is greatly increased.

The following fire prevention guidelines should be used to supplement the operator’s fire prevention efforts. In no case should the guidelines be used, or assumed, as replacements for diligent operator efforts at preventing fires.

The following guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire damage to a minimum.

1. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. 2. Inspect the machine for any signs of fuel or hydraulic system leakage and check for worn or eroded fuel or hydraulic lines before starting up any equipment.

Dispose of fluids properly.

Do not pour fluids into the ground, stream, pond or lake.

Before draining any fluids, know the proper way to dispose of them.

Read, understand and follow with all operating safety precautions specified by felling head manufacturer.

3. Remove debris and blow out dust regularly from the air intake doors, engine radiator, hydraulic oil cooler and A/C condenser core to prevent overheating of the engine and hydraulics. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. 4. Blow off all debris and dust accumulated near hot engine exhaust components (turbocharger and exhaust manifold as well as exhaust pipes and muffler) at the completion of each work shift or more frequently depending on logging conditions.

Visual inspection after blow off to ensure thorough cleanliness is vital. Engine exhaust systems provide numerous small pockets where saw dust, small wood chips and other flammable forest debris can gather. Even small accumulations close to hot exhaust components can ignite and smolder. If dislodged by vibration this smoldering debris 1.14

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher FIRE PREVENTION CONTINUED can fall into other areas of the machine and thereby spread a fire.

5. Clean out all accumulated forest debris (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower machine structures as well as from areas in proximity to the engine, fuel and hydraulic oil systems no less frequently than at the completion of each work shift.

Safety 15. Remove all keys, lock equipment and fuel cap at the end of operations to reduce the risk of vandalism.

16. Before starting repair work, such as welding, the surrounding area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be close by.

17. Use only nonflammable solutions for cleaning the machine or components.

18. Store rags and other combustible materials in a safe, fireproof location.

19. Do not use the machine on top of or to push piles of burning timber. A machine fire will result.

6. AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulance caused by the journey.

EQUIPMENT FIRES ADVERSELY EFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO LOG, MAY INCREASE YOUR INSURANCE PREMIUMS DRAMATICALLY OR PREVENT YOU FROM OBTAINING INSURANCE COVERAGE AT ALL.

7. Clean up any grease, diesel fuel, hydraulic and lubricating oil accumulation and spillage immediately.

WHAT ELSE TO DO BEFORE YOU EXPERIENCE A FIRE

8. Steam clean the engine, transmission, brake, fuel and hydraulic tank compartments of all equipment at least once a month or more frequently depending on logging conditions.

•

Ensure that you are familiar with emergency procedure in the event of a fire.

•

Ensure that your fire suppression system* is charged and functional.

•

Ensure that any hand held fire extinguishers are charged and functional.

•

Ensure that any stored water systems on the machine are charged and functional.

•

Ensure that the nozzle of any hand held extinguishers available at the work site fits within the access holes in the doors of the machine.

•

Ensure that you have the proper fire extinguishers on site. Most fires involving mobile equipment will be of the A or B type.

You should have a dry chemical extinguisher rated ABC and a pressurized water extinguisher rated A.

•

Prevent the fire from happening by ensuring that the machine is cleaned regularly and all systems are well maintained.

9. Be cautious when smoking. An open flame, a lighted cigarette, etc., should not be permitted around any vehicle, especially during fuelling operations and/or when the fuel system is open to the atmosphere, and/or when servicing batteries.

10. Shut down equipment immediately when a problem is suspected or smoke is detected.

11. Park the machine at least 50 feet away from other equipment at the end of each shift.

12. Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF at shut down to avoid loss by electrical short.

13. Remain with the machine for at least 45 minutes at the end of operations while the machine cools.

14. Once a fire has started on a machine hoses will quickly burn through causing pressurized fluids (diesel fuel, hydraulic oil, etc.) to fuel the fire. NEVER leave the machine parked with booms or arches suspended off the ground, as they will inject hydraulic oil into the fire if a supporting hose burns through.

*NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some of the Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

1.15

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Safety

FIRE PREVENTION CONTINUED WHAT TO DO IN CASE OF A MACHINE FIRE •

At all times ensure your own personal safety and the safety of anyone that may be in the area. Approach any fire with extreme caution.

•

If the machine is in a dangerous position, attempt to move to a safe position. Lower working attachment to the ground.

•

Shut the engine off.

•

Activate the fire suppression system*

•

Radio or call for help (as appropriate).

•

Exit the machine taking fire extinguisher or water hose (if applicable) with you.

•

If you can safely open the access panels to the machine, in the area of the fire, do so.

•

If you can safely do so, attempt to extinguish the fire.

•

A dry chemical fire extinguisher should be used first, if available.

•

Use the PASS method with most extinguishers.

•

Pull the pin. This will allow you to discharge the extinguisher.

•

Aim at the base of the fire. If you aim at the flames (which is frequently the temptation), the extinguishing agent will fly right through and do no good. You want to hit the fuel.

•

•

Squeeze the top handle or lever. This depresses a button that releases the pressurized extinguishing agent in the extinguisher.

Sweep from side to side until the fire is completely out. Once the fire is out, keep an eye on the area in case it re-ignites.

•

Place the nozzle of the fire extinguisher into the appropriate fire extinguisher access hole and discharge the extinguisher.

•

Failing all attempts to access the machine compartment, attempt to discharge the extinguisher through the mesh or any available openings on the machine.

20229A

TYPICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

•

Use the pressurized water hose supplied with the machine (if applicable) or a pressurized water extinguisher (if available) after the discharge of a dry chemical extinguisher or suppression system* to remove heat build up from the area. A fire suppressed by a dry chemical powder may re-ignite with the latent heat of any debris in the area.

•

Remain with the machine until help arrives to ensure that the fire does not re-ignite.

•

Ensure that the machine and all components have cooled down sufficiently after a fire has occurred. Beware of the possibility of coolant or hydraulic hoses rupturing after a fire spraying hot oil or coolant which may result in severe burns.

WHAT TO DO AFTER A FIRE •

Notify your equipment dealer and or Tigercat Industries Inc. by completing an incident report, Tigercat form number 5101.

•

Ensure that the cause of the fire is determined and all appropriate repairs are completed before returning the machine to work.

•

Ensure that the fire suppression system* is properly serviced and returned to a functional state (if applicable).

•

Ensure that all extinguishers used in fighting the fire are replaced or recharged as appropriate.

1.16

DANGER USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY This information is intended to encourage logging organizations and operators to develop and practice additional rules that suit particular terrain conditions and job requirements. It is also intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

The following information is in addition to any safety instructions or recommended safe operating practices that may already be in circulation.

CONTENTS COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS DIRECTION OF THROW ........................................................ 7 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY ............................ 8 RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS ............................................ 7 THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES .................................... 10 DANGERS ................................................................................. 3 FORWARD ................................................................................. 2 BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS ............................................. 2 OTHER INSTRUCTIONS ....................................................... 3 SAFE PRACTICES ................................................................. 3 SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED ............................. 2 STORED ENERGY ................................................................. 2 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY ......................... 9 SAW HEAD DON’TS ................................................................ 15 TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE ......................... 4

Tigercat

5211A • R2-1101

PAGE 1 OF 16

®

using high speed disc saws safely FORWARD:

Tigercat

®

Several types of heads involved Tigercat wheel type feller-bunchers and crawler feller-bunchers can be supplied with several optional makes and models of high speed disc saw tree felling heads. Because each has certain advantages and disadvantages they are chosen where they best do specific types of work.

Stored energy The saw blade stores energy from the hydraulic motor during the times between tree cuts so that it can supply up to 1000 hp during a 1 sec tree cut. However this rotational energy, if misapplied can result in wood materials or other objects being thrown strongly enough to cause damage and to hurt people.

Be aware of the hazards It is important that users of machines with disc saw felling heads are aware of certain safety precautions that need to be taken. In this section some previously unknown, unexpected safety hazards are illustrated and explained . These should be studied before use of the machinery and then reviewed again after use has begun.

FIGURE 1: BROADSIDE SAW CONTACT WITH A LOG COULD PRODUCE A THROW

FIGURE 2: A SUDDEN MACHINE MOVEMENT MAY CAUSE AN UNEXPECTED THROW AT THE CAB

2

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

®

Safe practices It is understood and expected that logging organizations and operators will develop and practice additional rules that suit (for example) particular conditions of terrain, trees, soil and job requirements. The information given here is intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

It should not be assumed that all possible dangers have been discovered and described here.

Other instructions It is also understood and expected that all instructions contained in service and operator's manuals for use and maintenance of Tigercat disc saw heads and other disc saw heads installed on Tigercat machines will be followed.

THE DANGERS

There are at least these means by which a rotating disc saw can cause harm by throwing: • The normal throwing of chips from the cut.

• Soil particles are thrown from the ground.

• Loose chunks of wood encountered or produced are tossed by the exposed blade.

• Sticks and debris falling onto the blade or sliding across the blade are struck by the teeth and thrown.

• Metal pieces from the blade or from objects encountered are thrown.

• Wood pieces enter the saw housing and are expelled by the blade.

• In very peculiar cases the saw can throw long lengths of wood as spears.

3

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

®

TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE Since the configuration of the saw housing can affect the safety of its use we need to identify some particular types of housing shapes and guarding being used.

Figure 3 shows a typical commonly used saw housing plan where there is a continuous skirt around the saw except at a mouth opening where the trees are cut and taken. The skirt extends below the saw enough to intercept tangential throw. There are snouts on both sides of the mouth so that if pushed against the side of a felled tree or log the saw teeth will not contact the wood.

THROW ANGLE

IF A SAW HEAD IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, SNOUTS PREVENT SAW TEETH FROM CONTACTING WOOD.

•

•

FIGURE 3: TYPICAL COMMONLY USED SAW HOUSING, CONTINUOUS SKIRT WITH OPENING WHERE TREES ARE CUT. SNOUTS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE MOUTH.

4

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

®

Figure 4 shows another commonly used plan. It has no blade guarding snouts so that the saw blade teeth do protrude ahead of the housing. This may be preferred over figures 3 and 5 for dexterity in tree getting.

THROW ANGLE

IF A SAW HEAD WITHOUT SNOUTS IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, SAW TEETH WILL CONTACT WOOD.

FIGURE 4: ANOTHER COMMONLY USED HOUSING PLAN WITH NO SNOUTS, BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

In figure 5 there is a much longer snout on the ingoing side of the mouth, i.e., where the teeth of the rotating blade are entering the housing. The broad side of a log, if nudged, will not contact the saw teeth and more thrown material will be intercepted by the extra length of snout.

THROW ANGLE

NUDGED LOG WILL NOT CONTACT SAW TEETH.

• EXTRA LENGTH OF SNOUT WILL INTERCEPT PORTION OF THROWN MATERIAL.

FIGURE 5: HOUSING USES LONGER SNOUT ON IN-GOING SIDE OF MOUTH WHERE ROTATING BLADE ENTERS HOUSING.

5

using high speed disc saws safely Housing types cont.

Tigercat

®

In figure 6a and 6b there is an additional opening in the housing skirt. Openings in this location are sometimes provided for escape of wood chips produced by the saw teeth in the cut and being taken into the housing.

A CHIP ESCAPE PORT CAN ALLOW THROW BEHIND THE MACHINE

REAR

FRONT

FIGURE 6a

FIGURE 6b

FIGURE 6c

FIGURE 6: ADDITIONAL OPENING IN THE HOUSING SKIRT.

In figure 6c a guard has been added to the chip escape port so that tangential travel of chips and other material is intercepted as soon as it leaves the housing.

Each figure shows a shaded area where normally tangentially thrown material can escape from the saw housing. Deflected and dropped chips escaping below the bottom edge of the housing skirt are not included. The areas and angles are not exact but do show that one head can be different from another.

It is important that the operator familiarize himself with the blade rotation direction, the effectiveness of any snout on the in-going side and which direction any chip escape ports allow material to fly.

6

using high speed disc saws safely COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS

Tigercat

®

Recognizing the Dangers While it may appear that these illustrated danger areas can be visually recognized on the job by observing how far chips fly during a cut, that is only true for chips and other light weight materials.

Metal parts and wooden spears can be thrown to surprisingly greater distances. Even distant personnel on the ground, in other vehicles, or in buildings are at risk if the throw is in their direction.

Direction of throw The direction of possible tangential throw for metal parts and stones is dependent on the housing configuration and might be expected to be the same as observed for the chips. However, these throws can occur at any time the saw is running, in whichever direction the angle of throw is pointed by boom geometry, not just when a cut is being made.

Throw distance The throw distance for metal pieces and stones, can be many times the distance shown by the pattern for chips. More testing and data collection is needed to pin down a “safe distance” but if someone or something is in a place that can be seen by the operator and in the throw direction of a high speed disc saw, then the operation is not safe regardless of the distance.

Safe operating areas These saw heads must not be used in areas where the logging operation does not have control over the presence and movement of people. In particular, clearing of vegetation in urban and populated areas should not be done with a Tigercat manufactured or supplied high speed disc saw. High speed disc saw heads are intended for high productivity wood harvesting in areas remote from normal habitation. The possible presence of people and property within throw range and the likelihood of encountering scrap metal, wire fencing, steel posts and concrete must be respected.

Assessing the potential dangers on the job site The extent of danger from high speed disc saws on the logging operation has to be assessed on the job site, depending on how much other work activity is in the area and whether the operator can do his job of cutting and bunching with good control of throw patterns. Danger is greater if the saw is equipped with detachable, or fragile, or brittle teeth, or if the site contains stones or abandoned metal.

7

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Regular maintenance Poor saw maintenance increases these dangers. Some designs that might allow fasteners to wear thin or fatigue and suddenly break, need thorough timely replacement procedures. It is important that the warning signs of missing saw tooth parts or the sounds of striking rocks be heeded and the operation adjusted to avoid danger.

High angle wrist rotation ability When a felling machine is equipped with a high speed disc saw head with a high angle wrist rotation ability it should be determined that the limits of the boom, stick, tilt, wrist, upper leveling and any other freedoms, do not permit a direct throw at the operators cab during normal operation, see figure 7a. It is probably essential that the housing have a long snout on the throw side and that if a chip escape port is used it should be guarded.

With these high mechanical freedom arrangements there is a chance that an unforeseeable operator misadventure or equipment failure could result in an accidental direct or deflected throw at the operators cab, refer to figure 2 and 7b. The cab should be capable of resisting such accidental and ricochet throws. The velocity energy of metal or rock pieces leaving the blade is extremely high. The operators cab cannot be considered safe to routinely operate in the chip throw area, even if it has been especially constructed to prevent penetration by accidentally thrown objects.

8

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

FELLING HEAD • WITH A CHIP ESCAPE PORT AND SHORT SNOUT. • SHOWN IN A HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION POSITION, PLACING OPERATOR'S CAB IN DIRECT LINE WITH UNGUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT

FIGURE 7a

PLAN VIEW OF MACHINE SHOWING CLOCKWISE AND COUNTERCLOCKWISE BLADE ROTATION

FIGURE 7b FELLING HEAD • WITH LONGER SNOUT ON THROW SIDE OF OPENING AND WITH A GUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT.

FIGURE 7: DISC SAW FELLING HEAD WITH HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY

9

®

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

Throwing long wood pieces Dangers from throws of long wood pieces are illustrated in figures 8 to 11. Tests and experience have shown that when a high speed rotating saw is applied to a loose piece of wood, the wood is either blown or pushed away, without a throw. If the wood is held firmly in all directions and the saw advanced into it at any feed speed, cutting will take place. If the wood is only held against escape from the saw radially, but not held tangentially, then the wood will be both partly cut and partly moved tangentially. In this last case tests have shown that if the piece of wood is backed-up by a solid slippery surface; and if the feed in is very fast; and if the piece of wood is long enough; then the tangential movement is a dangerous spear-like throw.

A SLAB, WHICH COULD LATER BE THROWN, MIGHT HAPPEN WHEN NOT ENOUGH ROOM IN HEAD TO COMPLETELY CUT THE LAST TREE

SLAB

•

SLAB

• FE

ED

IN

FIGURE 8a: HOW A SLAB CAN BE THROWN FROM THE SIDE OF A LOG

TH DIR ROW EC TIO N

SAW HOUSING HAS SKIS, BUT WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

FIGURE 8

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO SLAB/LOG

®

SLAB

LOG A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN CAUSE A DANGEROUS SPEAR THROW

• •

FIGURE 8b SIDE VIEW

FEED IN

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG

10

FIGURE 8c TOP VIEW

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Figures 8 and 9 show two ways that this might happen in the woods if using the saw head of figure 4 (where the throw contact can be long). A slab, still partly attached to a well backed-up tree bole and wet with sap, makes an ideally bad throw situation which could unintentionally occur in woods work. A small log in a pile of other logs might also be propelled out with enough length of continued contact to reach near saw tip speed.

A SMALL LOG IN A PILE OF OTHER LOGS MIGHT ALSO BE PROPELLED OUT WITH ENOUGH LENGTH OF CONTINUED CONTACT WITH THE BLADE TO REACH NEAR SAW TIP SPEED.

• FE

ED

IN

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG PILE

FIGURE 9a: HOW A LOG CAN BE THROWN LIKE A SPEAR SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

SMALL LOG

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE LOG PILE

FEED IN

•

•

A SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS ALLOWS A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

FIGURE 9b SIDE VIEW

FIGURE 9c TOP VIEW

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG

FEED IN

11

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Figure 10 shows how a head with snouts does not allow a long throw contact. Although tests show that a short contact length on a long log or tree butt does not result in a spear like throw, this action should nevertheless be avoided because abnormally large chips are sometimes produced and thrown.

UNCUT TREE OR STUMP BACKUP THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

• WHEN ONLY THE END OF A LOG CAN MAKE CONTACT WITH THE SAW, THERE IS NOT MUCH THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

FIGURE 10: FELLING HEAD HOUSING WITH SNOUTS DOES NOT ALLOW A LONG THROW CONTACT

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG

Figure 11 warns that blocks of wood can be tossed in any direction when improvising with a disc saw to trim over-size stumps. A long snout and a slow feed speed lessen danger during stump trimming.

A similar danger of throw may exist when clearing small brush with multiple pass cuts.

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO STUMP (FEED SPEED)

FIGURE 11: A BLOCK OF WOOD CAN BE TOSSED WHEN TRIMMING STUMPS

12

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Saw blade throw gap Saw blades have gaps between adjacent teeth and holders to permit installation and removal of the teeth and to provide spaces to accumulate chips in the cut, see figure 12. Fallen sticks and debris or sticks and debris sliding across the the saw blade can enter these gaps when the blade is rotating and be struck by the teeth and be tossed or thrown. Larger gaps and lower rotation speeds increase these dangers.

THROW GAP

FIGURE 12: SAW BLADE THROW GAP

13

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Saw housing entrance and exit space To avoid the ingestion of materials into the housing space above the disc (and later ejection) the ingoing entrance for the saw rim of teeth is kept as small as practical. It is important that this high wear area be maintained at its original size and shape. The outgoing opening is large enough to allow the housing to clean itself and will allow most things inside to be thrown out, see figure 13. Its throw direction and angle must be respected. A long snout on the other side reduces this danger.

THE INGOING ENTRANCE OF THE HOUSING FOR THE SAW RIM OF TEETH SHOULD BE SMALL

THE OUTGOING OPENING IS LARGER TO ALLOW THE HOUSING TO CLEAN ITSELF AND WILL ALLOW MOST THINGS INSIDE TO BE THROWN OUT

FIGURE 13: SAW BLADE ENTRANCE AND EXIT SPACE

14

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

This information is offered by Tigercat as part of interim action to make saw heads safer. It is based on what has recently been reported from the field and on tests conducted on proving grounds.

Tigercat is continuing to do design and testing of tree felling machinery towards achieving greater safety in the woods. Tigercat would be thankful for written reports describing any unsafe happenings, including near misses, in the use of felling heads and their carriers.

The following are some “SAW HEAD DON’TS” that apply particularly to throw prevention.

Do not point the throw of a disc saw head in a direction towards people, vehicles or buildings at any visible distance.

Do not operate in a way that throws chips in a direct-line at the machine cab.

Do not push hard with the saw against anything except a standing tree to be cut.

Do not mix new sharp teeth with old dull teeth on the same saw.

Do not change the blade rotation from its designed direction in the head.

Do not over speed the blade rpm.

Do not remove or shorten snouts provided by the head manufacturer or installer.

Do not neglect tooth fastening inspection, maintenance and replacement.

Do not neglect to repair worn or damaged saw housings.

Do not neglect to replace any covers removed for service or clean out.

Do not count on skis to give the throw protection that snouts do.

Do not nudge loose short pieces with the front of any type of head.

Do not nudge anything, even long logs, with the front of a head which has no snouts.

Do not cut short small stalks when blade speed is low.

Do not operate a high speed disc saw in a populated area.

Do not assume that visitors and other workers are aware of disc saw dangers.

Do not assume that the operator will spare you, a visitor, from danger.

Do not select and operate heads that throw rearward.

Do not select and operate heads with unnecessarily wide throw angles.

Do not neglect to read and follow all instructions provided by the saw and head manufacturers.

15

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

16

®

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION & MAINTENANCE MAY 2004

CONTENTS - SECTION 3 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A/C SYSTEM TOTAL CAPACITIES .................... 3.12 CHECKING SYSTEM ........................................... 3.12 CONDENSER CORE ........................................... 3.12 AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE AIR CLEANER ...................................................... 3.24 CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS ..................... 3.25 ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER ................................ 3.24 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ................... 3.25 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS ............................ 3.25 APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS ................................ 3.7 EMERGENCY EXITS, CHECK MONTHLY ................ 3.3 FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE ................. 3.9 FILTERS ENGINE FILTERS ................................................ 3.14 FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR .................. 3.14 FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR, REMOTE 3.14 FUEL TANK STRAINERS .................................... 3.16 HYDRAULIC OIL PILOT FILTER ......................... 3.16 FILTER, CLOG INDICATOR ............................. 3.16 HYDRAULIC OIL PRE-FILL FILTER .................... 3.18 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS .................. 3.19 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN STRAINERS ............. 3.22 REMOVE AND REPLACE .................................... 3.14 SERVICING GUIDELINES FOR OIL FILTERS .... 3.17 FIRE PREVENTION ................................................... 3.3 FUEL TANK SHUT-OFF VALVES ........................... 3.15 FUEL TANK STRAINERS CHANGING/CLEANING ....................................... 3.16 GENERAL MAINTENANCE ....................................... 3.3 HYDRAULIC OILS APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS ............................. 3.7 TEMPERATURE OPERATING RANGE ................. 3.7 HYDRAULIC TANK ........................................ 3.20, 3.21 LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM, LEVELLER ....... 3.6 LUBRICATION SCHEDULE ....................................... 3.9 NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE .............................. 3.2 FIRST 50-100 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT ....... 3.2 INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION ................. 3.2 TIGHTENING POINTS ........................................... 3.2 OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE ...................................... 3.2 PRESSURE SETTING PROCEDURES ........ SEE SERVICE MANUAL PRESSURE SETTING VALUES ........ SEE SERVICE MANUAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ............. 3.2

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FREQUENTLY ....................................................... 3.4 8 HOURS ................................................................ 3.4 24 HOURS .............................................................. 3.4 125 HOURS ............................................................ 3.4 250 HOURS ............................................................ 3.5 500 HOURS ............................................................ 3.5 1000 HOURS .......................................................... 3.6 2000 HOURS .......................................................... 3.6 3000 HOURS .......................................................... 3.6 LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM, LEVELLER ... 3.6 SWING DRIVE GEARBOX LUBRICATION ............. 3.11 TORQUE CHART .................................................... 3.26 TORQUE CHART, GENERAL ................................. 3.27

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR 860/870 FELLER BUNCHER NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE

*INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION:PERFORM THE INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION USING Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5281 AND 5282; "PDI AND 50-100 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT"

*FIRST 50-100 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT:WITH THE OWNER'S MECHANIC PRESENT, PERFORM AN INSPECTION AND SERVICE ACCORDING TO THE Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5281 AND 5282; "PDI AND 50-100 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT" THIS MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE FIRST 50-100 HOUR TIME FRAME.

*IMPORTANT: TO QUALIFY FOR CONTINUED WARRANTY, THIS REPORT MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO Tigercat Industries Inc. WARRANTY DEPARTMENT.

Tightening points:~

NOTE: Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

All hydraulic connections Hose clamps All cylinder and boom pin retainers

Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

Boom pin nuts Check swing bearing bolt torque Engine mounting bolts

IMPORTANT

Pump mounting bolts Track shoe bolts

BEFORE DRIVING MACHINE ENSURE THAT THE TRACK TENSION (SAG) IS SET CORRECTLY.

Track roller retaining bolts

TRACK SAG MAY BE SET LESS THAN SPECIFIED FOR SHIPPING PURPOSES.

Track sprocket retaining bolts Track drive gearbox mounting bolts

REFER TO SECTION 11 IN THE SERVICE MANUAL FOR THIS PROCEDURE.

Track drive motor mounting bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts

OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE

Swing motor mounting bolts LEAKAGE RATE ONE DROP IN 10 SECONDS ONE DROP IN 5 SECONDS ONE DROP PER SECOND THREE DROP PER SECOND DROPS BREAK INTO STREAM

Cab securing bolts Any other loose nut, bolt or fitting

3.2

LOST 0IL (GALLONS) PER PER PER DAY MONTH YEAR 0.112 3.36 40.0 0.225 6.75 81.0 1.125 33.75 405.0 3.75 112.5 1,350.0 24.00 720.0 8,640.0

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL CHECK EMERGENCY EXITS, MONTHLY:~ Two alternate exit routes are provided: rear window emergency exit and skylight/emergency exit. These are only to be used if the side door cannot be opened.

CAUTION ALL HANDLES, STEPS AND PLATFORMS MUST BE KEPT FREE OF GREASE, OIL, FUEL, MUD, SNOW, ICE AND FOREST DEBRIS.

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational.

Clean around filler caps before checking or adding fluids.

Clean around hydraulic fittings before breaking connection. Plug or cap immediately.

Refer to EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for checking procedure.

Clean up spills as soon as possible.

Always release pressure in hydraulic tank Before breaking a connection.

FIRE PREVENTION Maintaining your machine properly will greatly extend its life and reduce your operating costs.

Always use clean oil and containers.

Drain dirty oil while still warm.

Fire can result in a machine loss which can be financially devastating.

Do not exceed recommended fluid levels.

Service all hydraulic filters after the failure of a pump, motor, cylinder or valve. Failures of this nature could contaminate the entire hydraulic system.

CAUTION AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

Top up diesel fuel at each shift to reduce contamination by condensation.

Clean up oil spills on walking surfaces in engine enclosure immediately.

1. Pine needles and bark when allowed to accumulate, form a fuel source that when ignited is extremely difficult to extinguish. A thorough program of regular cleaning and washing will reduce the possibility of a fire starting. In the event a fire does start, the regular cleaning program will improve the chances of successfully extinguishing a fire.

Before welding on machine, be sure the negative battery terminal is disconnected.

Before welding on machine, disconnect the multi-pin plug from the engine anti-stall controller and the two engine CPU multi-pin plugs from the left side of the engine.

When welding, secure ground connection as close to working position as possible to prevent arcing across machined surfaces or through bearings.

2. Pay close attention to wiring and plumbing routings during maintenance, ensure that ALL wiring harnesses or hydraulic hoses are properly restrained and clamped to prevent damage from chaffing.

Clean away all branches, bark and chips.

Clean up all traces of oil to avoid fires.

3. Read the fire suppression system manual and have the system serviced regularly by qualified personnel.

Always have a fire extinguisher at hand.

For safety, always lower boom assembly to the ground when leaving cab, leaving machine unattended or during service.

4. In case of fire lower the boom system to the ground and shut off the engine before discharging the fire suppression system.

Always install roof safety strut when working in engine compartment.

Also refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for additional information.

Clean fire suppression system sensors.

3.3

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE NOTE: This procedure will allow grease to flow to the normally "loaded side" of the pin/ bearing surfaces.

FREQUENTLY:~ • Check engine cooling air intake screens for possible restriction • Check for debris, snow and ice buildup on emergency exits and remove accumulation immediately.

Clean:~ • Oil cooler, engine radiator and enclosure screens.

• ER Boom system:

• Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

Periodically, the main boom must be lifted up as far as it will go and then lowered to operating height in an area free from overhead obstructions in order to circulate hydraulic oil from the cylinders back through the cooler and filters. This oil does not circulate through the cooler or filters during normal horizontal motion and the oil does not get completely changed during normal vertical motion, so it is important that this procedure be followed at least once every hour.

Check:~ • For leakage around hydraulic components and flexible hoses.

• For loose nuts, bolts and fittings.

• Condition and tension of fan belts.

• Visually check condition of tracks.

• Conduct an overall visual inspection.

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

EVERY 8 HOURS:~

EVERY 24 HOURS :~

• Perform frequently maintenance And in addition:~

• Perform "frequently" maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Check engine coolant level

And in addition:~

• Check engine oil level

• Lubricate swing bearing; 1-fitting - 10 shots while swinging

• Drain water from fuel/water separator • Check air intake precleaner operation • Check air cleaner unloader valve

EVERY 125 HOURS:~

• Check air intake filter restriction indicator

• Perform "frequently" maintenance

• Check hydraulic oil level

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

Lubricate:~ • Swing pinion; 1-fitting - 10 shots

• Perform 24 hour maintenance

• Cylinders, Levelling; 4-fittings total - purge

And in addition:~

• ‡ Boom joints: 6-fittings - purge.

With Tilt Link; 12-fittings - purge

• Check return filter bypass light is NOT ON with engine running at high idle with oil flow and oil at operating temperature

• ‡ Cylinders; boom, stick & tilt; 6-fittings - purge.

With ER system 8-fittings - purge

• Check return filter restriction gauge is in GREEN zone with engine running at high idle with oil flow and oil at operating temperature

‡ Lubricating cylinder pins and boom joints:1. Ensure machine is on level ground

• Check pilot filter restriction indicator (when fitted) is in GREEN zone with engine running at high idle with oil flow and oil at operating temperature

2. Completely tilt felling head back 3. Fully extend stick boom cylinder

• Check track gearboxes oil level with level plug at 9 O'clock and other plug at 6 O'clock.

4. Force heel of felling head onto ground

• Check battery fluid level unless maintenance free

5. While in this position lubricate all cylinder retaining pins and boom joints

• Check engine rpm calibration with tachometer • Check hydraulic pump and motor securing bolts 3.4

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 500 HOURS:~

• Check torque tightening points as per new machine maintenance

• Perform frequently maintenance

• Carry out A/C system inspection; Refer to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in THIS SECTION

• Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance

Visually check for damage to:~ • Main and stick booms

• Perform 250 hour maintenance

• Tracks, track frames and carbody

And in addition:~

• Swing bearing area

• Replace engine oil and filter §, CumminsQSL9 engine only.

• Attachment

• Replace engine fuel filter §.

Make repairs immediately

• Replace engine coolant filter §.

Visually inspect for:~ • Frayed electrical wiring and hydraulic hoses

• Replace filter in engine mounted fuel filter/water separator § (later machines).

NOTE: Neglecting the proper maintenance of these items can result in fire.

• Replace filter in remote mounted fuel filter/water separator § (all machines).

• Wear in any other components

• Replace air intake safety element.

Clean/replace:~ • Inspect for debris buildup between radiator, oil cooler and A/C condenser

• Replace hydraulic oil pre-fill filter §. † • Replace hydraulic oil return filters (in tank).

• Replace hydraulic oil pilot pressure filter §. †

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

§ Refer to FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE in THIS SECTION. Lubricate:~ • Door and cover hinges; 12 fittings - 1 shot

EVERY 250 HOURS:~ • Perform frequently maintenance

• Roof and door cylinder pins apply oil liberally.

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Other door hinges; apply oil liberally

• Perform 24 hour maintenance

Check:~ • Torque on swing bearing and swing gearbox retaining bolts.

• Perform 125 hour maintenance And in addition:~

• Torque on track drive gearboxes and motor mounting bolts.

• Replace engine oil and filter*, Cummins 'C' and Deere engines only.

• Check all hydraulic pressures • Lubricate swing drive gearbox lower bearing; 2 fitting - 5 shots.**Do not use power grease gun. **With swing gearbox at operating temperature slowly add 5 shots of lithium based ep2 to each side of the gearbox. Note: During cold weather the swing function must be operated for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Caution: Do not force grease, gearbox failure may result.

Do not use winter grease. Grease should purge from gearbox pinion seal.

• Check track rollers for leakage. Earlier rollers were filled with oil and later rollers filled with grease, both cases are considered to be maintenance free.

If a lubricant leakage is detected the rollers must be removed, repaired and replaced.

• Check track idler assembly for leakage, the bearing is filled with oil and is considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the idler must be removed, repaired and replaced.

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Replace air intake primary element*.

• Replace oil in track drive gearboxes with drain † Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat plug at 6 O'clock position and fill plug at 9 O'clock. replacement filters is not recommended.

3.5

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 1000 HOURS:~

• Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil. See APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION

• Perform frequently maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance

It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results

• Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance • Perform 250 hour maintenance • Perform 500 hour maintenance

EVERY 3000 HOURS:~

And in addition check:~ • Fuel in-tank strainer

• Perform frequently maintenance

• Replace air cleaner unloader valve

• Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance

EVERY 2000 HOURS:~ • Perform frequently maintenance

• Perform 250 hour maintenance

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Perform 500 hour maintenance

• Perform 24 hour maintenance

• Perform 1000 hour maintenance

• Perform 125 hour maintenance

• Perform 2000 hour maintenance And in addition:~

• Perform 250 hour maintenance

• Clean/replace filter element in fitting at P1. port on main pump anti-stall valve. (Main pump AP011 (160cc) only)

• Perform 500 hour maintenance • Perform 1000 hour maintenance And in addition:~ • Replace turbocharger rubber inlet elbow and coupling - High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden. See AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION • Check ALL air intake tubing, rubber couplings and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage

LEVELLING CYLINDER 2 FTG/8 HRS.

LEVELLING CYLINDER 2 FTG/8 HRS.

•

• • •

•

UPPER PIVOT BEARING

THRUST BEARING

INTERMEDIATE PIVOT BEARING

2 FTG/250 HRS.

1 FTG/8 HRS.

1 FTG/250 HRS.

2 SIDES 830-09

2 SIDES

LEVELLER COMPONENT LUBRICATION POINTS 3.6

2 SIDES

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS In addition to providing the vehicle with its normal operational functions, hydraulic oil is also used to fill the swing gearbox and brake.

Use one of the following oils to fill or replenish the hydraulic system.

®

Tigercat

HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE (Not suitable for axle applications)

OPERATING TEMP. RANGE LOWEST START-UP TEMP.

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE OPERATING RANGE HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE -40

OIL TYPE

-40

-30 -20

-20 0

-10

0 20

10 40

20 60

30 80

40

50

60

70

100

120

140

160

80 180

90 200

100

°C 220°F

CITGO MYSTICK HVI 32 MYSTICK HVI 46 MYSTICK HVI 68 CHEVRON RYKON PREMIUM 32 RYKON PREMIUM 46 RYKON PREMIUM 68 ESSO / EXXON UNIVIS N22 UNIVIS N32 UNIVIS N46 UNIVIS N68 IRVING OIL HYDRAULIC LP 22 HYDRAULIC LP 32 HYDRAULIC LP 46 HYDRAULIC LP 68 MOBIL MOBIL DTE 12M (ISO 22) MOBIL DTE 13M (ISO 32) MOBIL DTE 15M (ISO 46) MOBIL DTE 16M (ISO 68) PETRO-CANADA HYDREX MV 22 HYDREX MV 36 HYDREX MV 60 SHELL TELLUS T22 TELLUS T32 TELLUS T46 TELLUS T68 TEXACO RANDO HDZ 22 RANDO HDZ 32 RANDO HDZ 46 RANDO HDZ 68

CAUTION

OPERATING MACHINE OUTSIDE LIMITS SHOWN WILL RESULT IN FAILURE OF HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

5168AR03

3.7

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

INFORMATION TO FOLLOW THE INFORMATION FOR THIS PAGE WAS NOT AVAILABLE AT PRESS TIME AND HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

LUBRICATION DIAGRAM 3.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat® Model 860/870 FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

3 4 5 6

ENGINE OIL/FILTER CUMMINS QSL9...

CUMMINS C……...

DEERE 6081……..

FUEL FILTER (ENGINE) FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR** ENGINE COOLANT FILTER* IN-TANK FUEL STRAINER

7 8

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

9

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

10

HYDRAULIC TANK

11

HYDRAULIC OIL PRE-FILL FILTER

12

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS, (IN TANK)

13

HYDRAULIC OIL PRESSURE FILTER, PILOT

14

MAIN PUMP PILOT FILTER SCREEN

15

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX;

16

TRACK ROLLERS AND IDLERS CHECK FOR LUBRICANT LEAKAGE

17

SWING BEARING ***

18

SWING PINION

19

SWING GEARBOX LOWER BEARING

20

BOOM,STICK AND TILT JOINTS…….

- WITH TILT LINK………..

LUB - WITH ER BOOM SYSTEM………….

CYLINDERS; BOOM, STICK & TILT...

LUB - WITH ER BOOM SYSTEM………...

LEVELLER CYLINDERS LUB LEVELLER THRUST BEARING LUB LEVELLER PIVOTS LUB DOOR AND ROOF HINGES LUB DOOR CYLINDER PINS LUB FELLING ATTACHMENT LITHIUM BASED EP2 GREASE CONTAINING MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE ** ANTIFREEZE MUST MEET GM 6038M SPECIFICATIONS SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE MANUAL

21 21 22 23 24 25 26

..REP ..REP ..REP REP REP REP

CHK

DRN

…36 ...36 ...36

…9.5 ...9.5 ...9.5

..18.9 ..18.9 ..28.5

..…5 .....5 .....8

QTY

3000

2000

1000

500

250

125

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS

CHK

USG

2

COOLING SYSTEM CUMMINS QSL9….

CUMMINS C……...

DEERE 6081……..

CAPACITY LITRE

1

8

ITEM NO.

SERVICE EVERY DESCRIPTION

60% ANTIFREEZE ** 40% DISTILLED WATER SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER’S SERVICE MANUAL 1 2 1

CHK CHK

1 1

REP REP

1

CHK

D/R

190

50

1

REP †

1

CHK

REP

2

CHK

REP †

1

REP

1

**BOTH REMOTE AND ENGINE MOUNTED * CUMMINS 'C' AND SQL9 ENGINES DRAIN TANK, CLEAN OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY CLEAN BOWL AS REQUIRED CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR WITH ENGINE RUNNING. CLEAN UNLOADER VALVE EVERY 8 HRS, REPLACE EVERY 1000 HRS. DRAIN AND REFILL AT SEASONAL OIL CHANGE SEE APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS* *Tigercat RECOMMENDS REGULAR USE OF AN OIL TESTING PROGRAM.

CHECK RESTRICTION INDICATOR LIGHT IN CAB WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT FULL AND WITH FLOW CHECK RESTRICTION INDICATOR ON FILTER (WHEN FITTED) WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT FULL AND WITH FLOW FILTER SCREEN LOCATED IN FITTING AT 'P1' PORT CONNECTION ON CONTROL VALVE ON MAIN PUMP FILL WITH S 75W-90 (SPEC) RECOMMENDED SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL FOR SEVERE DUTY APPLICATIONS †† CHECK OIL WITH LEVEL PLUGS AT 6 AND 9 O'CLOCK POSITIONS. IF LEAKING REMOVE AND REPAIR FILL WITH SAE 30 OR 40 OIL OR GREASE, REFER TO 500 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS GREASE WHILE SWINGING *** EVERY 24 HOURS LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE

6

1.5

2

7.6

2

1

LUB 24HR ***

10 SHOTS

1

LUB

10 SHOTS

1

GREASE WHILE SWINGING LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE

5 SHOTS EACH FITTING

1

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE *REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS

†† CHK

D/R

REMARKS/LUBRICANT

CHK

LUB *

† Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

860/870 LUBCHART.XLS • R3 0903

3.9

...6 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE ...12 …12 …8 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE PURGE …10 4 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE PURGE 2 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE PURGE PURGE 3 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 1 SHOT 12 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE LUBRICATE 4 APPLY OIL LIBERALLY SEE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE LEGEND: CHK - CHECK DRN - DRAIN D/R - DRAIN AND REFILL LUB - LUBRICATE REP - REPLACE PURGE

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher ER BOOM SYSTEM

Lubrication and Maintenance Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:-

WARNING

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

This machine may be equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

• TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

When performing maintenance procedures or setting up a machine equipped with an ER boom system, the following points must be noted: The main and stick boom cylinder circuits are connected hydraulically. Thus, disconnecting a hydraulic line to a boom cylinder may cause either boom to move unexpectedly. The boom may also move unexpectedly if a port relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) too far and the pressure drops below that which is required to hold the weight of the boom and head. Ensure that the head is resting squarely on a solid footing and the stick cylinders are fully extended, tank pressure is relieved and engine is shut off before disconnecting any hydraulic lines.

870B-02

ER. BOOM SYSTEM. FIG.1

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

•

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 870B-03

ER. BOOM SYSTEM. FIG.2

(a) The machine is parked on level ground with the head sitting flat on the ground. (b) The stick cylinders are fully extended (fig. 1) or the hoist cylinder fully collapsed (fig. 2). (c) The tip of the stick boom supported .

For additional safety precautions refer to ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS in SECTION 1 OF THIS MANUAL. Also note that because of the hydraulic connection between the main boom and ER cylinders, the ER cylinder can overpower the stick cylinders under certain conditions, causing the stick boom to move unexpectedly. This most often occurs when setting the MAIN BOOM UP relief valve, causing the stick to extend, but it may also happen at other times if the relief settings are not correct. Ensure that all personnel and equipment are clear of the boom path and that there is sufficient overhead clearance for the head to rise before making any adjustments.

3.10

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX

Lubrication and Maintenance

UPPER GEARING LUBRICATION The swing gearbox upper gearing is lubricated by hydraulic oil which flows from the 'PB' port, one of three return ports on the clamps and wrist valve into the swing brake 'U' port on the swing drive gearbox. A 1/16 inch orifice/connector installed in the 'U' port regulates the flow of oil through the gearbox at approximately 1 GPM. Oil is returned to tank via flushing port 'T'.

LOWER BEARING LUBRICATION The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the two lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease.

LUBE FITTINGS

•

•

845B-D33

LUBRICATE GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS To gain access to the lube fitting, remove the cover plate directly below the gearbox. Using a hand grease gun, pump 5 shots of grease into each grease fitting. Follow the lubricating procedure on the label located beside the grease fittings and also refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

3.11

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Lubrication and Maintenance IMPORTANT It is recommended that during cold weather when the A/C system is not in use, that it be run for a period of 5 minutes every 2 weeks.

This will circulate oil to all components of the A/C system.

Any service work must be performed by a certified A/C technician. The system should be charged with R134a refrigerant only. PAG (polyalkylene glycol) oil should be present in the system and must be used on 'O' rings and fittings during assembly.

CAUTION

A/C SYSTEM TOTAL CAPACITIES PAG OIL R134a REFRIGERANT (polyalkylene glycol) 3 LBS. 0 OZ.

If using water or compressed air for cleaning, use at 30 psi. or less. Always use personal protective equipment to guard against flying debris.

7 OZ.

The compressor and charge valves are accessed on the right side of the engine. The receiver dryer is mounted to the outside back of the cab.

Perform following inspection along with 125 HOURS inspection outlined in SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

i.

Check to see that compressor clutch will engage.*

j.

Inspect sight glass on receiver dryer with A/C ON. A constant stream of bubbles indicates system requires charging.* SIGHT GLASS INDICATES CONDITION OF CHARGE

a. Check re-circulating and fresh air filters in operator's cab. Refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

•• ••

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE

BINARY SWITCH, SYSTEM PROTECTION

• • MOISTURE INDICATOR BLUE - OK. PINK - REPLACE DRYER, RECHARGE SYSTEM

• • BACK WALL OF CAB

870-D46

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE

b. Check the condenser core for dirt and debris.

Clean as required. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER Check colour in moisture indicator; BLUE is OK. PINK indicates desiccant material in dryer is saturated with moisture. In this situation replace receiver/dryer, evacuate system and recharge system with both refrigerant and PAG oil.*

870-D43

c. Check for dirt and debris; on the evaporator coil located inside the A/C-heater unit and also the inside of the A/C-heater unit. Clean as required. d. Check and adjust compressor drive belt tension.

* Indicates that these repairs must only be carried out by a certified A/C technician.

e. Check all A/C hoses for kinks.* f.

Run air conditioning system for 3 - 5 minutes.

g. Check air temperature exiting vents in cab.

For additional SERVICE information refer to the Tigercat A/C SERVICE MANUAL part number 18795A, available from Tigercat parts department.

h. Listen to compressor and blower motor for abnormal noises.* 3.12

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

3.13

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE

Lubrication and Maintenance ENGINE FILTERS WARNING

IMPORTANT Failure to service and replace filters at the proper intervals specified in the manufacturer's manuals, could cause damage to the machine and result in the product warranty becoming NULL and VOID. Check Tigercat parts catalog for replacement filters.

FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR, REMOTE MOUNTED

IMPORTANT Refer to the appropriate engine manufacturers operation and maintenance manual for correct procedures and time intervals when servicing the engine coolant, oil and fuel filters.

ENGINE OIL FILTER

Do not pre-fill engine fuel filters used on Cummins QSL9 engines Refer to the appropriate engine manufacturers operation and maintenance manual for correct procedures and time intervals when servicing the engine coolant, oil and fuel filters. Read and understand the SAFETY section in each of these manuals.

PRIMING BUTTON

1" GASKET & ELEMENT OUTER GASKET

SHUT-OFF VALVES, ENGINE COOLANT FILTER CLOSE BOTH VALVES WHEN REMOVING FILTER. OPEN BOTH VALVES AFTER INSTALLING NEW FILTER ELEMENT.

••

WATER SEPARATOR BOWL

•• •• • ENGINE COOLANT FILTER, CORROSION RESISTOR CARTRIDGE

870-D19

•• WATER BOWL GASKET

ENGINE OIL AND COOLANT FILTERS

•

FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTION (NOT USED AT TIME OF PRINTING)

• • FUEL HEATER CONNECTION

••

(NOT USED AT TIME OF PRINTING)

FUEL FILTER ELEMENT

WATER-IN-FUEL SENSOR CONNECTION WATER/SEDIMENT DRAIN VALVE

•• • ENGINE FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR 870-D36

Cummins QSL9 engine filters shown above.

CAUTION When changing coolant filter, wait until engine coolant temperature is below 50°C (122°F) before removing radiator cap.

216-8A

DRAIN VALVE

CHECK FUEL LINE WATER SEPARATOR

The fuel filter/water separator is a combination unit, with a replaceable fuel filter and a removable water sediment bowl on the bottom of the unit.

The water sediment bowl is only replaced if it becomes damaged or non-functional. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION. Changing the filter: 1. Park machine on level ground with felling head resting on the ground.

2. Open engine enclosure doors fully and install roof safety strut.

3. Stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

4. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

5. Place a suitable container below to catch the spilt fuel.

3.14

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE SHOWN 'CLOSED'

FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE SHOWN 'OPEN'

• •• • 870-D22

LH. SIDE FUEL TANK SHUT-OFF VALVE EARLIER MACHINES

ENGINE DOORS POWER UNIT

FUEL TANK SHUT-OFF VALVE, RH SIDE

118-4A

6. Wearing face protection (in case of a fuel squirt) turn OFF the fuel shut-off valve and unscrew the old filter. The fuel shut-off valve is located on the right side fuel tank suction line located at the base of the tank.

15. Turn both fuel shut-off valves ON. PRIMING BUTTON

•

7. Remove and discard the small 1” I.D. gasket from the threaded extension on the filter head.

8. Remove the water sediment bowl from the bottom of the old filter. Discard this gasket also. Dispose of old filter and any fuel properly.

9. Clean the water sediment bowl.

10. Check the seating area for the gaskets on the filter head and the water sediment bowl and wipe clean.

11. Lubricate gasket for bottom of filter and water sediment bowl with clean engine oil and carefully hand tighten the water sediment bowl onto the new filter. It is plastic and will break if over tightened. Close the water drain valve.

12. Lubricate the new 1” I.D. gasket with clean engine oil and install onto the threaded extension on the filter head.

870-D44

PRIMING BUTTON, REMOTE FUEL LINE WATER SEPARATOR

16. For correct fuel priming procedure refer to the appropriate engine manufacturers maintenance manual. Priming the fuel system is not necessary with the Cummins QSL9 engine.

17. Start the engine and check for leaks.

13. Lubricate the gasket on top of the new filter with clean engine oil and prefill the filter with clean fuel.

14. Screw the new filter on to the filter head until the gasket makes contact with the seat and then hand tighten an additional 3/4 turn only.

3.15

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher FUEL TANK STRAINERS

Lubrication and Maintenance HYDRAULIC PILOT PRESSURE FILTER

A stainless steel fuel strainer is screwed onto the end of each fuel line inlet pipe located inside each fuel tank. The strainers are accessible by removing the fuel tank cleanout covers.

There is a hydraulic high pressure pilot filter placed ahead of the pilot supply valve to filter the hydraulic oil supply from the main Linde valve before it enters the pilot system.

PILOT PRESSURE FILTER

• FILTER BOWL

•• 870-02

•• CLEANOUT COVER PLATES, STRAINER LOCATED INSIDE EACH FUEL TANK

• 870-D32

PILOT PRESSURE FILTER

FUEL TANK CLEANOUT COVERS

CHANGING/CLEANING THE STRAINERS: CLOG INDICATOR

••

NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

1. Park machine on level ground with felling head resting on the ground.

2. Stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

3. Drain the fuel tanks. Drain plugs accessible from underside of upper frame.

4. Remove each cleanout cover and “O” ring.

5. Before removing strainers, clean any debris from inside bottom of tank(s) and wipe clean.

WARNING To lower the risk of causing accidental fires, DO NOT leave fuel or oil soaked rags laying around.

6. Remove the fuel strainers using hex on end of strainers. Carefully clean strainers (NOTE: rough handling can cause damage).

7. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

8. Reinstall the strainers.

9. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with “O” ring.

10. Refuel and check for leaks.

PILOT PRESSURE FILTER, CLOG INDICATOR 221-15A

ON EARLIER MACHINES

FILTER CLOG INDICATOR, EARLIER MACHINES This filter incorporates a clog indicator. The clog indicator consists of a clear plastic sight glass mounted on top of the filter housing. Under normal operating conditions (or when the hydraulic system is shut down) the indicator will show GREEN. When a pressure differential of 72 psi builds up inside the filter, the indicator will show RED, indicating a clogged filter.

This condition could happen during cold start-ups, but as the oil warms up the indicator will automatically re-set to GREEN. The indicator will not remain in the “clogged” (RED) position when the pilot system is not being used. “Clogged” condition will result in low pilot pressure. If a loss of controls or slow response occurs, filter element may need to be changed. Refer also to SECTION 5 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION.

11. Turn battery disconnect switch ON and start engine, check for leaks again.

3.16

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Changing the filter:

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES

1. Park machine on level ground with felling head resting on the ground and stop engine.

2. Turn BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to ‘OFF’ position.

IMPORTANT

3. Release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. 4.

NEVER PRE-FILL ANY HYDRAULIC FILTERS ON 200, 700, 800 AND 1000 SERIES MACHINES NEVER PRE-FILL CHARGE PRESSURE FILTERS ON 600 SERIES SKIDDERS

A small accumulator is used in the pilot supply circuit to ensure an adequate supply of pilot control oil under all operating conditions. The accumulator will normally bleed down the pilot supply oil to zero PSI in under 30 seconds after engine shut down, but install a 0 to 1000 PSI gauge on the pilot supply circuit test port to be sure the pilot system is not under pressure before unscrewing the filter bowl.

Tigercat generally does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil.

Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors.

The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

5. Wipe the area clean around the filter and head.

6. Place rags below to catch any spilt oil.

7. Wearing face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the filter bowl from the filter head. Remove the filter element and dispose of it properly. Clean out the filter bowl before reusing it.

ALWAYS PRE-FILL DUAL HEAD HYDRAULIC FILTERS ON 600 SERIES SKIDDERS

8. Remove and discard the small o-ring from between the filter element and the filter head.

9. Check the seating area for the other o-rings and seals on the filter bowl and filter head.

Wipe clean.

Dual head hydraulic filters on 600 series skidders must always be pre-filled with clean oil as noted specifically in the manuals for each of these machines.

10. DO NOT pre-fill the filter*. Lubricate any new o-rings and seals with clean hydraulic and install the new filter element.

All 600 series hydraulic circuits direct oil from the dual head filters to the main and drive pump inlets. Air must not be allowed to enter the inlets of these pumps. Entry of air directly into pump inlets can cause significant and costly damage to pumps. In this particular case the risk of damage to pumps caused by entry of air into the circuit is considered to be greater than the risk of damage caused by unfiltered oil. Prefiltering of any hydraulic oil used to pre-fill these filters is strongly recommended to eliminate the risk of damage caused by unfiltered oil.

11. Close air vent ball valve. *Refer to HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES.

IMPORTANT Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

3.17

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

HYDRAULIC OIL PRE-FILL FILTER

•

There is a hydraulic oil pre-fill filter installed in the fill line to filter oil prior to entering the hydraulic tank. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION.

FILTER HEAD

• GASKET

•

FILTER ELEMENT

SQUARE SECTION GASKET INSTALLATION FILTR_SEALS 2

Square Section Gasket Remove used gasket and clean groove in head.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

Install new gasket into groove in filter head.

Do not prefill filter *. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact with filter head.

Tighten filter an additional 3/4 turn.

DO NOT use bottom nut for filter installation or damage/leakage may result. Bottom nut is to assist in filter removal only.

•• HYDRAULIC PRE-FILL OIL FILTER 870-D45

FILTER HEAD

•

•

• GASKET HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

•

FILTER ELEMENT

HYDRAULIC OIL PRE-FILL FILTER

Changing the filter:

FILTR_SEALS 2

1. Park machine on level ground with felling head resting on the ground. Stop engine. The prefill filter is accessed through the right hand engine door.

'O' RING GASKET INSTALLATION

z 'O' Ring Gasket Remove used gasket and clean gasket seat in head.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

2. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

Install new gasket on inside lip of filter.

Do not prefill filter *. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact with filter head.

3. Place rags below to catch the spillage of oil.

4. Wearing face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

Tighten filter an additional 3/4 turn.

Tighten filter until top edge makes metal to metal contact with filter head. (approximately 1 1/2 additional turns after gasket contact)

5. The Tigercat replacement filter is supplied with two gaskets enclosed, examine the filter head closely to determine which gasket should be used and follow the instructions to ensure proper installation.

DO NOT use bottom nut for filter installation or damage/leakage may result. Bottom nut is to assist in filter removal only.

7. Start the engine and check for leaks. *Refer to HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES on PREVIOUS PAGE.

3.18

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

Lubrication and Maintenance

There are two replaceable filters housed in the filter box. The filter box is a sealed compartment within the hydraulic tank and is ALWAYS completely filled to the top (filter covers) with hydraulic oil.

9. Drain oil from the tank until the top of both return tubes are visible in bottom of filter box. See illustration fig. no. 870B-05 or 860-26.

FILTER RESTRICTION GAUGE FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

MESH FILTER 2ND. MESH FILTER BELOW COVER PLATE

FILTER COVER

•

••

• •

AIR BLEED HOSE

BYPASS VALVE

REPLACEABLE FILTERS (2 PLACES)

• •

•

•

••

145-23AX RETURN FILTERS ~ HYDRAULIC OIL The filters should be checked/changed at the intervals specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. If the FILTER BYPASS* warning light comes on between scheduled maintenance intervals, STOP THE MACHINE and change these filter elements.

O-RING

•

*NOTE: FILTER BYPASS warning light may come on if oil is not brought up to temperature after cold start ups. Refer to MACHINE PREPARATION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

ROUND ACCESS COVER

• •

• REUSABLE STRAINERS/ DIFFUSERS (3 PLACES)

For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION. Changing the filters:

DRAIN PLUG

1. Park machine on level ground with felling head resting on ground.

•

2. Position upper frame to allow access to the drain plug in the bottom of hydraulic tank.

870B-04

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

10. Install new filters.

3. Open engine enclosure doors and install roof safety strut.

11. Install bypass valves and retaining springs.

4. Turn BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the 'OFF' position.

12. Install filter covers, use a NEW 'O' ring to seal filter cover, original 'O' ring may have hardened, distorted or sustained damage.

5. Release air from tank by opening air vent ball valve.

13. Install air bleed hoses.

14. Close air vent ball valve.

6. Loosen and slowly disconnect one of the air bleed hoses from the top of one of the filter covers to allow oil in filter box to drain into the lower part of the tank.

7. Remove both air bleed hoses from filter covers.

8. Remove filter covers and filter bypass valves.

3.19

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

• AIR BLEED CONNECTION

•

•

FILTER COVER

•

'O' RING

BYPASS VALVE

FILTER

•

VENT FILTER

• •

FILTER BOX

10 PSI RELIEF VALVE

FILTER BOX CHANGING RESERVOIR FILTERS: DRAIN TANK TO BELOW THIS LEVEL TO PREVENT CONTAMINATED OIL FROM FLOWING INTO RETURN TUBES SECONDARY SIGHT GAUGE\LOW LEVEL SENDER RETURN TUBES WITH STRAINERS

•

• •

DRAIN PLUG

•

•

• •

•

• •

•

ACCESS COVERS WITH 'O' RING SEAL

•

•

• •

PUMP CASE DRAIN AND FILTER BOX AIR EXHAUST OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL)

CROSS SECTION 'A'-'A' 860-26

• BALL VALVE, AIR VENT

STRAINER SUCTION TUBES

HYD. OIL FILL PORT

SIGHT GAUGE/ LEVEL SENDER WITH OIL TEMP GAUGE

• • SUCTION TUBES

•

• •

•

• DRAIN PLUG

HYDRAULIC TANK, CURRENT LATER MACHINES WITH QSL9 ENGINE

15. Top up tank to FULL mark on sight gauge with recommended hydraulic oil, using hand fill pump: Remove plug from end of fill hose and operate hand pump. Loosen one of the air bleed hoses on top of one of the filter covers to allow air to escape from the filter box. Tighten air bleed hose and continue pumping with the hand fill pump. Repeat until clean, air-free oil emerges from air bleed hose, tighten air bleed hose. Replace plug on fill hose.

15. On earlier machines with Turbo air pressurization system*:

3.20

With John Deere 6081 engine or Cummins 'C' series engine it was necessary to pressurize the hydraulic tank: Pressurize tank to 3 psi using hand fill pump: Remove plug from end of fill hose and operate hand pump until a gauge reading of 3 psi is obtained. Loosen one of the air bleed hoses to allow air to escape from the filter box. Tighten air bleed hose and continue to pressurize tank.

Repeat until clean, air-free oil emerges from air bleed hose. Replace plug on fill hose. Once

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher AIR BLEED CONNECTION

Lubrication and Maintenance

• •

•

FILTER COVER

•

'O' RING

BYPASS VALVE

FILTER

• VENT FILTER

BALL VALVE, AIR VENT

10 PSI RELIEF VALVE

FILTER BOX

•

RESERVOIR

RETURN TUBES WITH STRAINERS

•

•

CHANGING FILTERS: DRAIN TANK TO BELOW THIS LEVEL TO PREVENT CONTAMINATED OIL FROM FLOWING INTO RETURN TUBES SECONDARY SIGHT GAUGE\LOW LEVEL SENDER

DRAIN PLUG

•

•

• •

•

• •

•

•

• •

• •

•

SIGHT GAUGE/ LEVEL SENDER WITH OIL TEMP GAUGE

•

TURBO AIR FROM ENGINE PUMP CASE (SOME DRAIN AND EARLIER FILTER BOX MACHINES) AIR EXHAUST AIR COMPRESSOR (SOME EARLIER MACHINES)

• • •

SUCTION TUBES

•

• DRAIN PLUG

CROSS SECTION 'A'-'A'

860-27

ACCESS COVERS WITH 'O' RING SEAL

•

STRAINER SUCTION TUBES

•

•

FILTER BOX

HYD. OIL FILL PORT

AIR REGULATOR (SOME EARLIER MACHINES)

OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL)

HYDRAULIC TANK, EARLIER MACHINES 16. Add hydraulic oil up to FULL mark on tank sight gauge using hand fill pump.

engine is running, pressure in tank will be maintained by turbo air from the engine.

*

15. On earlier machines with compressor pressurizing system*: Pressurize tank by turning the key switch to RUN position, PRESS and HOLD the tank pressurization switch in the cab in the ON position until a pressure reading of 6 psi. is indicated on the hydraulic tank pressure gauge.

Loosen one of the air bleed hoses to allow air to escape from the filter box. Repeat until clean, airfree oil emerges from air bleed hose.

For additional information on TANK PRESSURIZATION refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

NOTE: Changing filters tends to aerate the hydraulic oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for one hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

3.21

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN STRAINERS/DIFFUSERS

Lubrication and Maintenance 16. Add hydraulic oil to tank using hand fill pump.

There are three reusable strainers/diffusers housed in the hydraulic tank, one on the case drain return port and two on the return tubes. The strainers should be inspected whenever the hydraulic tank is drained. See SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION.

17. Bleed air from the main, track and saw pumps by removing the case drain hoses at each pump connection. Install plugs in hose ends.

18. Continue filling hydraulic tank using hand fill pump. Reconnect case drain hoses to pumps when oil is seen coming from the pump case drain ports. It is important that all air is evacuated from the pumps.

19. Fill hydraulic tank up to FULL mark on sight gauge using hand fill pump.

CHANGING OR CLEANING THE STRAINER: This should be performed in the event of a pump failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

20. Close air vent ball valve.

1. Park machine on level ground with felling head resting on the ground.

2. Position upper frame to allow access to the drain plug in the bottom of hydraulic reservoir.

FILTER RESTRICTION GAUGE FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

FILTER COVER

•

• •

3. Stop engine.

4. Open engine enclosure doors and install safety strut.

5. Turn BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the 'OFF' position.

BYPASS VALVE

REPLACEABLE FILTERS (2 PLACES)

• • •

6. Release the pressure in the hydraulic tank by opening the air vent valve.

7. Disconnect the wires from the two sensors located on the access cover.

O-RING

ROUND ACCESS COVER

8. Drain the hydraulic tank via a drain plug in the bottom of the tank.

9. Remove the round access cover plate and 'O' ring.

•

10. Before removing the strainers, clean any debris from the bottom of the tank and wipe it clean.

• •

•

11. Remove the three hydraulic oil return strainers using the hex on the end of strainer. Carefully clean the strainers (they may be damaged by rough handling).

REUSABLE STRAINERS/ DIFFUSERS (3 PLACES)

12. Check for a buildup of foreign materials where the strainers screw onto the pipes and cover plate.

DRAIN PLUG

•

13. Reinstall the strainers using the hex on end.

870B-04

14. Reinstall access cover plate with a NEW “O” ring.

15. Connect sensor wires to sensors on access cover.

3.22

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

21. Using hand fill pump: Loosen one of the air bleed hoses on top of one of the filter covers to allow air to escape from the filter box. Tighten air bleed hose and continue pumping with the hand fill pump. Repeat until clean, air-free oil emerges from air bleed hose, tighten air bleed hose. Replace plug on fill hose.

21. On earlier machines with Turbo air pressurization system: Continue to operate hand pump until a gauge reading of 3 psi is obtained. Loosen one of the air bleed hoses to allow air to escape from the filter box. Tighten air bleed hose and continue to pressurize tank. Repeat until clean, air-free oil emerges from air bleed hose. Replace plug on fill hose.

21. On earlier machines with compressor pressurizing system: Continue to operate hand pump until a gauge reading of 2 to 3 psi is obtained. Loosen one of the air bleed hoses to allow air to escape from the filter box. Tighten air bleed hose and continue to pressurize tank by turning the key switch to RUN position and pressing and holding the tank pressurization switch in the cab in the ON position until a pressure reading of 6 psi. is indicated on the hydraulic tank pressure gauge. Again loosen one of the air bleed hoses to allow air to escape from the filter box. Repeat until clean, air-free oil emerges from air bleed hose. Replace plug on fill hose.

22. Recheck oil level and add hydraulic oil up to FULL mark using hand fill pump.

NOTE: Changing strainers and filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil.

For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for 1 hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

3.23

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE

Lubrication and Maintenance AIR CLEANER

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements. It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance.

However, it should be checked periodically to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the discharge port area and that the rotor spins freely.

AS THE AIR SPINS, CENTRIFUGAL FORCE SEPARATES FOREIGN MATERIALS FROM THE CLEAN AIR

••

PRECLEANER

• •• FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

•• 378-11A

CONTAMINANTS ARE BLOWN OUT OF SPECIAL DISCHARGE PORTS BY HIGH VELOCITY, AIR POWERED ROTOR

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

ENGINE AIR INTAKE

• • • • 205-19AC

THE PRECLEANER HAS SPECIALLY DESIGNED BLADES THAT CAUSE THE INCOMING AIR TO SPIN TURBO 2

AIR CLEANER PRIMARY ELEMENT

ONLY THE PURIFIED AIR GOES TO THE AIR FILTER

PRECLEANER OPERATION

205-22AC

AIR CLEANER SAFETY ELEMENT

important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

DISCHARGE PORT AREA

In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE outlined in THIS SECTION, the following instructions should also be noted: The most common and most damaging air intake servicing problems are:

218-21B

PRECLEANER

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses 2 filter elements, a primary element and a safety element.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is

OVER SERVICING Filter elements increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving. A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine

3.24

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

NOTE: This does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine filters.

This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before every shift (8 hrs).

If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 Hours.

IMPROPER SERVICING Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust. Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. A good valve is soft and flexible.

Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system Check and clean the valve. If it was plugged, then once the air cleaner cover and protective filter check the filter elements as they may need to be element is removed for replacement. The safety replaced as well. Reattach the valve to the tube. The element does reduce this risk but it should also be valve should suck closed at about 1/3 of full throttle. replaced at every third primary element change.

When operating in high dust conditions this valve should be checked and squeezed frequently to IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN release dust buildup.

CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS 1. Release the cover latch gently to reduce the amount of dust dislodged.

•• RESET BUTTON

2. Avoid dislodging dust from filter element(s) by gently pulling the element off the outlet tube.

•

3. Always clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube before inserting a new filter element.

4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube.

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

5. Check your old filter. It can help you detect foreign material on the sealing surface that is causing leakage.

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

376-11A

NOTE: Filter elements should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine.

6. Inspect the new filter for damage.

7. Insert the new filter properly. Apply pressure to the outer rim of the filter not the flexible centre.

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Service to the air filter is required when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button.

RUBBER ELBOWS AND TUBING

8. Check connections and ducts for air tight fit.

Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

UNLOADER VALVE

•• •• 870B-D17

INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS (TYPICAL)

••

235-4

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS Replace turbocharger rubber inlet elbow and coupling - High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

Check ALL air intake tubing, rubber couplings and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage.

3.25

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher TORQUE CHART

Lubrication and Maintenance

LOCATION

THREAD DIAMETER

Cylinder, Hoist and ER Stick (6336B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Hoist (2325B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Stick and Tilt Link (2326B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Stick and Tilt Link (6337B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Leveller (13274B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Swing bearing Swing bearing bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts Engine mounting - Cummins 'QSL9' Engine Bolts, Front bracket/mount to chassis Bolts, Rear bracket/mount to chassis Bolts, bracket to engine, front Bolts, bracket to engine, rear Engine mounting - Cummins 'C' Engine Bolts, bracket/mount to chassis Bolts, bracket to engine, front Bolts, bracket to engine, rear Engine mounting - John Deere '6081' Engine Bolts, bracket/mount to chassis Bolts, bracket to engine, front Bolts, bracket to engine, rear Pump drive Drive plate to flywheel Bell housing to engine Undercarriage Track shoe bolts (D6) Track shoe bolts (FH400) Roller mounting bolts Sprocket bolts Gearbox mounting bolts Drive motor mounting bolts Leveller,fore/aft pivot shaft and housing bolts

TORQUE (LUBRICATED) lbf-ft Nm

-

5430 700

7360 950

M70 M20

3130 410

4245 555

-

4470 410

6060 555

M62 M16

3525 200

4780 267

2 3/4" UNC M22

5200 480

7000 650

7/8" UNC 5/8" UNC

450-500 160-175

620-680 215-235

7/8" UNC M24 M12 M12

480 675 80 80

650 915 109 109

7/8" UNC 7/16" UNC M12

450-500 52-57 80

620-680 71-77 109

7/8" UNC 5/8" UNC 1/2" UNC

450-500 160-175 55-65

620-680 215-235 75-85

3/8" UNC M10

33-36 47

45-49 63

3/4" UNC M24 7/8" UNC M20 M20 M12 M20

T/T* T/T* 450 380 380 95 380

T/T* T/T* 610 515 515 130 515

M24

675

915

860/870 TORQUECHART.XLS

*T/T represents Torque-turn, this is a method of torquing the track shoe bolts which is fully described in SECTION 11 of the Tigercat SERVICE MANUAL. Torque values pertaining to the engine and attachment are provided in the appropriate manuals.

TORQUE CHART

3.26

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

IMPERIAL

The torque values listed below are for general use only.

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is shown for a specific application.

IMPERIAL BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS GRADE 5 BOLTS GRADE 8 BOLTS COARSE THREAD 1/4" - 20 5/16" - 18 3/8" - 16 7/16" - 14 1/2" - 13 9/16" - 12 5/8" - 11 3/4" - 10 7/8" - 9 1" - 8 1 1/8" - 7 1 1/4" - 7 FINE THREAD 1/4" - 28 5/16" - 24 3/8" - 24 7/16" - 20 1/2" - 20 9/16" - 18 5/8" - 18 3/4" - 16 7/8" - 14 1" - 12 1 1/8" - 12 1 1/4" - 12

DRY LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm 11 - 12 15 - 16 8 - 10 11 - 13 20 - 28 27 - 38 26 - 30 35 - 40 44 -48 60 - 65 33 - 36 45 - 49 70 - 77 95 - 104 52 - 57 71 - 77 106 - 117 144 - 158 80 - 88 109 - 119 153 - 168 208 - 228 115 - 127 156 - 172 212 - 233 288 - 316 159 - 175 216 - 237 376 - 414 510 - 561 282 - 310 393 - 420 606 - 667 822 - 904 455 - 501 617 - 679 909 - 1000 1233 - 1355 682 - 750 925 - 1016 1288 - 1417 1746 - 1921 966 - 1062 1310 - 1441 1817 - 1999 2464 - 2710 1360 - 1496 1844 - 2027 DRY LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm 13 - 14 18 - 19 10 - 13 14 - 17 23 - 28 31 - 38 18 - 25 25 - 33 49 - 54 67 - 73 37 - 41 50 - 55 78 - 86 106 - 116 58 - 64 79 - 86 120 - 132 163 - 179 90 - 99 122 - 134 171 - 188 232 - 255 128 - 141 174 - 191 240 - 264 326 - 358 180 - 198 244 - 268 420 - 462 570 - 626 315 - 347 427 - 470 668 - 735 906 - 996 501 - 550 679 - 745 995 - 1096 1359 - 1486 746 - 821 1012 - 1113 1445 - 1590 1960 - 2155 1083 - 1191 1469 - 1613 2012 - 2213 2728 - 2997 1509 - 1660 2046 - 2250

DRY COARSE THREAD lbf-ft Nm 1/4" - 20 7- 8 10 - 11 5/16" - 18 14 - 18 19 - 24 3/8" - 16 31 - 34 42 - 46 7/16" - 14 49 - 54 66 - 73 1/2" - 13 75 - 83 102 - 112 9/16" - 12 109 - 120 148 - 162 5/8" - 11 150 - 165 204 - 223 3/4" - 10 266 - 293 360 - 397 7/8" - 9 394 - 433 535 - 586 1" - 8 591 - 649 802 - 879 1 1/8" - 7 794 - 873 1077 - 1183 1 1/4" - 7 1120 - 1232 1519 - 1670 FINE DRY lbf-ft Nm THREAD 1/4" - 28 9 - 10 12 - 13 5/16" - 24 17 - 22 23 - 29 3/8" - 24 35 - 39 48 - 53 7/16" - 20 55 - 61 75 - 83 1/2" - 20 85 - 94 116 - 127 9/16" - 18 121 - 133 164 - 180 5/8" - 18 170 - 187 231 - 253 3/4" - 16 297 - 327 403 - 443 7/8" - 14 434 - 477 589 - 646 1" - 12 646 - 711 876 - 965 1 1/8" - 12 891 - 980 1208 - 1328 1 1/4" - 12 1240 - 1364 1682 - 1849

LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 8 - 10 11 - 13 38275 13 - 20 23 - 25 31 - 34 37 - 41 50 - 55 57 - 63 77 - 85 82 - 90 111 - 122 113 - 124 152 - 168 200 - 220 271 - 298 296 - 326 402 - 441 443 - 489 601 - 663 596 - 656 808 - 889 840 - 924 1139 - 1252 LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 9 - 10 12 - 13 16 - 20 21 - 27 26 - 29 35 - 39 41 - 45 56 - 61 64 - 70 87 - 95 91 - 100 124 - 135 128 - 141 174 - 191 223 - 245 303 - 332 326 - 359 442 - 486 484 - 534 657 - 724 668 - 735 906 - 996 931 - 1024 1262 - 1387

METRIC

METRIC BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS SIZE

CLASS 4.8 DRY LUBRICATED Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 8.8 OR 9.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 10.9 DRY LUBRICATED Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 12.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

M6 M8 M10

4.8 12.0 23.0

3.5 8.5 17.0

6.0 15.0 29.0

4.5 11.0 21.0

9.0 22.0 43.0

6.5 16.0 32.0

11.0 28.0 55.0

8.5 20.0 40.0

13.0 32.0 63.0

9.5 24.0 47.0

17.0 40.0 80.0

12.0 30.0 60.0

15.0 37.0 75.0

11.5 28.0 55.0

19.0 47.0 95.0

14.5 35.0 70.0

M12 M14 M16

40.0 63.0 100.0

29.0 47.0 73.0

50.0 80.0 125.0

37.0 60.0 92.0

75.0 120.0 190.0

55.0 88.0 140.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

70.0 110.0 175.0

110.0 175.0 275.0

80.0 130.0 200.0

140.0 225.0 350.0

105.0 165.0 225.0

130.0 205.0 320.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

165.0 260.0 400.0

120.0 190.0 300.0

M18 M20 M22

135.0 190.0 260.0

100.0 140.0 190.0

175.0 240.0 330.0

125.0 180.0 250.0

260.0 375.0 510.0

195.0 275.0 375.0

330.0 475.0 650.0

250.0 350.0 475.0

375.0 530.0 725.0

275.0 400.0 540.0

475.0 675.0 925.0

350.0 500.0 675.0

440.0 625.0 850.0

325.0 560.0 460.0 800.0 625.0 1,075.0

410.0 580.0 800.0

M24 M27 M30

330.0 490.0 675.0

250.0 360.0 490.0

425.0 625.0 850.0

310.0 650.0 450.0 950.0 625.0 1,300.0

M33 900.0 M36 1,150.0

475.0 825.0 600.0 925.0 675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,075.0 800.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 700.0 1,200.0 875.0 1,350.0 100.0 1,700.0 1,250.0 1,600.0 1,150.0 2,000.0 1,500.0 950.0 1,650.0 1,200.0 1,850.0 1,350.0 2,300.0 1,700.0 2,150.0 1,600.0 2,700.0 2,000.0

675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,750.0 1,300.0 2,200.0 1,650.0 2,500.0 1,850.0 3,150.0 2,350.0 2,900.0 2,150.0 3,700.0 2,750.0 850.0 1,450.0 1,075.0 2,250.0 1,650.0 2,850.0 2,100.0 3,200.0 2,350.0 4,050.0 3,000.0 3,750.0 2,750.0 4,750.0 3,500.0

ISSUE 3 800

3.27

Tigercat 860/870L870 Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

3.28

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 4 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CONTENTS - SECTION 4 ENGINE ANTI-STALL VALVE ATTACHED TO MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER ................................. 4.8, 4.30 REMOTE MOUNTED ............................................................. 4.9, 4.31, 4.33 HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL VALVE SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE ......................................................... 4.32 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................... 4.4 SET PRESSURE REGULATOR, EARLIER MACHINES ........................... 4.6 HYDRAULIC PUMPS DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................... 4.8 ENGINE ANTI-STALL VALVE, LATER ...................................................... 4.9 MAIN PUMP, 160CC AND 210CC DISPLACEMENT ................................. 4.8 MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER (LS CONTROL), EARLIER ....................... 4.8 MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER (LS CONTROL), LATER ........................... 4.9 SET STANDBY PRESSURE ................................................................. 4.33 WEAR TEST ......................................................................................... 4.11 SAW PUMP .............................................................................................. 4.11 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BOOM CYLINDERS ................................................................................... 4.2 CLAMP ARMS AND WRIST CIRCUIT ....................................................... 4.3 FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE ................................................................... 4.5 MAIN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ..................................................................... 4.2 FLOW ON DEMAND AND LOAD COMPENSATION ............................ 4.19 MAIN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ...................................... 4.18 MARGIN PRESSURE ................................................................. 4.10, 4.30 OIL COOLER BY-PASS VALVE ............................................................ 4.19 PRESSURE GAUGE CONNECTIONS ................................................. 4.30 SET MARGIN PRESSURE ................................................................... 4.31 PILOT CIRCUIT .......................................................................................... 4.3 SAW CIRCUIT ............................................................................................ 4.3 SWING SYSTEM ........................................................................................ 4.2 TRACK DRIVE SYSTEM ............................................................................ 4.2 WRIST AND CLAMP ARMS CIRCUIT ....................................................... 4.3 WRIST AND CLAMPS PUMP .................................................................. 4.11 LOAD SENSING BASIC DESCRIPTION ............................................................................. 4.13 BASIC PRINCIPLES ................................................................................. 4.12 OPERATING TIPS ................................................................................... 4.15 SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE ......................................................... 4.32 MAIN CONTROL VALVE/MANIFOLD BOOM FUNCTIONS SPOOL SECTIONS ................................................ 4.20 CONTROL VALVE SECTIONS ................................................................ 4.20 CONTROL VALVE SPOOL OPERATION ................................................ 4.23 DRIVE MOTOR SPOOL SECTIONS ........................................................ 4.20 HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL VALVE .................................... 4.28 MAIN CONTROL VALVE DESCRIPTION ................................................ 4.20 PORT RELIEF AND ANTICAVITATION VALVE ...................................... 4.22 ADJUSTING PROCEDURE .................................................................. 4.22 PRESSURE SETTINGS WITH TIGERCAT DISC SAW FELLING HEAD ....................................... 4.34 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS HIGH PRESS. LIMITING CONTROL ....................................................... 4.28 LOAD SENSING (FLOW ON DEMAND) .................................................. 4.12 LOAD SENSING SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ............................ 4.16, 4.17 MAIN PUMP SCHEMATIC ....................................................................... 4.10 MAIN VALVE WITH HIGH PRESS. LIMITING CONTROL ...................... 4.20

MAY 2004

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Hydraulic system saw/wrist/clamps valve to the 'T3' port on the main Linde valve, maintains a supply of oil in the 'T' tank passages of the main Linde valve base manifold. This provides a back pressure in these passages and reduces the possibility of cavitation in the components of the load sensing system. A check valve is installed in the fitting at the 'T3' port to prevent tank oil from flowing in the reverse direction.

There are basically four hydraulic circuits that make up the hydraulic system for the 860/870/ L870 feller bunchers:1. Variable-displacement main hydraulic circuit with load sensing for the boom, stick, tilt, swing and track functions. Also included in this circuit when applicable are the levelling functions of the L870.

Boom cylinders

2. Variable-displacement circuit for the saw.

The boom hydraulic circuits are incorporated in the main hydraulic load sensing system. All hoist, stick and tilt cylinders including ER boom cylinders have cushions at both ends.

All cylinder rods are ground, heat treated, chrome plated and polished.

3. "Standard" Fixed-displacement open centre circuit for the clamp arms and wrist.

3A. "High pressure" Variable-displacement open centre circuit for the clamp arms and wrist.

4. Closed-centre pilot circuit to supply oil to the pilot system.

Swing system The swing hydraulic circuit is incorporated in the main hydraulic load sensing system. It utilizes a fixed displacement axial-piston motor incorporating two crossover relief valves. The motor is connected to a dual, double reduction planetary gearbox which provides variable swing speeds of 6 - 7 rpm.

A rotary manifold facilitates the hydraulic connection to the undercarriage of the vehicle and permits continuous 360 degree swing.

The swing drive gearbox incorporates a wet, multi-disc brake installed between the motor and gearbox. The swing brake is controlled by a switch on the instrument panel. The brake is spring-apply, hydraulic-release and will automatically apply whenever the pilot oil supply is shut off. For detailed description of the SWING system, refer to SECTION 15 of THIS MANUAL.

1. THE MAIN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM This a closed centre system utilizing a variable-displacement axial-piston pump with load sensing and horsepower limiting control.

The load sensing system ensures that the pump will deliver only the amount of oil that is required by an individual function or combination of functions.

This feature improves fuel economy and reduces heat generation as compared to other types of hydrostatic systems. Energy is not wasted by producing unnecessary pump flow for systems that don't require it. Refer to LOAD SENSING in THIS SECTION. The horsepower limiting control ensures that the engine will not lug down below the full load rpm (engine anti-stall set point) by signalling the main pump to de-stroke. This reduces the output from the main hydraulic pump to lighten the load on the engine. Refer to ENGINE ANTI-STALL in SECTION 9 of this manual.

Track drive system The track drive hydraulic circuit is incorporated in the main hydraulic load sensing system and utilizes high-torque, axial-piston hydraulic motors. The motors are mounted to a three stage planetary drive gearbox and each is completely housed within the width of the track shoes. The gearboxes include wet, multiple-disc, springapply, hydraulic-release brakes which automatically release when driving and apply when stationary. Independent control of each track permits counter rotation. For a detailed description of the TRACK DRIVE SYSTEM, refer to SECTION 11 of THIS MANUAL.

The main control valves associated with this system are pressure and flow compensated to provide independent and load independent operation for all functions. The control valves are mounted on a common supply/return base manifold. Two 'P' (pressure) ports on the back of the manifold receive supply oil from the main pump. The return oil from the main control valves exits the base manifold at two 'T' ports and 75 psi internal check valves.

From there the oil is directed back to the hydraulic tank via the oil cooler.

A return line connecting the 'PB' port on the 4.2

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

Levelling system (L870 machines)

3A. CLAMP ARMS AND WRIST "HIGH PRESSURE" CIRCUIT

Two levelling cylinders are used to operate the levelling function. The left hand levelling cylinder tilts the upper frame forward and backward (FORE and AFT). The right hand levelling cylinder tilts the upper frame left and right. Each cylinder is equipped with a counterbalance valve for crossline relief and load holding.

This circuit, named "high pressure" was introduced to assist with the handling of larger trees. The principal components of this circuit which differ from the standard arrangement are a piston type attachment pump, the attachment valve with higher relief settings and larger diameter hoist and tilt cylinders. Changes were also made to the felling head which include larger bore diameters on the clamp and accumulating arms cylinders and redesigned arms.

Two valve sections on the Linde main valve manifold supply oil to the rod and base ends of the two levelling cylinders.

2. SAW CIRCUIT

This open centre circuit uses a variable displacement pressure compensated piston pump which delivers oil to the mid-inlet of the three section attachment valve. This clamps/ accumulating/wrist control valve will divert the oil back to tank if neither of the clamps, accum. or wrist functions are in use. The return oil from this open centre circuit is returned directly to tank. The return oil enters the tank via a 1 psi. check valve and is filtered by in-tank return filters. A smaller proportion of the return oil is returned to tank via the 'T3' port on the main Linde valve manifold. Refer to TREE CLAMPS AND WRIST description in SECTION 18 of this manual.

This open centre circuit uses a variabledisplacement pressure-compensated piston pump which delivers oil to the variabledisplacement bent-axis piston motor to drive the saw. The saw control valve is pilot operated and controls the flow of hydraulic oil from the saw pump to the saw motor. This control valve is bolted to the clamps and wrist control valve but operates independently except for sharing the tank return ports on a common outlet section. To protect the saw circuit a relief valve is installed in the inlet section of the saw control valve.

A solenoid operated saw pilot valve controls the flow of pilot oil to the end of the spool in the saw control valve.

4. PILOT CIRCUIT The closed centre pilot circuit receives oil from the main hydraulic system (main pump).

The supply of pilot oil originates at the pressure distribution manifold mounted on the 'P' port of the main pump. The supply of oil then passes through a "high pressure" filter to the pilot supply valve (pressure reducing/relieving valve) which maintains the pilot pressure at 425 psi.

From there, pilot oil (425 psi) is supplied to the IN port of the pilot manifold. The pilot manifold distributes pilot pressure oil to all of the pilot controlled hydraulic circuits throughout the machine, including the 'P1' port on the anti-stall valve. The anti-stall valve is attached to the main pump on earlier machines, on later machines it is mounted remote from the main pump but performs the same function.

The saw switch on the control panel in the cab is used to turn the saw ON or OFF. Refer to SAW DRIVE description in SECTION 17 of this manual.

3. CLAMP ARMS AND WRIST STANDARD CIRCUIT This is an open-centre circuit with a fixed displacement gear pump (vane pump on earlier machines) and a three-section spool valve. The spool valve also includes an inlet (mid) section and an outlet section. The gear pump provides a continuous supply of oil to the clamps/accumulating/wrist control valve which will divert the oil back to tank if neither of the clamps, accum. or wrist functions are in use. The return oil from this open centre circuit is returned directly to tank. The return oil enters the tank via a 1 psi. check valve and is filtered by in-tank return filters. Refer to TREE CLAMPS AND WRIST description in SECTION 18 of this manual.

A pilot shut-off solenoid valve cartridge located at the IN port on the pilot manifold will shut down or deactivate the pilot system whenever the left armrest is in the raised position.

For a full description of the pilot manifold and the pilot circuit, refer to SECTION 5 in THIS MANUAL. 4.3

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

• AIR BLEED CONNECTION

•

•

FILTER COVER

•

'O' RING

BYPASS VALVE

FILTER

•

VENT FILTER

• •

FILTER BOX

10 PSI RELIEF VALVE

FILTER BOX CHANGING RESERVOIR FILTERS: DRAIN FILTER BOX TO BELOW THIS LEVEL TO PREVENT CONTAMINATED OIL FROM FLOWING INTO RETURN TUBES SECONDARY SIGHT GAUGE\LOW LEVEL SENDER

•

• •

• BALL VALVE, AIR VENT

DRAIN PLUG

•

•

• •

•

•

RETURN TUBES WITH STRAINERS

•

•

•

• • •

STRAINER

•

SUCTION TUBES

ACCESS COVERS WITH 'O' RING SEAL

PUMP CASE DRAIN AND FILTER BOX AIR EXHAUST

SIGHT GAUGE/ LEVEL SENDER WITH OIL TEMP GAUGE

• • SUCTION TUBES

•

• •

•

• CROSS SECTION 'A'-'A'

860-26

HYD. OIL FILL PORT

OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL)

DRAIN PLUG

HYDRAULIC TANK, CURRENT LATER MACHINES WITH QSL9 ENGINE

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK Also refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for additional information.

Located at the right of the machine, the hydraulic tank has a capacity of 50 U.S. gallons (190 litres). The tank has two compartments; a filter box and a tank.

The filter box, which is a sealed compartment within the tank, collects, filters and strains all the hydraulic oil as it returns back to the tank.

The tank is pressurized during machine operation: On earlier machines utilizing turbo air from the engine and regulated to 3 psi. by a regulator. OR by an air compressor activated by the tank pressurization switch in the cab.

On later machines with QSL9 engines (Tier 2) the tank is pressurized by thermal expansion.

Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM, LATER MACHINES in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for additional information.

SERVICE NOTE: Before disconnecting any hoses, release the pressure in the hydraulic tank by opening the air vent ball valve.

All return oil entering the tank except for the pump case drain oil first enters the filter box and passes through two replaceable filters housed in the filter box prior to entering the tank.

There is a bypass valve built into each filter preset at 4.4

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher AIR BLEED CONNECTION

Hydraulic system

• •

•

FILTER COVER

•

'O' RING

BYPASS VALVE

FILTER

• VENT FILTER

BALL VALVE, AIR VENT

10 PSI RELIEF VALVE

FILTER BOX

•

RESERVOIR CHANGING FILTERS: DRAIN FILTER BOX TO BELOW THIS LEVEL TO PREVENT CONTAMINATED OIL FROM FLOWING INTO RETURN TUBES SECONDARY SIGHT GAUGE\LOW LEVEL SENDER RETURN TUBES WITH STRAINERS

•

•

DRAIN PLUG

•

•

• •

•

• •

•

•

• •

• •

• • CROSS SECTION 'A'-'A'

870B-05

ACCESS COVERS WITH 'O' RING SEAL

•

STRAINER SUCTION TUBES

•

•

FILTER BOX

HYD. OIL FILL PORT

AIR REGULATOR (SOME EARLIER MACHINES)

•

PUMP CASE DRAIN AND FILTER BOX AIR EXHAUST

TURBO AIR FROM ENGINE (SOME EARLIER MACHINES)

AIR COMPRESSOR (SOME EARLIER MACHINES)

• • •

SIGHT GAUGE/ LEVEL SENDER WITH OIL TEMP GAUGE

SUCTION TUBES

•

• DRAIN PLUG

OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL)

HYDRAULIC TANK, EARLIER MACHINES

22 psi. which will open in the event the elements become restricted. A 15 psi. pressure switch installed in the tank will turn on the FILTER BYPASS warning light in the cab before this happens.

Reusable suction strainers situated at the bottom of the hydraulic tank screen oil prior to entering the pumps. Each strainer contains a 2 psi bypass valve.

will eventually enter the filter box and be evacuated through the air bleed return hose in the filter covers and be discharged into the hydraulic tank. This return port connection, which has a reusable strainer connected to it, is also used to collect the main and saw pump 'case drain' return oil.

FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE NOTE An optional hydraulic oil heater can be installed for use Always check/change filters according to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in in cold weather conditions.

SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. If the FILTER The hydraulic hand fill pump, located at the right side BYPASS* warning light turns ON between scheduled of the machine adjacent to the tank, is used for adding maintenance intervals, STOP THE MACHINE and oil to the hydraulic oil tank via an oil filter. change these filters. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS in SECTION 3 of this MANUAL. During normal operating conditions the filter box is completely filled with oil. Any air present in the system 4.5

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

FIELD SET UP PROCEDURE FOR HYDRAULIC TANK REGULATOR BEFORE SETTING TANK PRESSURE NOTE: This procedure only applies to earlier machines using turbo air to pressurize the hydraulic tank.

1. If a new pressure gauge has been installed, excess air that may be trapped in the gauge must be relieved. With the gauge in an upright position momentarily remove the rubber nipple on top of the gauge and insert back into place.

Do not cut the rubber nipple off as is indicated.

4. Turn the regulator adjusting handle out until it starts to turn freely.

5. Close the ball valve.

6. Slowly turn the regulator adjusting handle IN, allowing the gauge reading to settle between turns, until a reading of 3 psi. to 3.5 psi is obtained. Lock the regulator adjusting handle in place by tightening the locking nut.

7. If tank pressure exceeds 3.5 psi open the ball valve and repeat steps 4 through 7.

8. Turn the engine off.

2. Ensure hydraulic fluid level is within specified limits. Overfilling the tank can cause hydraulic fluid to flow into the regulator disabling the unit.

9. Watch the tank pressure gauge for several minutes for indications of a loss in system pressure.

3. To ensure that tank pressure is not influenced by any remaining air still circulating through the hydraulic lines allow air to precipitate out of the hydraulic system. This can take up to one or two days.

10. If tank pressure falls, check all fittings and connections for leaks. NPT connectors must be fastened using pipe sealant to prevent leakage.

A properly installed system should be capable of maintaining constant pressure over night.

NOTE: The tank pressure can decrease without substantial leaks due to the contraction of air within the hydraulic tank. This may occur when the air and oil temperature within the tank decreases.

SET UP PROCEDURE 1. Set the engine to FULL throttle. This should provide a no load boost pressure of approximately 10 psi. from the turbo manifold.

2. Close the ball valve located behind hydraulic tank regulator. Turn the regulator adjusting handle in completely. If tank pressure exceeds 12 psi., replace the relief valve.

If gauge motion seems erratic and is difficult to adjust there may be air remaining in the hydraulic lines. Sufficient time must be allowed for the excess air to precipitate out of the system before the regulator can be accurately set.

3. Relieve all pressure from the tank by opening the ball valve.

ADJUSTING HANDLE

AIR VENT BALL VALVE

AIR EXHAUST TO ATMOSPHERE TURBO AIR FROM ENGINE

LOCKING NUT

•

•

• 10 PSI. RELIEF VALVE

• •

REGULATOR

•

•

PRESSURE GAUGE RUBBER NIPPLE 860-01

• FROM HYDRAULIC TANK

REGULATOR AIR VENT ASSEMBLY (EARLIER MACHINES) 4.6

AIR VENT/ FILTER

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

4.7

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

SAW PUMP (PISTON PUMP)

SAW PUMP PRESSURE COMPENSATOR

WRIST AND CLAMPS PUMP (GEAR PUMP) (VANE PUMP ON EARLIER MACHINES)

•• •• • •

•

BELL HOUSING

MAIN PUMP (AP011) (PISTON PUMP)

845B-D16

PUMP ASSEMBLY - EARLIER MACHINES

HYDRAULIC PUMPS

••

HORSEPOWER CALIBRATION DO NOT ADJUST

All hydraulic functions are powered by three pumps mounted one behind the other and attached to the flywheel housing of the engine.

Drive to the pumps is from the engine via a flexible coupling.

ENGINE ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE FILTER SCREEN

GAUGE TEST PORT 'X1' ANTI-STALL SIGNAL PRESSURE

The first pump (main pump) is a piston pump with load sensing and horsepower limiting controls used for the main hydraulic circuit.

GAUGE TEST PORT 'L.S.'

••

••

•• ••

Driven off the PTO of the main pump is the saw pump. It is a pressure compensated piston pump.

PILOT SUPPLY 'P1'PORT

Driven off the PTO of the saw pump is the fixed displacement gear pump (vane pump on earlier machines and an optional variable displacement piston pump for "high pressure" clamps systems on later machines) used for the clamps, accumulating arm and wrist functions.

•• ••

MAIN PUMP The main pump is a Linde HPR, axial-piston, variable-displacement pump with load sensing and horsepower limiting controls.

822-D65

••

MAIN PUMP

MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

EARLIER MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER (LS CONTROL)

Earlier machines used a 160cc capacity main pump with the load sensing and horsepower limiting controller assembled in one housing and attached to the side of the main pump. Output flow is approx. 89 GPM at operating speed.

4.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher SAW PUMP (PISTON PUMP)

MAIN PUMP (AP196) MAIN PUMP (PISTON PUMP) CONTROLLER

PUMP MOUNTING PLATE

Hydraulic system SAW PUMP PRESSURE COMPENSATOR

WRIST AND CLAMPS PUMP (GEAR PUMP)

• •

•• •

• ••

PUMP ASSEMBLY - LATER MACHINES

870-D49

PORT 'A' AND GAUGE TEST PORT CONNECTION FROM ANTI-STALL VALVE

•

••

•• •

GAUGE TEST PORT 'LS'

••

MAIN PUMP

••

MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

PUMP MAX. DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW PUMP MIN. DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

••

SAW PUMP

••

LATER MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER 870-D50

••

PORT 'A' ANTI-STALL SIGNAL CONNECTION TO MAIN PUMP

ENGINE ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE

•

'LS' CONNECTION FROM MAIN VALVE

••

NO FUNCTION DO NOT ADJUST

(LS CONTROL)

Later machines used a 210cc capacity main pump with the load sensing controller attached to the side of the main pump and the horse power limiting control (anti-stall valve) remotely mounted within the engine enclosure.Output flow is approx.

93 GPM at operating speed.

4.9

••

• FILTER SCREEN

••

HORSEPOWER CALIBRATION DO NOT ADJUST LEFT REAR ENGINE 870-D53 MOUNT

••

•

PILOT PRESSURE PORT 'P' CONNECTION

ENGINE ANTISTALL VALVE

When all of the control valves sections on the main Linde valve manifold are in the neutral position the main pump is destroked and the output is just sufficient to maintain a pressure of approx. 500 psi. (stand-by pressure) in the pump output line. The swashplate control piston is in a condition where the spring force, swashplate forces and the control pressure forces are balanced.

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

845B-45

MAIN PUMP SCHEMATIC (AP011)

MARGIN PRESSURE When a function control lever is moved, i.e. joystick or foot pedal, to activate a function in the main hydraulic system, Load Sense (LS) pressure increases to the point where it is equal to the work port pressure and it shifts the spool in the LS controller.

The main pump then adjusts its output volume until the pump output pressure exceeds the LS pressure by a small amount. This difference is known as MARGIN PRESSURE (Also known as differential pressure or Delta P).

Refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in this section.

At this point the LS controller shifts back to its previous condition and the swashplate control piston will be balanced with the pump output, remaining constant until the pressure at the LS port changes. This is a dynamic condition with the swashplate angle changing constantly in response to the load fluctuations. The LS pressure is always equal to the highest work port pressure.

Hydraulic system

830.15

MAIN PUMP SCHEMATIC (AP196)

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

'P' GAUGE TEST CONN. L.S. GAUGE TEST CONN.

• •

••

• MAIN LINDE VALVE MANIFOLD 870-D54

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

The pump is protected by a high pressure limiting control which is attached to the back of the main Linde control valve manifold. Refer to HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL in this section.

NOTE: If the machine controls are not responding as they should, i.e. boom is jerky or sluggish, the margin pressure setting may be out of adjustment.

Also refer to ENGINE ANTI-STALL in SECTION 9 of this manual.

4.10

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

MAIN PUMP WEAR TEST 1. Plumb a flow measuring device to the line connecting the case drain to tank.

2. Run the machine and warm up system until the hydraulic oil is up to working temperature.

3. Position the machine so that the upper is perpendicular to the tracks. Lower the felling head and raise one track clearly above the ground. Tilt the felling head back fully and turn the swing brake ON. 4. With the engine at high idle, simultaneously hold the R.H. joystick in the TILT BACK position (tilt cylinder bottomed out), hold the swing fully over relief, and fully actuate the suspended track (high speed).

5. Record the flow (gpm) coming out of the main pump case drain.

Normal/acceptable case drain leakage rate for the main pump under the above conditions is 5 gpm to 8 gpm. With case drain leakage rates greater than 9 gpm, the pump will still operate properly but should be considered for replacement.

SAW PUMP For the operation and adjustments of this pump refer to SECTION 17 of this manual.

WRIST AND CLAMPS PUMP Driven off the PTO of the saw pump is the fixed displacement gear pump (vane pump on earlier machines and an optional variable displacement piston pump for "high pressure" clamps systems on later machines) used for the clamps, accumulating arm and wrist functions.

For information on this circuit, refer to SECTION 18 in THIS MANUAL.

4.11

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher LOAD SENSING

Hydraulic system

BASIC PRINCIPLES Figs. 1 & 2 Early hydraulic systems used a fixed displacement pump, with valves to control or adjust flow rates or speeds. This throttling or restricting pump flow to achieve control over the functions causes excess oil to flow over the relief valve. This results in wasting power and at the same time creates heat. SEE FIGS. 1 & 2.

FLOW

853SM18

W USED PRESSURE

FIG. 1

FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP

853SM16

FIG. 2

HP

Figs. 3 & 4 In an attempt to recover some of the wasted energy, variable volume pumps evolved. These pumps are power regulated or horsepower controlled and since they reduce the pumps output to maintain a constant system hp, oil flow over the relief valve is less, therefore reducing the wasted power losses and heat generation. SEE FIGS. 3 & 4.

WASTED WASTED

=CO NS

The power wasted in the horsepower control system is still considerable and still requires constant "throttling" by the operator if he wants the speeds to remain as selected.

TAN T

This system combines the energy saving benefits of flow on demand with load compensation at each work port. The compensator eliminates the need for operator flow adjustments (throttling). SEE FIGS. 5

FLOW

Figs. 5 & 6 The load control system was developed to address the problems outlined above.

WASTED WASTED

W USED PRESSURE

853SM19 FIG. 3

HP REGULATED PUMP

FIG. 4

853SM16

HP =C ON STA

FLOW

NT

∆p LS W USED PRESSURE

853SM17 FIG.5

LOAD SENSING (FLOW ON DEMAND) 4.12

FIG.6

853SM16

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

LOAD SENSING BASIC DESCRIPTION OPEN CENTRE VS. CLOSE CENTRE OPEN CENTRE SYSTEM:

853SM21

853SM20

With the control valve in neutral all of the oil from the pump “bypasses” through the open centre passage directly to tank. There is no back pressure created by the control valve to force oil into the workport (the workport is actually blocked off when the spool is in neutral, and unblocked when the spool begins to move).

If the oil flowing to the motor or cylinder meets variable loads, this will upset the balance of oil going to the tank and the load. This causes the speed of the function to change with load changes.

853SM21

853SM20

When the control valve lever is moved to actuate a cylinder or motor, the open centre passage is blocked off in proportion to the amount the lever is moved. This creates back pressure forcing oil into the valve workport to move the load.

This type of system exhibits the following characteristics; 1. If the load against the cylinder or motor changes, the speed of the function will change.

2. If the load increases on a boom cylinder, the boom will slow or stop. Moving the lever further will increase the pressure against the load, and when high enough, the load will begin to move again.

3. The maximum speed of the function is determined by the maximum flow of the pump.

853SM20

When the control valve lever is fully shifted to the maximum flow position the open centre passage is completely blocked, and all of the pump flow is forced against the load.

4.13

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

CLOSED CENTRE SYSTEM:

adjusts the flow of the pump to find a new balance point. The stroking piston will change the pump’s flow until pump pressure is 250 psi. higher than load pressure.

Load sensing systems use variable flow pumps and only flow oil when required. Unlike the open centre system, the control valve does not have an open centre passage. When in neutral, no oil flows through the control valve to tank and the pump output flow is zero. The pump’s output flow is controlled by a “stroking piston” which is connected to the pump output, and to the valve’s workport or “load”. This sense line to the actual working load defines the system as load sensing.

In the figures below, note that even though the load pressure may change, (as illustrated by the extra restriction) the flow remains constant. This is because the difference in pressure, or differential pressure, between the pump and load pressures can be maintained by the stroking piston regardless of load. It is important to remember the pump is really responding to the pressure differential resulting from flow through the valve, not the actual load pressure level.

The key component in the system below is the spring in the stroking piston. The pump’s output pressure must be 250 psi. higher than the load pressure to compress the spring and reduce the flow of the pump. This 250 psi. is the differential or margin pressure.

853SM22

853SM22

In the figure above the valve is closed blocking the pump from the load. With the load at zero the pump will maintain 500 psi. of standby pressure and pump flow is zero.

853SM22

The following are key differences from open centre systems; 1. The load sensing valve’s maximum flow is not equal to the pumps maximum flow as with the open centre system. The valves maximum flow is determined by the maximum size of opening or “orifice” it provides.

853SM22

When the control valve lever is moved to actuate a cylinder or motor, the control valve opens the pump to the load. In this case the load is zero and the pump output pressure falls as the oil escapes through the valve. The 250 psi. that was holding the spring in the compressed state is reduced and the spring moves the pump to increase flow. Flow will increase to a level that requires 500 psi. to force the oil through the valve opening. At this point the load pressure combined with the spring force will be high enough to oppose the pump output pressure, and the stroking piston will stop moving.

Changing the control valve lever changes the size of the opening in the valve and upsets the balance of the stroking piston. The stroking piston then

2. The speed of the load does not change as the load changes. If the load increases on a boom cylinder the pump pressure will increase automatically to maintain the load’s original speed. If the load stops, it is because the load is too heavy for the boom to lift.

Moving the lever further will not increase the lifting force.

3. A load sensing system provides the speed the operator selects with the lever, and automatically adjusts the pressure to match the load. The open centre system requires the operator to adjust the pressure to match the load and the speed is determined by the load.

4.14

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

OPERATING TIPS When using the controls on a load sensing system think of what the system is trying to do for you. If you move the lever or pedal 20% of its total angle, the system will provide whatever pressure it takes ( up to its maximum capacity if needed) to meet this speed requirement. If you move the lever past the point needed in an attempt to speed up the boom movement, you will only overshoot the speed you wanted. Relax and try to use the least amount of lever action you can.

Load sensing systems respond to rough operation by amplifying these movements. If you find the boom is jerky or always giving “feedback”, you’re probably too active on the controls. If slowing down doesn’t eliminate the roughness, the margin pressure setting may be too high and can be reduced to calm down the machine’s response.

Refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in this section.

Another feature of this system is that the maximum flow of each function, in each direction, can be tuned to your requirements. This is easily done by changing the flow adjusting screws on each control valve. Take the time to set up your machine, as this greatly reduces fatigue.

Refer to SET FLOW (FUNCTION SPEED) RATE in appropriate BOOM, SWING or TRACK DRIVE sections of THIS MANUAL.

4.15

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-28

Hydraulic system

LOAD SENSING SYSTEM (EARLIER MACHINES) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 4.16

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-29

Hydraulic system

LOAD SENSING SYSTEM (LATER MACHINES) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 4.17

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher MAIN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

Hydraulic system

••

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

PORT 'A' ANTI-STALL SIGNAL CONNECTION TO MAIN PUMP

ENGINE ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE

The main hydraulic circuit includes the components for track, boom, stick, tilt and swing operation.

The main pump is a variable displacement axial piston pump with load sensing (LS) that provides oil flow to the main hydraulic system. Pump output is controlled by the pump regulator or controller, which is a combination pilot operated control valve and a solenoid operated control valve.

••

HORSEPOWER CALIBRATION DO NOT ADJUST

ENGINE ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE

••

• FILTER SCREEN

••

HORSEPOWER CALIBRATION DO NOT ADJUST LEFT REAR ENGINE 870-D53 MOUNT

••

•

PILOT PRESSURE PORT 'P' CONNECTION

ENGINE ANTISTALL VALVE (LATER MACHINES)

FILTER SCREEN GAUGE TEST PORT 'X1' ANTI-STALL SIGNAL PRESSURE GAUGE TEST PORT 'L.S.'

•• ••

••

••

PILOT SUPPLY 'P1'PORT

•• ••

••

MAIN PUMP

822-D65

MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

EARLIER MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER (LS CONTROL)

On earlier machines this complete controller is bolted to the main pump housing and connected to the pump by internal port connections.

PORT 'A' AND GAUGE TEST PORT CONNECTION FROM ANTI-STALL VALVE

••

••

'LS' CONNECTION FROM MAIN VALVE

••

NO FUNCTION DO NOT ADJUST

••

GAUGE TEST PORT 'LS'

••

MAIN PUMP

LATER MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER 870-D50

(LS CONTROL)

• • MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

On later machines the Load Sense portion is bolted to the main pump housing and the anti-stall solenoid valve portion is remote mounted close by in the engine compartment. Regardless of the type of installation, the end result is the same.

A load sensing signal (LS) is sent from the main control valve manifold 'LS' port to the pump controller 'LS' port. An anti-stall electrical signal is also sent to the controller solenoid valve from the engine anti-stall module in the cab, originating from the engine speed sensor on the engine.

The 'LS' connection from the main control valve manifold signals the main pump to supply just enough oil flow to satisfy the function in use. If the function in use encounters higher loads, the 'LS' signals the main pump to increase the flow to compensate, this increase may continue until maximum pump output is attained, 89 gpm. for earlier pumps and 93 gpm. for later pumps.

When several functions are in use at the same time the flow of oil is automatically divided up between the functions and will constantly adjust as loads between the functions increase/ decrease.

If the load on the main hydraulic system becomes too high for the main pump to handle and consequently begins to lug down the engine, the engine anti-stall module will signal the main pump to de-stroke and reduce oil flow to the main Linde valve manifold to reduce the load.

Oil flow to each function in the main hydraulic circuit is controlled by its own control valve mounted on the main Linde manifold. When all of the control valves are in the neutral position, there is NO FLOW through the valves, therefore the system is a closed-centre system. When all control valves are in this neutral position, the main pump will only supply enough oil to make-up for leakage within the system and the pressure will remain low (approx. 500 psi) this is known as stand-by pressure.

The swing, boom, stick and tilt control valves trap oil in their circuits when the spools are in neutral.

4.18

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

The right and left track control valves are motor spools which have a passage between the work ports and return ports when the spool is in the neutral position. The counterbalance valves within the drive motors trap the oil in the motors.

••

Oil returning to the hydraulic tank from the control valves must open 75 psi. back pressure check valves in the return passages of the control valve manifold before flowing back to tank. The purpose of the check valves is to creates a small positive pressure in the manifold to prevent cavitation in the cylinders and motors. All oil returning to the tank is filtered.

TO TANK

BY-PASS VALVE CARTRIDGE (100 PSI) TO OIL COOLER 'IN' BY-PASS VALVE BODY

• ••

••

SUMMARY OF MAIN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT: Flow on demand and load compensation The combination of control valves and pump used in this system provides flow on demand and load compensation. Flow on demand means that only the required quantity of oil will be delivered to a function by the pump. This will save energy and reduce heat generation in the hydraulic system.

Load compensation means that all functions will continue to receive oil regardless of their pressure and without further movement of the control levers.

OIL COOLER BY-PASS VALVE

Without this system, an operator moving control levers halfway on the boom up and stick out controls would find that the lowest pressure function would move and the other would not move. To make both functions move the operator would have to move the high load lever much more than the low load lever. In other words, the operator would have to restrict oil flow to one function while opening up the valve fully to the other. This is what the load compensation system does automatically as will be explained further below.

On later 860/870 models, an oil cooler by-pass valve has been installed on one of the two "tank" return ports on the main Linde valve base manifold. The by-pass valve incorporates a 100 psi. check valve. If the oil cooler causes a resistance in excess of 100 psi. to the return oil entering the oil cooler, the check valve will open and direct a portion of the hydraulic oil to tank. In the winter months this resistance could be caused by cold, thick oil and will be noticeable by the hydraulic oil temperature gauge reading low temperatures.

•

TO TANK

•• MAIN LINDE VALVE MANIFOLD 870-D51

With the load compensation on this unit the operator does not need to continually adjust the control lever to move two or more functions because of pressure differences.

Valves inside of the main control valve spools will automatically adjust flow according to the pilot pressure applied to the spool to move functions independent of load pressure.

4.19

•

• FROM OIL COOLER 'OUT'

OIL COOLER BY-PASS VALVE

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher R.H. TRACK DRIVE

••

MAIN BOOM CYLINDERS

••

SWING

STICK CYLINDER

••

••

Hydraulic system HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

•

• •

TILT CYLINDER

CONTROL VALVE MANIFOLD

L.H. TRACK DRIVE

AIR BLEED PLUG (TYPICAL)

••

•• •

870-D52

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

MAIN CONTROL VALVE DESCRIPTION

CONTROL VALVE SECTIONS

The main control valve consists of six individual valve sections and a high pressure limiting control valve. Each valve section, including the high pressure limiting control is fastened to the control valve manifold which contains five common passages for all valves.The two return passages in the manifold each contain 75 psi internal check valves.

The spools are pilot actuated and returned to neutral by centering springs. An air bleed plug is provided on the top pilot end cap. If a hesitation is noticed when actuating a function, air should be bled from the pilot end caps. Spool travel stop screws are fitted in the pilot end caps and are used to limit the spool travel so that maximum speed can be adjusted for each individual function. The screws can also be turned in to lower the boom or stick when the engine or pump will not operate.

The five passages are (refer to fig. 853sm24): 1. One centre passage for pump discharge.

2. Two return passages (connected internally).

3. Two for Load Sense (connected internally).

The swing and travel spools have return pilot checks in the end caps which allow pilot oil to enter quickly, but restrict the flow out, thus dampening the movement of the control spool for smoother control of the function.

DRIVE MOTOR SPOOL SECTIONS The swing, left track and right track valve sections have make-up valves for anti-cavitation. See FIG. 90919.

BOOM FUNCTIONS SPOOL SECTIONS

2

3

The Boom, stick and tilt functions have relief and anti-cavitation valves. See FIG. 90744 with spool in NO-FLOW position and FIG. 90744-2 with spool in FLOW position.

1

853SM24

MANIFOLD/VALVE SECTION SCHEMATIC WITH RELIEF 4.20

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher MAKE UP OR ANTICAVITATION VALVE

Hydraulic system MAKE UP OR ANTICAVITATION VALVE

WORK PORTS

•

•

PILOT CHECK

•

PILOT END CAP AIR BLEED PLUG

•

•

SPOOL TRAVEL STOP (ADJUSTABLE)

• •

•

•

•

BALL AND SPRING

LOAD SENSING 'LS'

•

COMPENSATOR VALVE PUMP 'P' RETURN 'T'

RETURN 'T'

LOAD SENSING 'LS'

CONTROL VALVE SECTION - TYPICAL FOR TRACK DRIVE AND SWING FUNCTION

90919

WORK PORTS

ANTICAVITATION RELIEF VALVE MAX. FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

•

ANTICAVITATION RELIEF VALVE

• •

•

• • • MAIN CONTROL SPOOL COMPENSATOR RETURN 'T'

PUMP 'P'

RETURN 'T'

90744

CONTROL VALVE SECTION - TYPICAL FOR CYLINDER OPERATED FUNCTIONS (SHOWN IN NO-FLOW POSITION)

90744-2

CONTROL VALVE SECTION - TYPICAL FOR CYLINDER OPERATED FUNCTIONS (SHOWN IN FLOW POSITION) 4.21

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher PORT RELIEF AND ANTICAVITATION VALVE OPERATION During normal operation, oil pressure in the work circuit is less than the circuit relief valve setting and the circuit relief valve remains closed.

During relief operation, the relief valve will open in three steps.

(Step 1) The pilot poppet 'D' is opened; Flow restriction through the hollow piston 'C' causes the pressure in the cavity behind the main poppet 'B' to decrease.

Hydraulic system MEDIUM SYSTEM PRESSURE

PILOT POPPET 'D'

• WORK PORT

• •

•

• RETURN

ORIFICE 'A'

NORMAL OPERATION

90744-4A

(Step 2) The piston seats against the poppet.

This further reduces oil flow into the cavity and greatly decreases the pressure against the back side of the main poppet.

MEDIUM SYSTEM PRESSURE

HIGHEST SYSTEM PRESSURE

•

(Step 3) The main poppet 'B' opens.

When the relief valve again closes, the piston and the pilot poppet move together until the pilot poppet is seated. Oil flows into the cavity through the clearance between the piston and the main poppet to move the piston away from the pilot poppet. This permits flow into the cavity through the piston to seat the main poppet.

RELIEF AND HOLLOW ANTICAVITATION PISTON 'C' POPPET 'B'

•

WORK PORT

• RETURN

RELIEF OPERATION

90744-6A

LOW WORK PORT PRESSURE

During anticavitation operation the main poppet 'B' will retract to allow oil to flow from the return passage into the work circuit.

ADJUSTING PROCEDURE 1. Loosen locknut.

•

WORK PORT

2. Turn the adjusting screw to obtain desired pressure reading on gauge.

• RETURN

3. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw making sure adjusting screw does not turn.

90744-5A

ANTICAVITATION OPERATION

4. Re-check pressure gauge reading.

PORT RELIEF VALVE

Refer to SET MAIN BOOM, STICK AND PORT RELIEF VALVES in SECTION 12 of THIS MANUAL for more complete details.

LOCKNUT • 17MM WRENCH

• • • • MAIN VALVE BODY

90744-4

4.22

ADJUSTING SCREW • 5MM ALLEN KEY

MAIN VALVE PORT RELIEF VALVE

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

CONTROL VALVE SPOOL OPERATION To achieve load sensing compensation, each control spool has two compensator valves and two shuttle valves. These compensator valves can be in the form of a shuttle or a ball, depending on the function being controlled.

PILOT END CAP

SHUTTLE COMPENSATOR CONTROL VALVE VALVE SPOOL

COMPENSATOR VALVE

SHUTTLE VALVE

PILOT END CAP

•

•

•

• CENTERING SPRING

•

•

• •

•

•

• •

• •

•

•

LOAD SENSING WORK WORK PASSAGE 'LS' PORT 'A' PORT 'B' SUPPLY RETURN RETURN PASSAGE 'P' PASSAGE 'T' PASSAGE 'T'

LOAD SENSING PASSAGE 'LS'

CENTERING SPRING

(A) CONTROL VALVE SECTION ~ IN NEUTRAL

853SM25

(A) Each work port (A & B) has a compensator valve and shuttle valve. Each valve section also has two return passages (T) and two load sensing passages (LS). Each valve section has only one supply passage (P).

With the control valve spool held in neutral by the centering springs in both pilot caps, the pump discharge is blocked. Therefore, the control valves are closed centre. Pump discharge, work port, return, and load sensing passages are all blocked by the spool. Oil in the work ports is trapped.

With all control valve spools in neutral, pump discharge or "standby" oil pressure is between 400 and 600 psi.

PILOT OIL

LS PORT JUST OPENED

SHUTTLE VALVE

CONTROL SPOOL

• •

(B) CONTROL VALVE SECTION ~ • CONTROL SPOOL STARTING TO MOVE TO RIGHT • LS PORT JUST OPENED • ONLY SPOOL ACTUATED 853SM26

(B) Whenever a single function is operated, pilot oil flows to a control valve end cap. Pilot oil will start to move the spool against the centering spring on the opposite end of the spool. The load sensing port (LS) is the first port to open. When the LS port is opened, the shuttle cavity is at LS pressure. Since this is the first function being operated, there is no LS pressure in the manifold and the shuttle does not move.

4.23

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher PILOT OIL

SHUTTLE VALVE

•

Hydraulic system

COMPENSATOR CONTROL VALVE SPOOL

•

•

WORK PORT 'A' JUST OPENED

(C) CONTROL VALVE SECTION ~ • CONTROL SPOOL CONTINUES TO MOVE TO RIGHT • WORK PORT 'A' JUST OPENED • HIGHEST WORKING PRESSURE

853SM27

(C) The second port to open is work port ‘A’ (port ‘B’ if the control spool moves to the left). The left compensator valve stays to the right as in the neutral condition and the shuttle valve moves to the left directing work port pressure to the area behind the compensator valve to hold it shut until it can be opened by pressure in the ‘P’ port. In this mode, the compensator valve is functioning as a load check valve would in a conventional valve.

PILOT OIL

(5) SHUTTLE (6) COMPENSATOR VALVE VALVE MOVES LEFT

CONTROL SPOOL

TANK PORT 'T' (RETURN)

(1) ANGLED VENT PORT OPENS

• •

•

•

• •

(4) OIL FLOWS TO 'LS' PASSAGE

(3) PRESSURE PORT OPENED SLIGHTLY

(2) WORK PORT 'B' OPENS

(D) CONTROL VALVE SECTION ~ • CONTROL SPOOL CONTINUES TO MOVE TO RIGHT 853SM28

• PRESSURE PORT OPENED SLIGHTLY • HIGHEST WORKING PRESSURE

(D) The next port to open is the angled vent port (1) on the right side of the control spool which connects to the tank port, ‘T’. This connects all passages in the compensator spool to return pressure. There is no movement at this time but as soon as the work port ‘B’ opens (2) and oil flows, the returning oil will push the compensator valve to the right and connect ‘B’ to ‘T’.

The pressure port in the control spool is the last port to open (3). When it opens, pump discharge pressure flows through the passage in the compensator spool and through the shuttle cavity to the load sense passage (4).

The load sensing pressure increases causing the pump to increase its displacement and further increase the pressure. The compensator valve keeps the work port passage closed until the pump discharge pressure is higher than the work port pressure (load check feature).

Once the pump discharge pressure is higher, the shuttle valve moves to the right (5) and connects load sensing pressure to the cavity behind the compensator valve. The compensator valve moves to the left (6) allowing oil to flow to the work port. With the compensator valve open, the cavity to the right of the compensator valve assumes approximate work port pressure and this pressure flows through the passage to the shuttle cavity allowing work port pressure to control load sensing pressure. As the control spool moves further, in response to pilot pressure, the compensator valve and shuttle valve positions remain the same.

4.24

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher PILOT OIL

(1) COMPENSATOR VALVE

Hydraulic system

CONTROL SPOOL FULLY SHIFTED TO RIGHT

SHUTTLE VALVE

•

•• •

•

•

•

•

•

•

LOAD SENSING WORK WORK LOAD SENSING PASSAGE 'LS' PORT 'A' PORT 'B' PASSAGE 'LS' SUPPLY PASSAGE 'P' RETURN RETURN (PUMP DISCHARGE) PASSAGE 'T' PASSAGE 'T'

(E) CONTROL VALVE SECTION ~ • CONTROL SPOOL FULLY SHIFTED TO RIGHT • HIGHEST WORKING PRESSURE

853SM29

(E) In this figure, pump discharge pressure is slightly higher than work port pressure because the compensator valve (1) is open. When using just one function both the compensator valve and the shuttle valve are moved to the end of their bores.

The load sensing pressure is always the same as the highest work port pressure and as a result is always lower than pump discharge pressure. There are two factors that establish this pressure difference between pump discharge and work port pressure, the load sensing valve and the orifice effect of the passages in the control valve between the pump discharge port and the work port. There are three openings the pump discharge oil must flow through to get to the work port. Each time the oil flows through a passage there is a pressure drop, that is, there is an orifice at each passage. The smaller the opening the smaller the oil flow due to the constant load sensing pressure. There is a passage from the work port to the load sensing passage and this is the pressure sensed at the pump regulator; since the flow is very small there is virtually no pressure drop from the work port to the LS port on the pump.

Load sensing pressure is the same at both ends of all the control spools because the two passages in the control valve manifold are joined together in the manifold.

LOAD SENSING ~ TWO OR MORE FUNCTIONS IN USE Load compensation comes into effect whenever two or more functions are actuated at the same time.

The following is an explanation of the function of the valve components whenever a spool with a lower working pressure is activated when a higher working pressure spool is fully shifted.

PILOT OIL

LS PORT JUST OPENED

COMPENSATOR (2) SHUTTLE VALVE MOVES TO RIGHT VALVE

••

CENTERING SPRING

(1) CONTROL SPOOL STARTS TO MOVE

•

•

(F) CONTROL VALVE SECTION ~ • CONTROL SPOOL STARTING TO MOVE TO RIGHT 853SM30

• LS PORT JUST OPENED • LOWER WORKING PRESSURE

(F) Pilot oil will start to move the control spool against the centering spring on the opposite end of the spool. The LS port is the first to open and load sensing pressure is applied to the shuttle valve. The shuttle valve moves to the right to the end of its bore and then LS pressure flows into the cavity at the left end of the compensator valve.

4.25

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher SHUTTLE VALVE

PILOT OIL

Hydraulic system CONTROL SPOOL

COMPENSATOR VALVE

•

•

•

WORK PORT 'A' JUST OPENED

(G) CONTROL VALVE SECTION ~• CONTROL SPOOL CONTINUES TO MOVE TO RIGHT • WORK PORT 'A' JUST OPENED • LOWER WORK PORT PRESSURE

853SM31

(G) As the control spool continues to move, the work port is the next to open. The work port oil pressure passes through compensator valve port and is applied to the end of the shuttle valve but since this work port pressure is lower than LS, the shuttle does not move.

PILOT OIL

SHUTTLE VALVE

(4) COMPENSATOR VALVE MOVES LEFT THEN RIGHT (5)

•

CONTROL SPOOL

•

TANK PORT 'T' (RETURN)

(1) ANGLED VENT PORT OPENS

• •

• •

OIL FLOWS TO 'LS' PASSAGE

(3) PRESSURE PORT OPENED SLIGHTLY

(2) WORK PORT 'B' OPENS

(H) CONTROL VALVE SECTION ~ • CONTROL SPOOL CONTINUES TO MOVE TO RIGHT 853SM32

• PRESSURE PORT OPENED SLIGHTLY • LOWER WORKING PRESSURE

(H) As the control spool continues to move, the angled vent port opens (1), then work port ‘B' opens (2) allowing oil to flow and shift the right side compensator valve connecting port 'B' to 'T'. The pressure port ‘P’ is next to open (3) and supply pressure passes into the cavity to the right of the compensator valve causing it to shift to the left (4) since the supply pressure is somewhat greater than LS pressure. As it shifts to the left (4) oil can travel into work port ‘A’ and in doing so it causes pressure in the cavity to drop which results in LS pressure pushing the compensator valve back to the right (5). The compensator finds a position where the pressures are balanced and some oil flows into work port ‘A’.

4.26

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher PILOT OIL

Hydraulic system

(1) CONTROL SPOOL FULLY SHIFTED TO RIGHT

(2) COMPENSATOR VALVE SETTLES IN A BALANCE POSITION

•

• •

•

•

•

•

•

•

WORK LOAD SENSING WORK LOAD SENSING PORT 'A' PASSAGE 'LS' PORT 'B' PASSAGE 'LS' RETURN RETURN SUPPLY PASSAGE 'P' PASSAGE 'T' PASSAGE 'T' (PUMP DISCHARGE)

(I) CONTROL VALVE SECTION ~ • CONTROL SPOOL FULLY SHIFTED TO RIGHT 853SM33

• LOWER WORKING PRESSURE

(I) As the control spool continues to move (1), the compensator spool continues to move in response to the pressure variations and it settles in a position of balance (2) as shown in the figure with the spool fully shifted. As the loads vary in the work ports, the valve components continue to modulate and compensate for the load variations and maintain movement of the selected functions.

This valve system performs the functions automatically that are performed by an operator using a conventional system as explained in the third paragraph above.

If the second valve being operated had a higher work port pressure than the one already selected, the operation would be the same up to the point where the work port was opened. At this point the LS would change to the new higher work port pressure and the new valve would act in the same way as the first valve selected and described above. The first valve selected would then have the internal spool components take the same positions as the lower work port pressure valve described above.

4.27

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL VALVE The main pump is protected by a High Pressure Limiting control which consists of three relief valve cartridges. The H.P.L. control is attached to the main control valve manifold and contains three relief valves: The first relief valve (P2) limits L.S. pressure to approx. 4000 psi. (Gauge at 'L.S.' test port) which in turn limits the pump output pressure to 4300 psi. (Gauge at 'P' test port) The 300 psi. differential is known as margin pressure. See SET MARGIN PRESSURE in THIS SECTION. Margin pressure is the difference between 'P' port pressure and L.S. port pressure, observed while a function is operating.

The second relief is a system relief valve which limits the pump output pressure to 870 psi. above L.S. pressure, this relief is non-adjustable.

Hydraulic system P2 L.S. PRESSURE LIMIT, SET AT 4300 PSI. WITH GAUGE ON 'P' TEST PORT • 4MM ALLEN KEY • 13MM WRENCH MAIN CONTROL VALVE MANIFOLD

••

••

••

• SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE NON-ADJUSTABLE

• HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

845B-D20

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL VALVE

The third relief valve (P1) is screwed fully in and is not used.

853SM24

P1. SCREWED FULLY IN NOT USED

H.P.L. CONTROL, MANIFOLD/ VALVE SECTION SCHEMATIC WITH PORT RELIEFS 4.28

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

4.29

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher PILOT PRESSURE PORT

11.3 MM

Hydraulic system ENGINE ANTI-STALL PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID VALVE

•

•

• ANTI-STALL CALIBRATION

DO NOT ADJUST

TANK

REQUIRES TEST BENCH FOR READJUSTMENT

•

•

•

GAUGE TEST PORT 'X1'

•

•

LOAD SENSE PRESSURE

8 MM

•

• MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW • 8mm WRENCH • 19mm WRENCH (Turn OUT to decrease Margin pressure)

PUMP OUTLET PRESSURE PUMP SWASH CONTROL PASSAGE

TANK

MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER WITH ATTACHED ANTI-STALL VALVE

90669

ENGINE ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE

••

HORSEPOWER CALIBRATION DO NOT ADJUST

FILTER SCREEN GAUGE TEST PORT 'X1' ANTI-STALL SIGNAL PRESSURE GAUGE TEST PORT 'L.S.'

••

••

•• ••

PILOT SUPPLY 'P1'PORT

•• •• 822-D65

• •

MAIN PUMP

MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

EARLIER MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER (LS CONTROL)

**NOTE: If the margin pressure is not set correctly, the machine controls may not respond as they should, i.e. boom is jerky or sluggish.

The margin pressure adjustment is made at the main pump controller attached to the main pump.

PRESSURE GAUGE CONNECTIONS The pressure gauge connections are the 'P' and 'L.S'. gauge tests port on the main Linde valve manifold and on later machines additional 'P' and "L.S." test ports installed on the main pump. The latter will more accurately and better facilitate the set-up procedure when making adjustments to the main pump. Therefore when making adjustments at the pump, use the test ports located in that area, when making adjustments to the main Linde valve HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

L.S. GAUGE TEST CONN.

•

MARGIN PRESSURE MARGIN PRESSURE** is the difference between the LOAD SENSE pressure and the PUMP OUTPUT pressure while a function (boom, swing or travel) is being operated. For the load sensing system to operate correctly the differential pressure between L.S. and 'P' should be 300 psi.

'P' being higher than L.S.

'P' GAUGE TEST CONN.

••

•• ••

MAIN LINDE VALVE MANIFOLD 870-D54

4.30

GAUGE TEST PORTS ON MAIN LINDE VALVE

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

• PORT 'A'.

SIGNAL PRESSURE FROM ANTI-STALL VALVE NO FUNCTION DO NOT ADJUST

•

• •

•

PORT 'A' AND GAUGE TEST PORT CONNECTION FROM ANTI-STALL VALVE

••

NO FUNCTION DO NOT ADJUST

MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER

••

••

'LS' CONNECTION FROM MAIN VALVE

MAIN PUMP

LOAD SENSE PRESSURE

MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER - SEPARATE ANTI-STALL VALVE

870B-42.AI

••

MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW • 8mm WRENCH • 19mm WRENCH (Turn OUT to decrease Margin pressure)

PUMP OUTLET MANIFOLD

•

GAUGE TEST PORT 'LS'

••

• ••

GAUGE TEST PORT 'P'

•• MAIN PUMP

MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

ANTI-STALL VALVE

• •• ••

SAW PUMP

• LATER MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER (LS CONTROL)

870-D50

MAIN PUMP PRESSURE TEST PORTS ON MAIN PUMP AND CONTROLLER

use the 'P' and 'L.S.' test ports located on the back side of the Linde main valve manifold.

SET MARGIN PRESSURE The margin pressure is set at the factory to 300 psi. Minor adjustments may be made to this value, however the flow stops on the valves must be reset in order to maintain the same speed of the functions.

870-D55

a differential gauge with ten psi increments).

*

DO NOT use a single pressure gauge to set the margin pressure, a small difference in this pressure value (less than 50 psi.) can make a significant difference in machine performance.

2. With hydraulic oil at operating temperature, Connect one side of the differential pressure gauge to the 'LS' gauge port and the other side

1. Use a differential pressure gauge* (preferably 4.31

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher of the gauge to the pressure 'P' gauge test port located on the back of the Linde main valve manifold.

3. Start the engine and place throttle control in FULL position.

4. Lower left armrest, press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system and turn antistall switch OFF. 5. Turn swing brake ON and place RH. joystick in FULL SWING position (left or right).

Hydraulic system SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE Pressure setting: ................................. 4300 psi.

NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut (sealnut) on the adjusting screws of these relief valves will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak. Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief.

**NOTE: If the margin pressure is not set correctly, the machine controls may not respond as they should, i.e. boom is jerky or sluggish.

7. Allow a short time for pressure reading to stabilize then tighten locknut on adjusting screw. Repeat above procedure to verify the differential pressure setting is still correct.

8. Stop engine and remove pressure gauge.

P2 L.S. PRESSURE LIMIT, SET AT 4300 PSI. WITH GAUGE ON 'P' TEST PORT • 4MM ALLEN KEY • 13MM WRENCH

••

6. Loosen locknut on margin pressure adjusting screw on main pump controller and turn adjusting screw until the differential reading on gauge is 300 psi**. (Turn OUT to decrease Margin pressure).

NOTE: This is a sensitive adjustment, significant changes in pressure will be noticed with only a small movement of the adjusting screw.

•

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

• • • MAIN LINDE VALVE MANIFOLD 870-D54

'P' GAUGE TEST CONN.

SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE

L.S. GAUGE TEST CONN.

1. With hydraulic oil at operating temperature, Connect a 0 - 5000 psi gauge to 'P' gauge test port on back of main control valve manifold.

2. Start engine and set throttle control to FULL position.

3. Press PILOT RESET button to activate pilot system and turn anti-stall switch OFF. 4. While holding L.H. joystick in the STICK OUT position (fully extended), loosen locknut on P2 relief valve cartridge and turn adjusting screw until pressure gauge reads 4300 psi. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw and re-check pressure reading on gauge.

5. Stop engine and remove pressure gauge.

4.32

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher SET STANDBY PRESSURE ON MAIN PUMP

Hydraulic system PORT 'A' AND GAUGE TEST PORT CONNECTION FROM ANTI-STALL VALVE

NO FUNCTION DO NOT ADJUST

Pressure setting: ................................... 500 psi.

•

Both 160cc and 210cc main pumps require a standby pressure (500 psi.) in the pump output line. This is factory set, and is to ensure that the pilot system is still operational (pilot pressure 450 psi.) when all functions in the main hydraulic circuit are at rest.

'LS' CONNECTION FROM MAIN VALVE

•

NOTE: It is usually only the 210cc pump that will require this adjustment which is made by adjusting the MIN. displacement adjusting screw on the front face of the main pump.

• PUMP OUTLET MANIFOLD

•• MAIN PUMP

ANTI-STALL VALVE

• •

•• ••

•

870-D50

MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

GAUGE TEST PORT 'P'

•

GAUGE TEST PORT 'LS'

MAIN PUMP

MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER

•

•

••

SAW PUMP

••

MAIN PUMP MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT

4. Loosen locknut on MINIMUM displacement adjusting screw and turn adjusting screw until pressure gauge reads 500 psi. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw and re-check pressure reading on gauge.

5. Stop engine and remove pressure gauge.

•

PRESSURE TEST PORTS ON MAIN PUMP 870-D55

1. With hydraulic oil at operating temperature, Connect a 0 - 1000 psi gauge to 'P' gauge test port located on the main pump output manifold.

2. Start engine and set throttle control to IDLE position.

3. Press PILOT RESET button to activate pilot system and turn anti-stall switch OFF.

4.33

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Hydraulic system

PRESSURE SETTINGS WITH Tigercat DISC SAW FELLING HEAD ENGINE RPM (With Cummins QSL9 280 HP. engine) FULL THROTTLE, NO LOAD, MAX. .............................................. 1900 RPM IDLE, NO LOAD .................................................................. 950 RPM RATED WORKING .................................................................. 1800 RPM ENGINE RPM (With Cummins 6CTA 8.3 260 HP. engine) FULL THROTTLE, NO LOAD, MAX. .............................................. 2375 RPM IDLE, NO LOAD .................................................................. 1000 RPM RATED WORKING .................................................................. 2200 RPM ENGINE RPM (With John Deere 6081 AF 260 HP. engine) FULL THROTTLE, NO LOAD, MAX. .............................................. 2375 RPM IDLE, NO LOAD .................................................................. 1000 RPM RATED WORKING .................................................................. 2200 RPM L.H. FINAL DRIVE CROSSLINE RELIEFS 4700 PSI + 1/8 TURN (CRACKING PRESSURE) BEGIN OF REGULATION .............................................................. 3600 PSI BRAKE RELEASE .................................................................. 500 PSI SPEED: LOW ............................................................................. 10 RPM (TRACK DRIVE SPROCKET) DRIVE ........................................................................... 28 RPM (TRACK DRIVE SPROCKET) R.H. FINAL DRIVE CROSSLINE RELIEFS 4700 PSI (CRACKING PRESSURE) BEGIN OF REGULATION .............................................................. 3600 PSI BRAKE RELEASE .................................................................. 500 PSI SPEED: LOW ............................................................................. 10 RPM (TRACK DRIVE SPROCKET) DRIVE ........................................................................... 28 RPM (TRACK DRIVE SPROCKET) MAIN PUMP (Linde 210 cc/rev.)

MARGIN PRESSURE ............................................................... 300 PSI STAND-BY ............................................................... 500 PSI AT 'P' PORT START OF ANTI-STALL OUTPUT: •ANTI-STALL MODULE AX250, QSL9 Engines ...................... 1700 RPM MAIN PUMP (Linde 160 cc/rev.)

MARGIN PRESSURE ............................................................... 300 PSI STAND-BY ............................................................... 500 PSI AT 'P' PORT START OF ANTI-STALL OUTPUT: •ANTI-STALL MODULE AX087, 6081AF engine ..................... 2200 RPM •ANTI-STALL MODULE AX159, 6CTA 8.3 Engine .................. 2100 RPM HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL on main Linde valve MAIN RELIEF ............................................................... NON-ADJUSTABLE LOAD SENSE RELIEF P1 .............................................................. SCREW IN FULLY (LOCKED OUT) LOAD SENSE RELIEF P2 .............................................................. 4300 PSI AT 'P' PORT(4000 PSI AT 'LS' PORT) BOOM PORT RELIEFS 4700 PSI AT 'P' PORT STICK PORT RELIEFS 4700 PSI AT 'P' PORT TILT PORT RELIEFS ............................................................... 4700 PSI AT 'P' PORT LEVEL FORE/AFT PORT RELIEFS ............................................... 4700 PSI AT 'P' PORT LEVEL RIGHT/LEFT PORT RELIEFS .......................................... 4700 PSI AT 'P' PORT PILOT SUPPLY MAIN RELIEF ............................................................... 425 PSI PILOT SUPPLY, LEVELLING PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ................................................... 260 PSI SWING CROSSLINE RELIEFS ................................................................... 3300 PSI AT 'L.S.' PORT or 3600 PSI AT 'P' PORT SPEED ............................................................................................ 6-7 RPM SAW PUMP (Tigercat and Koehring Waterous felling head) PRESSURE OVERRIDE ................................................................ 3600 PSI STAND-BY ...................................................................................... SCREW IN FULLY (LOCKED OUT) SAW CONTROL VALVE MAIN RELIEF ................................................................................. 4000 PSI SAW MOTOR (Tigercat DT5001 model saw) BEGIN OF REGULATION .............................................................. 3200 PSI SPEED ............................................................................................ 1250 - 1300 RPM MOTOR 'X' DIMENSION ................................................................ 23MM OF 110MM SCREW SAW MOTOR (ALL other model saws) BEGIN OF REGULATION .............................................................. 3200 PSI SPEED ............................................................................................ 1150 - 1200 RPM MOTOR 'X' DIMENSION ................................................................ 20MM OF 110MM SCREW WRIST / CLAMPS VALVE MAIN RELIEF ...................................................................................... 2700 PSI (STD) 3600 PSI (HIGH PRESSURE CLAMPS) WRIST PORT RELIEFS ..................................................................... 3200 PSI (STD) 4000 PSI (HIGH PRESSURE CLAMPS) CLAMP ARMS PORT RELIEFS ......................................................... 3200 PSI (STD) 4000 PSI (HIGH PRESSURE CLAMPS) ACCUMULATOR ARMS PORT RELIEFS ......................................... 3200 PSI (STD) 4000 PSI (HIGH PRESSURE CLAMPS) PUMP "HIGH PRESSURE" CLAMPS (Optional) PRESSURE OVERRIDE ................................................................ 3300 PSI STAND-BY ...................................................................................... SCREW IN FULLY (LOCKED OUT) DOOR / ROOF PUMP MAIN RELIEF ...................................................................................... 2000 PSI

ALL PRESSURES MUST BE SET WITH HYDRAULIC OIL AT OPERATING TEMPERATURE. NOTE: The above values are for reference purposes only, SEE SERVICE MANUAL FOR SETTING PROCEDURES. ISSUE 4 0404

4.34

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 5 - PILOT SYSTEM APRIL 2004

CONTENTS - SECTION 5 ACCUMULATOR CHARGING .............................................................................................. 5.12 CHECK PRE-CHARGE PRESSURE ........................................................ 5.12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION ......................................................................... 5.5 TESTING DEVICE .................................................................................... 5.12 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................... 5.7 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................................................................... 5.10, 5.11 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ................................................................................. 5.7 PILOT SYSTEM COMPONENTS ACCUMULATOR .............................................................................. 5.5, 5.12 HIGH PRESSURE FILTER ......................................................................... 5.2 JOYSTICKS AND FOOT PEDALS ............................................................. 5.6 PILOT MANIFOLD ...................................................................................... 5.4 PILOT SHUT OFF VALVE .......................................................................... 5.5 PILOT SUPPLY VALVE .............................................................................. 5.3 PRESSURE SETTINGS ................................................................................ 5.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Pilot system

PILOT SYSTEM COMPONENTS The closed centre pilot circuit receives oil from the main hydraulic system (main pump). The supply of pilot oil originates at the pressure distribution manifold mounted on the 'P' port of the main pump. The supply of oil then passes through a "high pressure" pilot filter to the pilot supply valve (pressure reducing/relieving valve) which maintains the pilot pressure at 425 psi.

From there, pilot oil (425 psi) is supplied to the IN port of the pilot manifold. The pilot manifold distributes pilot pressure oil to all of the pilot controlled hydraulic circuits throughout the machine, including the 'P1' port on the anti-stall valve. The anti-stall valve is attached to the main pump on earlier machines, on later machines it is mounted remote from the main pump but performs the same function.

FILTER BOWL

•• PILOT PRESSURE FILTER

870-D32

HIGH PRESSURE FILTER This filter is placed ahead of the pilot supply valve to filter the pilot oil before it goes into the valve.

On earlier machines this filter incorporated a clog indicator. On later machines the filter element must be changed according to the FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

A pilot shut-off solenoid valve cartridge located at the IN port on the pilot manifold will shut down or deactivate the pilot system whenever the left armrest is in the raised position.

The clog indicator consists of a clear plastic sight glass mounted on top of the filter housing. Under normal operating conditions (or when the hydraulic system is shut down) the indicator will show GREEN. When a pressure differential of

CLAMPS, WRIST AND SAW VALVE SAW SECTION OF VALVE

SAW PILOT VALVE

•• PILOT MANIFOLD

••

PILOT SHUT OFF VALVE

PILOT SUPPLY (PRESSURE REDUCING/RELIEVING) VALVE

'P2' GAUGE TEST PORT

•• 'T3' TANK CONNECTION WITH CHECK VALVE

••

MAIN LINDE VALVE

••

• ••

870-D56

PILOT SYSTEM COMPONENTS 5.2

• •

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Pilot system

IMPORTANT Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, See SECTION 3 in THIS MANUAL. Only Tigercat replacement filters must be used.

Do not substitute with other cheaper inferior brands. Tests have shown that Tigercat filters can have twice the filtering capacity as that of other name brands.

72 psi. builds up inside the filter, the indicator will show RED, indicating a clogged filter.

PRESSURE REDUCING/ RELIEVING CARTRIDGE

256-14

• ••

ADJUSTING SCREW

PILOT SUPPLY VALVE

This condition could happen during cold start-ups, but as the oil warms up the indicator will automatically re-set to GREEN. The indicator will not remain in the "clogged" (RED) position when the pilot system is not being used.

PILOT SUPPLY VALVE (pressure reducing/relieving valve) The pilot supply valve is a pressure reducing relief valve located below the wrist and clamps control valve.

"Clogged" condition will result in low pilot pressure. If a loss of controls or slow response occurs, filter element may need to be changed.

This reducing/relieving valve is fully adjustable from 125 psi. to a maximum of 1500 psi. Turning the adjusting screw IN, increases the pressure setting.

The correct setting is 425 psi.* *NOTE: Pilot oil is used to shift the spools in the pilot operated control valves used throughout the machines hydraulic system.

The "pilot" pressure required to shift these spools will vary from one valve manufacturer to the next; EG: A Husco valve may require 390 psi. to fully shift the spool or a Linde may require only 290 psi.

(These values are for example only and may vary).

With this in mind a low pilot pressure will cause a sluggish response from the controls and may vary in degree from one function to another. If this symptom is detected when operating the machine, always check the pilot pressure to make sure that it is at the correct setting of 425 psi. which is well above the required value to operate the pilot valves.

5.3

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Pilot system

PILOT SYSTEM COMPONENTS. CONT'D PILOT MANIFOLD The pilot manifold is located above the main control valve bank. Pilot oil enters the manifold at the inlet port and is then distributed to the various pilot functions of the machine.

For a Feller Buncher configuration, the pilot manifold distributes oil to the following circuits through the ports listed below, also see fig. 830-31: • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Joysticks (both) Drive pedals (both) Saw pilot valve Anti-stall valve Pilot Accumulator LOW/DRIVE range Swing brake Wrist CCW Clamp arm close Accumulator arm close Wrist CW Clamp arm open Accumulator arm open

(P2) pressure port (P2) pressure port (P2) pressure port (1) solenoid valve (2) solenoid valve (3) solenoid valve (4) solenoid valve (5) solenoid valve (6) solenoid valve (7) solenoid valve (8) solenoid valve

Pilot oil enters the manifold through the inlet port.

TO ANTI-STALL VALVE P1 PORT

SWING BRAKE WRIST LOW/DRIVE CCW RANGE

•

•

•

CLAMP CLOSE

WRIST CW CLAMP OPEN

ACCUM. CLOSE

•

•

ACCUM. OPEN

•

PILOT SHUT OFF VALVE TO JOYSTICKS, FOOT PEDALS AND SAW PILOT VALVE

•

•

•

•

• •

•

GAUGE TEST PORT (UNDER DUST BOOT)

TO TANK

TO ANTI-STALL VALVE P1 PORT

SWING FEED BRAKE ROLLERS LOW/DRIVE FEED RANGE ROLLERS

•

•

•

TO ACCUMULATOR

RETURN OIL FROM JOYSTICKS, FOOT PEDALS & SWING BRAKE

GRAB ARM

•

INLET FROM PILOT SUPPLY VALVE

•

PILOT MANIFOLD (FELLER BUNCHER SHOWN)

860-31

PILOT SHUT OFF VALVE

TO JOYSTICKS, FOOT PEDALS AND SAW PILOT VALVE

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

TO TANK

860-30

•

GAUGE TEST PORT (UNDER DUST BOOT)

•

PILOT MANIFOLD (DELIMBER SHOWN) 5.4

TO ACCUMULATOR

INLET FROM PILOT SUPPLY VALVE

RETURN OIL FROM JOYSTICKS, FOOT PEDALS & SWING BRAKE

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Pilot system

For a typical Delimber configuration, the pilot manifold distributes oil to the following circuits through the ports listed below, also see fig. 860-30:

be released when the switch is in the OFF position. The accumulator will also be charged when the pilot shut-off valve is energized.

• • • • • • • • • • • •

When the pilot shut-off valve is de-energized, (left armrest up) pilot oil is blocked to all pilot actuated functions on the joysticks and foot pedals as well as the saw and anti-stall. The swing brake is also applied at this time due to the lack of pilot pressure. The accumulator is drained at this time.

Joysticks (both) Drive pedals (both) Anti-stall valve Pilot Accumulator LOW/DRIVE range Swing brake Feed rollers Feed rollers Grab arm -

(P2) pressure port (P2) pressure port (P2) pressure port (1) solenoid valve (2) solenoid valve (3) solenoid valve (4) solenoid valve (5) (6) solenoid valve (7) (8)

ACCUMULATOR The accumulator is installed to ensure controls remain responsive by maintaining optimum pilot pressure. This prevents the pilot pressure from dropping when several functions are activated at the same time.

Pilot oil enters the manifold through the inlet port.

The pilot shut off valve controls the flow of oil to the three outlet pressure ports (P2) and to the eight solenoid operated pilot valves. This valve is activated by pressing the pilot reset switch in cab (with the left armrest down).

Two outlet pressure ports ('P2') on each end of the manifold, feed the saw pilot valve, both joysticks, both drive foot pedals, and the main pump LS controller or anti-stall valve. This anti-stall valve can be bolted either directly to the main pump case, or on later machines remote mounted to the frame. The front facing P2 port charges the accumulator. A quick connect test port is teed in to this line to connect a pressure gauge to perform pressure setting procedures.

251-11

ACCUMULATOR

The accumulator is a bladder type and is installed pre-charged to 325 psi. with nitrogen. The gas pressure in the pilot accumulator should be checked if the pilot system exhibits a sluggish response from the controls. Refer to CHECKING PRE-CHARGE PRESSURE in THIS SECTION.

Eight* solenoid operated pilot valves on the manifold, when energized, supply "on demand" pilot oil to the corresponding functions. These valves are activated by controls in the cab.

Two tank ports ('T') drain oil to the reservoir.

PILOT SHUT OFF VALVE

*NOTE: The quantity of solenoid valves mounted onto the pilot manifold can vary depending on how the 860/870 machines have been configured.

The pilot shut off valve is mounted on the pilot manifold directly beside the INLET PORT. All pilot oil must flow through this valve before reaching any other solenoid operated pilot valve on the pilot manifold.

When this solenoid is energized (left armrest down and pilot reset switch momentarily pressed), pilot oil is supplied to the three 'P2' outlet ports and the eight* solenoid valves on the pilot manifold. The swing brake will be released provided the cab switch is in the OFF position.

With regard to the swing brake, the brake will be applied if the swing brake switch in the cab has been left in the ON position. The swing brake will 5.5

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Pilot system

JOYSTICKS AND FOOT PEDALS

OPERATING DESCRIPTION

These pilot valves are manually operated, directional control valves and operate on the same principle as a direct operating pressure reducing valve. Both the joystick and foot control valves (pedals) use similar spool arrangements. Operated by hand or foot these valves direct pilot oil to the main control valve pilot end caps. The corresponding spool valve then shifts from its centre position and directs pump flow to operate a function.

In the neutral position the joystick lever is held centred by return springs (4). When the lever (1) is operated, the plunger (5) is pushed against its return spring (4). At the same time the regulating spool (2) is moved through the regulating spring (3). When the regulating stroke begins, there is a connection from port 'P' via hole (8) in the spool and work ports 1, 2, 3 or 4 in the base of the valve, to the boom valve pilot end caps.

Pilot pressure is directly proportional to the operator position of the joystick or foot pedal and the regulating spring characteristics.

•

•

5

• •

4 3

• •

•

2

•

•

'P' PORT

RR-12

JOYSTICK PILOT VALVE

AU013-2

5.6

1

WORK PORTS 1, 2, 3 OR 4

SPOOL ARRANGEMENT

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Pilot system PILOT SYSTEM CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

PILOT SYSTEM ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT

Oil is supplied from the main pump 'P1' port to the two 'P' ports on the back of the main control valve.

From there the oil flows through the high pressure filter to the pilot supply valve. This pressure reducing/relieving valve allows oil to flow at 425 psi. to the inlet port of the pilot manifold.

Refer to circuit diagram; The pilot shut off valve solenoid is not energized until the LEFT armrest is down and the pilot reset switch is momentarily pressed. When this switch is pressed, the coil on the function lock-out relay is energized closing the circuit between wires 6 and 33. Wire 33 connects to the armrest switch.

When this switch is closed (armrest down) the coil on the pilot shut off valve is energized shifting the valve spool to supply oil to the pilot circuit. At the same time the wire from the armrest switch is connected back to the function lock-out relay coil through a diode and thus latches the function lock out relay in the energized position.

The pilot manifold is a distribution centre, directing pilot oil to all of the pilot operated functions on the machine. This distribution is achieved via three outlet 'P2' pressure ports and eight solenoid operated control valves. A pilot shut-off valve installed in the manifold controls the flow of pilot oil into the manifold.

When this pilot shut-off valve is energized, pilot oil is made available to the three 'P2' outlet pressure ports and all solenoid valves. When the valve is deenergized, pilot oil from the pilot supply valve is blocked, preventing pilot oil from entering the manifold, thereby rendering all pilot functions inactive. Refer to PILOT RESET in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

The diode in the circuit prevents the flow of current to the pilot shut off valve solenoid when the armrest switch is open (armrest up). Even if the pilot reset switch is held down, it will not operate. Whenever the arm is raised and the switch opens, the voltage is interrupted to the function lock-out relay coil and the relay contacts open resulting in the pilot shut off valve returning to the normally closed position. This prevents pilot oil from reaching the controls.

One of the 'P2' outlet pressure ports distributes pilot oil to the load sense controller on the main pump and is used in conjunction with the anti stall system to de-stroke the pump when necessary to prevent the engine from stalling.

The second 'P2' outlet pressure port distributes pilot oil to the ‘P’ ports of both joysticks, both foot pedals and the saw solenoid pilot valve. A gauge test port is also tee'd into this line for use when setting the pilot system pressure. Movement of the joystick levers or the foot pedals will direct pilot oil from the ‘P’ ports of these valves to the pilot end caps of the main control valve to operate the various machine functions such as lifting the boom or driving the machine. A saw switch in the cab will energize the saw pilot valve which diverts pilot oil to shift the spool in the saw control valve and run the saw.

The third 'P2' outlet pressure port is connected to the pilot accumulator which is in place to maintain a constant pressure source (425 psi), ensuring that the controls remain responsive during heavy duty cycles.

The eight solenoid valves in the manifold, when energized by switches in the cab, will distribute pilot oil to;

5.7

•

set the drive motors in either low or drive mode

•

release the swing brake

•

shift spools in the wrist/clamps control valve which will operate the wrist, accumulating arm and clamp arm cylinders.

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Pilot system

SET PILOT PRESSURE

ADJUSTING SCREW

1. With hydraulic oil at operating temperature, connect a 0-1000 psi. gauge to the gauge test fitting on the pilot manifold.

LOCKNUT PRESSURE REDUCING/RELIEVING VALVE CARTRIDGE

• • •

'P2' PRESSURE PORT 221-14A

•• GAUGE TEST PORT

•

6. Loosen locknut on pilot supply valve and turn adjusting screw until pressure gauge at pilot manifold reads 250 psi.

LINE TO ACCUMULATOR

NOTE: Ensure that pilot pressure changes when adjusting screw is being turned. If pilot pressure does not change during this procedure, check the main pump stand-by pressure setting.

•• 144-6

PILOT SUPPLY VALVE

TEST PORT

NOTE: The stand-by pressure of the main pump can vary from 400 psi. to 600 psi. The anti-stall can cause the stand-by pressure to drop to 200 psi. when the engine is running below 2100 rpm. (early machines) 1700 rpm. (later machines) Because the main pump is the original source of the pilot supply (via the main valve manifold), this will in turn affect the pilot supply.

2. Turn anti-stall switch OFF. 3. Loosen locknut and turn adjusting screw all the way OUT on pilot supply valve, tighten locknut on adjusting screw.

4. Start engine and set throttle in IDLE position.

5. Have an assistant in the cab lower the armrest and momentarily press the pilot reset switch.

5.8

7. WITH SWING BRAKE ON, use left joystick to swing upper frame to raise system pressure.

Turn adjusting screw on pilot supply valve until gauge at pilot manifold reads 425 psi.

8. Stop engine, and remove pressure gauge.

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Pilot system

5.9

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-61

Pilot system

PILOT SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - EARLIER MACHINES 5.10

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-32

Pilot system

PILOT SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - LATER MACHINES 5.11

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Pilot system

CHARGING THE ACCUMULATOR NOTE: A detailed instruction sheet is provided with the charging and testing device. The following is only a suggested guide.

•

Close the drain valve on the charging and testing device and connect the hose to the nitrogen bottle.

•

Remove the valve guard and cap.

•

Screw the charging and testing device onto the gas valve.

HOSE*

PRESSURE GAUGE*

ADAPTER* ADAPTER* NITROGEN BOTTLE

ACCUMULATOR

ASSEMBLY PART NO. 90254 INCLUDES PARTS SHOWN * ACCU-

CHARGING AND TESTING DEVICE

•

Open the gas shut-off valve on the nitrogen bottle and allow gas to flow slowly into the accumulator.

•

Close the shut-off valve frequently and check the value of the pre-charge by depressing the button on the charging device and observing the gauge.

•

If pre-charge pressure is high, lower it by opening the drain valve and carefully depressing the button on the charging device.

Pilot accumulator pre-charge - 325 psi NOTE: The pre-charge pressure will vary depending on the temperature. Once the desired pre-charge is reached, wait two minutes for the gas temperature to equalize. Re-check pre-charge and adjust if necessary.

•

Disconnect hose from nitrogen bottle.

•

Remove charging and testing device from accumulator and install valve cap and guard, torque to 175-350 lbf-ins.

•

Check to ensure there are no leaks, if the gas valve is leaking, it should be replaced. Use only valves approved for accumulator service.

NEVER USE AN AUTOMOTIVE TYPE VALVE.

5.12

CHECKING THE PRE-CHARGE PRESSURE After the accumulator has been put in service, the pre-charge pressure should be checked with an accumulator charging and testing device.

Install the charging and testing device on the gas valve While depressing the button on the charging device, observe gas pressure reading on gauge. Refer to CHARGING THE ACCUMULATOR above for correct pressure.

If the gas pre-charge pressure is low, investigate the cause and correct it. Possible causes of lost pre-charge pressure include a leaking or damaged gas valve, or a damaged bladder.

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 6 - ELECTRICAL, GAUGES & ALARMS CONTENTS - SECTION 6 GAUGES AND ALARMS .............................................................................. 6.10 MACHINES WITH QSL9 ENGINES ........................................................... 6.10 MACHINE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM EARLIER MACHINES ................................................................. 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 LATER MACHINES WITH ELECTRONIC ENGINE .............. 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9 SWITCH AND SENSOR LOCATIONS CUMMINS ENGINE, EARLIER MACHINES .............................................. 6.12 CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE LATER MACHINES ......................................... 6.13 JOHN DEERE ENGINE, EARLIER MACHINES ........................................ 6.11 WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART ....................................................................... 6.5

APRIL 2004

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-33 (14675B 05)

Electrical, gauges & alarms

MACHINE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM - EARLIER MACHINES (SHEET 1 OF 3) 6.2

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-34 (14675B 05)

Electrical, gauges & alarms

MACHINE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM - EARLIER MACHINES (SHEET 2 OF 3) 6.3

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-35 (14675B 05)

Electrical, gauges & alarms

MACHINE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM - EARLIER MACHINES (SHEET 3 OF 3) 6.4

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Electrical, gauges & alarms

Tigercat wire colour code chart applicable to all products manufactured by Tigercat Industries Inc. COLOUR Red Black White Blue Purple Tan Yellow Grey Brown Green Orange

FUNCTION EXAMPLE Power ........................................ (protected and unprotected) Ground Engine control ........................... (fuel shut-off, start aid) Propulsion Control ..................... (transmission/reverser solenoids) Monitor, electrical and mechanical systems ................. (air cleaner, alternator, wheel speed, engine speed) Electrical and electromechanical control .......... (park brake, alternator excitation) (power door motor, backup alarm) Monitors .................................... (flow, pressure, temperature, level) Standard monitor system .......... (logic module to monitor) Lights Electro-hydraulic control ............ (pilot solenoids) Accessories .............................. (horn, A/C, heater)

6.5

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-36 (19267B 05)

Electrical, gauges & alarms

MACHINE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM - LATER MACHINES (SHEET 1 OF 4) 6.6

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-37 (19267B 05)

Electrical, gauges & alarms

MACHINE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM - LATER MACHINES (SHEET 2 OF 4) 6.7

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-38 (19267B 05)

Electrical, gauges & alarms

MACHINE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM - LATER MACHINES (SHEET 3 OF 4) 6.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-39 (19267B 05)

Electrical, gauges & alarms

MACHINE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM - LATER MACHINES (SHEET 4 OF 4) 6.9

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher GAUGES AND ALARMS The 860/870 is monitored for proper operation by sensors (senders or switches) located in the hydraulic system and on the engine.

These sensors are connected to either gauges, warning lights or alarms. A horn will also sound when the machine is travelling in reverse or when the engine enclosure power operated side door and roof are being operated.

See chart below for a complete list of the sensors/ senders included on this machine.

MACHINES WITH QSL9 ENGINES The Cummins QSL9 engine used on later machines is an electronically controlled engine. In addition to the regular analog gauges used on this machine, this engine includes senders and sensors designed to be compatible with the engine display and

ITEM SENSOR NO. FUNCTION 1 Engine coolant level 2 Engine coolant temperature § 3

Engine oil pressure §

4 5

Engine hours § Hydraulic oil temperature

6 7

Volts Fuel level

8 9 10 11 12

Hydraulic oil - low Hydraulic oil -Very low Hydraulic oil filter bypass Pump inlet, (None-tier 2 engines) Hydraulic oil tank pressure

13 14 15 16

Back-up alarm Engine power door alarm Horn, safety alert Engine diagnostics module used with Cummins QSL9 engines NOTE: § Denotes Data obtained from engine CPU on QSL9 engines

Electrical, gauges & alarms diagnostics system. A display module (MDDM) is located on the instrument panel above the analog gauges in the operator's cab . It is a multi-function display and fault warning module that enables the operator to view many different engine parameters and engine codes. For a complete description of the MDDM refer to ENGINE DISPLAY AND DIAGNOSTICS MODULE (MDDM) in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. A safety alert horn located in the cab footwell is activated by a horn switch on the control panel in the cab. Use this horn any time it becomes necessary to warn personnel in the area of your presence or when the engine is about to be started.

For a more complete description of the gauges and warning lights listed below, refer to SECTION 2 in the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

860/870 GAUGES AND ALARMS GAUGE RANGE LIGHT HORN INFORMATION None ON None Red light ON when coolant low in rad.

100°F - 280°F None SOUNDS Operating range 190°F-205°F (88°C-96°C) at 215°F (102°C) 0 - 100 psi SOUNDS* Stop engine below 15 psi None at 15 psi† or lower † Sounds at 4 psi on earlier machines 0-9999 None None Engine running SOUNDS Stop machine above 185°F (85°C) 100°F - 240°F None at 205°F (96°C) (38°C) - (116°C) 8v - 18v None None Normal operating range 13.8 - 14.2 volts 'E' - 'F' None None Capacity (US gal/L), Earlier tank: 200/760 Later tank: 345/1300 None ON None 7 Gal. (27L) below Full None ON SOUNDS 17 Gal. (64L) below Full None ON None Return filter restriction, 15 psi or greater None ON None Pump inlet pressure drops below 1-2 psi 0 - 30 psi None None Increase tank pressure below 3 psi.

None Tier 2 engines only SOUNDS One or both drive pedals in reverse SOUNDS Opening or Closing power doors SOUNDS Push button on L.H. joystick or control panel Refer to SECTION 2 in the OPERATOR'S MANUAL Multifunction diagnostics and for a list of the engine parameters covered fault warning display module (MDDM) with this system

*NOTE: Horn will sound when key is in "RUN" position with engine "OFF" due too low oil pressure.

6.10

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Electrical, gauges & alarms

OIL LEVEL 14 POWER DOOR ALARM 8 HYDRAULIC SIGHT GAUGE, TEMP. OIL 5 HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE SWITCH

GAUGE AND LOW LEVEL SWITCH

PUMP INLET PRESSURE 11 SWITCH (LIGHT) BOOST CONNECTION

13 BACK-UP ALARM

(ALARM)

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH

•

HYDRAULIC OIL

5 TEMPERATURE

SENDER (GAUGE)

FUEL LEVEL 7 SENDER

10 HYDRAULIC OIL

FILTER BYPASS SWITCH (LIGHT)

•

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK 2ND OIL LEVEL 9 SIGHT GAUGE AND VERY LOW LEVEL SWITCH (PANEL HORN IN CAB)

15

•

•

HORN (PUSH BUTTON ON L.H. JOYSTICK OR CONTROL PANEL)

•

3 ENGINE OIL

•

'A'

• •

•

•

FUEL TANK

•

PRESSURE SENDER (GAUGE) 3 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 4 PSI ON EARLIER MACHINES, (HOURS METER AND WARNING HORN)

'B' SURGE TANK

• • •

•

•

•

• •

•

ENGINE LEVEL 1 COOLANT SWITCH (HORN) FUEL TANK

OPERATOR'S CAB 2 A/C COMPRESSOR

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER (GAUGE)

ALTERNATOR BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH

POWER DOOR SOLENOID

•

•

ENGINE START RELAY

•

COOLANT 2 ENGINE TEMPERATURE SWITCH (ALARM)

ENGINE SPEED SENSOR (DEERE ENGINE)

• •

•

•

• •

• POWER DOORS PUMP/MOTOR

VIEW 'B'

ENGINE SPEED ENGINE OIL SENSOR (DEERE 3 PRESSURE 3 ENGINE) ENGINE OIL SENDER (GAUGE) PRESSURE SWITCH 4 PSI ON EARLIER MACHINES, (HOURS METER AND WARNING HORN)

BATTERIES

VIEW 'A' 860-14

•

SWITCH AND SENSOR LOCATIONS (JOHN DEERE ENGINE) EARLIER MACHINES 6.11

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Electrical, gauges & alarms

OIL LEVEL 14 POWER DOOR ALARM 8 HYDRAULIC SIGHT GAUGE, TEMP. OIL 5 HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE SWITCH

GAUGE AND LOW LEVEL SWITCH

13 BACK-UP ALARM

(ALARM)

PUMP INLET PRESSURE 11 SWITCH (LIGHT) BOOST CONNECTION BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH

HYDRAULIC OIL

5 TEMPERATURE

•

SENDER (GAUGE)

ENGINE SPEED SENSOR (CUMMINS ENGINE)

10 HYDRAULIC OIL

FILTER BYPASS SWITCH (LIGHT)

VERY LOW LEVEL SWITCH (PANEL HORN IN CAB)

•

•

HORN (PUSH BUTTON ON L.H. JOYSTICK OR CONTROL PANEL)

•

FUEL TANK

•

• •

2ND OIL LEVEL

9 SIGHT GAUGE AND 15

•

•

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

'A'

• •

•

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH - 15 PSI. ON LATER MACHINES, (HOURS METER AND WARNING HORN)

• • ••

2

• • •

OPERATOR'S CAB

3 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (GAUGE)

3

'B'

•

7 FUEL LEVEL SENDER

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH (ALARM)

•

SURGE TANK

FUEL TANK ENGINE LEVEL 1 COOLANT SWITCH (HORN)

A/C COMPRESSOR ENGINE POWER BATTERY DISCONNECT START DOOR RELAY RELAY SWITCH

•

•

•

•

FUEL RELAY

ALTERNATOR

•

•

•

• VIEW 'A' VIEW 'B' 2 POWER DOORS PUMP/MOTOR

860-41

BATTERIES

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER (GAUGE)

SWITCH AND SENSOR LOCATIONS (CUMMINS ENGINE) EARLIER MACHINES 6.12

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Electrical, gauges & alarms OIL LEVEL 8 HYDRAULIC SIGHT GAUGE, TEMP.

14 POWER DOOR ALARM 13 BACK-UP ALARM

GAUGE AND LOW LEVEL SWITCH

HYDRAULIC TANK COMPRESSOR

OIL 5 HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE SWITCH

HYDRAULIC OIL 5 TEMPERATURE SENDER (GAUGE)

10 HYDRAULIC OIL

FILTER BYPASS SWITCH (LIGHT)

•

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK 2

ND

OIL LEVEL

9 SIGHT GAUGE AND

•

VERY LOW LEVEL SWITCH (PANEL HORN IN CAB)

•

• •

15

• •

• •

•

•

•

•

•

FUEL TANK

ENGINE LEVEL 1 COOLANT SWITCH (HORN)

ALTERNATOR

FUSEABLE LINK

•

• SURGE TANK

A/C COMPRESSOR

• •

'A' BOOST CONNECTION

OPERATOR'S CAB

•

FUEL TANK

'B'

•

•

7 FUEL LEVEL SENDER

BATTERIES

•

POWER DOOR ENGINE RELAY GRID '2'

ENGINE SPEED SENSOR (CUMMINS ENGINE)

••

HORN (PUSH BUTTON ON L.H. JOYSTICK OR CONTROL PANEL)

ENGINE START RELAY

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH

(ALARM) POWER DOORS PUMP/MOTOR ANTI-STALL VALVE

ENGINE GRID '1'

•

•

•

•

• •

•

80 AMP FUSES

VIEW 'A'

VIEW 'B' PLUG CONNECTIONS TO ENGINE CPU.

860-42

SWITCH AND SENSOR LOCATIONS (CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE) LATER MACHINES 6.13

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Electrical, gauges & alarms

6.14

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 7 - ENGINE START AND STOP APRIL 2004

CONTENTS - SECTION 7 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE ............................................ 7.9, 7.10, 7.11, 7.12 JOHN DEERE AND CUMMINS 'C' ENGINES .................... 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6 ENGINE START CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION - CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE .............................................. 7.8 DESCRIPTION - JOHN DEERE AND CUMMINS 'C' ENGINES ................ 7.2

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine start and stop

ENGINE START CIRCUIT

FUEL CONTROL VALVE SOLENOID

For detailed engine information, refer to the engine manufacturer's manual.

On earlier 860/870 machines the engine installed was either a John deere 6076AF. John Deere 6081 or a Cummins Diesel 6CTA 8.3C.

•

••

On later machines the Cummins Diesel QSL9 "electronic" engine was used.

Regardless of the engine in use the basic starting circuit is the same.

FUEL CONTROL VALVE

For engine starting and stopping procedures refer to STARTING ENGINE and STOPPING ENGINE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. For correct engine speeds, refer to THROTTLE CONTROL in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

845B-D13

ENGINE FUEL CONTROL VALVE

START SOLENOID RELAY

DOOR PUMP RELAY

FUEL SOLENOID

TO START THE ENGINE: John Deere or a Cummins Diesel 6CTA 8.3C:Turn battery disconnect switch to the ON position.

Turn ignition key to the START position and

•

•

••

releasing it to the RUN position after the engine starts.

Cummins Diesel QSL9:Turn battery disconnect switch to the ON position.

Turn ignition key to the RUN position and wait for

FUSIBLE LINKS 845B-D14

the WAIT TO START light to go out.

Turn ignition key to the START position and release it to the RUN position after the engine starts.

START AND FUEL SOLENOID RELAYS

WARNING

PILOT FUNCTION LOCKOUT RELAY

START RELAY

•

••

The Cummins QSL9 engine utilizes an air intake heater grid. To avoid personal injury and property damage, NEVER use a starting fluid. Starting aid fluids, which contain Ether, can cause an explosion.

•

2 AMP IN-LINE FUSE ENGINE ANTI-STALL

RELAY PANEL START CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION JOHN DEERE AND CUMMINS 'C' ENGINES 845B-D15

WARNING Never use a liquid staring aid to start an engine.

With the battery disconnect switch ON, current is supplied to the start solenoid contact, the start relay contact, the positive connection on the alternator and the BATTERY (BAT) contact of the key switch (ignition switch).

7.2

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-43

Engine start and stop

START CIRCUIT - JOHN DEERE AND CUMMINS 'C' ENGINES

START CIRCUIT - AT REST

When the key switch is turned to the RUN position, the (BAT) contact remains connected to the (RUN) contact allowing current to continue to flow through RED wires (6) and (13) to the fuel control valve solenoid HOLD COIL and HOLD the fuel control valve OPEN to run the engine.

When the key switch is turned to the START (ST) position, the BATTERY (BAT) contact is connected to the START (ST) and RELAY (RUN) contacts of the key switch.

Current (voltage) then flows from the (RUN) contact through wire (2), a 15 amp circuit breaker, through RED wires (6) and (13) to energize the HOLD COIL of the fuel control valve solenoid. Current (voltage) also flows from the (ST) contact through wire (23) to energize the coil of the start relay.

In order to operate the machine functions after starting the engine, the arm rest must be in the latched DOWN position to close the contacts of the pilot system limit switch. To energize the pilot system, PRESS the momentary pilot reset switch, this will energize the pilot function lockout relay, close the contacts and allow current to flow through wires RED (6), TAN (33) and GRN (11) to energize the pilot shut off solenoid valve on the pilot manifold.

The start relay contacts close and current flows through RED wire (02) and the 15 amp circuit breaker and along RED wire (6) through the pilot function lockout relay, along TAN wires (9) and (16) to energize the coils of the start solenoid relay and the fuel solenoid. Energizing the start solenoid relay coil allows current to flow from the battery along RED wire (100) and TAN wire 12 to energize the start solenoid coil on the start motor to close the contacts and operate the start motor to start the engine. Energizing the fuel solenoid coil allows current to flow from the battery along RED wire (100) and WHT wire (83) to the PULL COIL of the fuel control valve solenoid.

When the pilot reset switch is released current will continue to flow through wire TAN (95) and the diode to latch the pilot function lockout relay in the energized position and allow current to flow through wires RED (6), TAN (33) and GRN (11) to the pilot shut off solenoid valve.

Turn the key switch to the OFF position and current is removed from the (RUN) contact and RED wires (6) and (13) to the fuel control valve HOLD COIL and stop the engine.

For additional information on the PILOT SYSTEM refer to SECTION 5 in THIS SERVICE MANUAL.

7.3

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine start and stop

START CIRCUIT - AT REST 860-44

START CIRCUIT - JOHN DEERE AND CUMMINS 'C' ENGINES

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH - ON

START CIRCUIT - START 860-45

START CIRCUIT - JOHN DEERE AND CUMMINS 'C' ENGINES

7.4

IGNITION KEY - START POSITION

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine start and stop

START CIRCUIT - RUN 860-46

START CIRCUIT - JOHN DEERE AND CUMMINS 'C' ENGINES

IGNITION KEY - RUN POSITION

START CIRCUIT - RUN 860-47

START CIRCUIT - JOHN DEERE AND CUMMINS 'C' ENGINES

7.5

IGNITION KEY - RUN POSITION PILOT RESET SWITCH - HELD ON ARM REST DOWN/ARM REST SWITCH - ON

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine start and stop

START CIRCUIT - RUN 860-48

START CIRCUIT - JOHN DEERE AND CUMMINS 'C' ENGINES

7.6

IGNITION KEY - RUN POSITION PILOT RESET SWITCH - RELEASED ARM REST DOWN/ARM REST SWITCH - ON

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine start and stop

7.7

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine start and stop

START CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE

START SOLENOID RELAY

•

With the battery disconnect switch ON, current is supplied to the start solenoid contact, the start relay contact, the positive connection on the alternator, through RED wire 96 to the BATTERY (BAT) contact of the key switch (ignition switch) and through RED wire 98 to the 23 pin connector on the engine.

Current is also supplied to the grid heater relay contacts (1) and (2). Current will not be supplied to the grid heaters until the relay coils (1) and (2) are energized.

ENGINE GRID '1' RELAY

DOOR PUMP RELAY

••

••

•

When the key switch is turned to the RUN position:-

••

••

START, DOOR AND ENGINE GRID RELAYS

PILOT FUNCTION LOCKOUT RELAY

Current (voltage) flows from the (RUN) contact through RED wires (02) and (20) to the engine computer monitoring system (ECM):-

•

80 AMP FUSES

FUSIBLE LINK 870-D16

ENGINE GRID '2' RELAY

SAW RELAY

START RELAY

• •

RED wire 02 supplies current via a 5 amp circuit breaker to the 50 pin connector on the engine. The 50 pin connector plugs into the engine computer monitoring system and throttle control. With the key switch in this position prior to starting, the engine computer will monitor the engine and where necessary will turn ON warning lights, such as "wait to start" or turn on the engine heater grid(s).

•

• 2 AMP IN-LINE FUSE, ENGINE ANTI-STALL CIRCUIT

870-D08

RELAY PANEL, QSL9 ENGINE

RED wire 20 supplies current via a 5 amp circuit breaker, through wire 106A to the 23 pin connector on the engine. The 23 pin connector plugs into the engine computer power system.

In order to operate the machine functions after starting the engine, the arm rest must be in the latched DOWN position to close the contacts of the pilot system limit switch. To energize the pilot system, PRESS the momentary pilot reset switch, this will energize the pilot function lockout relay, close the contacts and allow current to flow through wires RED (6), TAN (33) and GRN (11) to energize the pilot shut off solenoid valve on the pilot manifold.

When the key switch is turned to the START (ST) position, the BATTERY (BAT) contact is connected to the START (ST) and RELAY (RUN) contacts of the key switch.

Current (voltage) then flows from the (ST) contact through RED wire 23, a 5 amp. circuit breaker to energize the coil of the start relay.

When the pilot reset switch is released current will continue to flow through wire TAN (95) and the diode to latch the pilot function lockout relay in the energized position and allow current to flow through wires RED (6) and TAN (33) to the pilot shut off solenoid valve.

The start relay contacts close and current flows through RED wire (02), the 15 amp circuit breaker and along RED wire (6) through the pilot function lockout relay, along TAN wires (9) and (16) to energize the coil of the start solenoid relay.

Energizing the start solenoid relay coil allows current to flow from the battery through a fusible link, along a RED wire and TAN wire 12 to energize the start solenoid coil on the start motor to close the contacts and operate the start motor to start the engine.

Turn the key switch to the OFF position and current is removed from the (RUN) contact and RED wires (02) and (20) and subsiquentally the Electronic control module (ECM) to stop the engine.

For additional information on the PILOT SYSTEM refer to SECTION 5 in THIS SERVICE MANUAL.

When the key switch is returned to the RUN position, the (BAT) contact remains connected to the (RUN) contact allowing current to continue to flow through RED wires (2) and (20) to power the engine computer monitoring system and other operating circuits.

7.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-49

Engine start and stop

START CIRCUIT - CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE

START CIRCUIT - AT REST

START CIRCUIT - AT REST 860-50

START CIRCUIT - CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE

7.9

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH - ON

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine start and stop

START CIRCUIT - RUN, PRE-START 860-51

START CIRCUIT - CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE

IGNITION KEY - RUN POSTION

START CIRCUIT - START 860-52

START CIRCUIT - CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE

7.10

IGNITION KEY - START POSITION

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine start and stop

START CIRCUIT - RUN 860-53

START CIRCUIT - CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE

IGNITION KEY - RUN POSTION

START CIRCUIT - RUN 860-54

START CIRCUIT - CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE

7.11

IGNITION KEY - RUN POSITION PILOT RE-SET SWITCH - HELD ON ARM REST DOWN/SWITCH - ON

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine start and stop

START CIRCUIT - RUN 860-55

START CIRCUIT - CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE

7.12

IGNITION KEY - RUN POSITION PILOT RE-SET SWITCH - RELEASED ARM REST DOWN/SWITCH - ON

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 9 - ENGINE ANTI-STALL APRIL 2004

CONTENTS - SECTION 9 CONTROL MODULE IN CAB ........................................................................ 9.2 ENGINE ANTI-STALL SWITCH ..................................................................... 9.3 ENGINE ANTI-STALL VALVE REMOTE MOUNTED ................................................................................. 9.3 FAULT FINDING PROCEDURE ~ ANTI-STALL QUICK CHECK .................. 9.8 FAULT FINDING PROCEDURES, ADDITIONAL .......................................... 9.9 HORSEPOWER LIMITING CONTROL ......................................................... 9.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION. ....................................... SEE ALSO SECTION 4 HYDRAULIC PUMPS ENGINE ANTI-STALL VALVE, EARLIER ................................................... 9.2 ENGINE ANTI-STALL VALVE, LATER ...................................................... 9.3 MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER, EARLIER .................................................... 9.2 MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER, LATER ........................................................ 9.3 LOAD SENSE; SET MARGIN PRESSURE. ........................... SEE SECTION 4 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS HP. LIMITING CONTROL CIRCUIT - CUMMINS QSL9 ............................ 9.5 HP. LIMITING CONTROL CIRCUIT J/D AND CUMMINS 'C' ..................... 9.5 LOAD SENSING SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ................................ 9.6, 9.7 SET PILOT PRESSURE. ........................................................ SEE SECTION 5 SPEED SENSOR, ADJUSTING ..................................................................... 9.4 SPEED SENSOR ON ENGINE, CUMMINS ................................................... 9.2 SPEED SENSOR ON ENGINE, JOHN DEERE ............................................. 9.2

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher HORSEPOWER LIMITING CONTROL

Engine anti-stall SPEED SENSOR

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

•

•

In the past it was common to lug an engine down when several functions with high loads were used at the same time and engine stalling was avoided only by the operator. In order to prevent engine over loading, the Tigercat machine is equipped with an electronic system which detects any drop in engine speed and destrokes the main pump to reduce engine load and at the same time maintain engine speed. This is done without any input from the operator and in most cases he will be unaware of the operation of this system.

•

HPCON-01

SPEED SENSOR ON ENGINE JOHN DEERE ENGINE

SPEED SENSOR

The engine anti-stall system monitors the swing, hoist boom, stick boom head tilt and track drive functions. The anti-stall system also monitors the levelling system when the machine is configured as a leveller.

The anti-stall incorporates the following components:

• SPEED SENSOR ON ENGINE CUMMINS ENGINES

105-2

CONTROL MODULE

•

GAUGE TEST PORT 'X1' ANTI-STALL SIGNAL PRESSURE

••

••

••

••

control module: located on the rear wall of the cab interior

•

speed sensor: On John Deere engines this is located on the front of the engine above the timing gears. On Cummins engines the speed sensor is located at the rear of the engine on top of the flywheel housing.

•

GAUGE TEST PORT 'L.S.'

•• ••

PILOT SUPPLY 'P1'PORT

251-10

•

•

•

FILTER SCREEN

WIRING HARNESS WITH 25 PIN CONNECTOR

CONTROL MODULE IN CAB

ENGINE ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE

•

HORSEPOWER CALIBRATION DO NOT ADJUST

•• •• 822-D65

Anti-stall solenoid valve: ON earlier machines this valve is incorporated into the main pump controller which is bolted to the side of the main pump. On later machines the anti-stall solenoid valve is remote mounted from the main pump controller beside the rear right engine mount.

••

MAIN PUMP

MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

EARLIER MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER (LS CONTROL)

WARNING Before welding anywhere on machine, disconnected the 25 pin connector from the control module and the two multi-pin plugs from the engine CPU to prevent damage to the electrical system.

wiring harness: This dedicated wiring harness includes a 25 pin connector to plug into the control module, a DIN connector for the anti-stall valve connection, a speed sensor connection and connections to the anti-stall switch and power supply/2 amp in-line fuse in the cab.

9.2

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher PORT 'A' AND GAUGE TEST PORT CONNECTION FROM ANTI-STALL VALVE

•

NO FUNCTION DO NOT ADJUST

MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER

••

•

'LS' CONNECTION FROM MAIN VALVE

•

Engine anti-stall

PUMP OUTLET MANIFOLD

•

GAUGE TEST PORT 'LS'

•

MAIN PUMP

•• ••

GAUGE TEST PORT 'P'

• MAIN PUMP

••

MARGIN PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

•• ••

SAW PUMP

ANTI-STALL VALVE

••

REMOTE MOUNTED ANTI-STALL VALVE LOCATION LATER MACHINES

LATER MAIN PUMP CONTROLLER (LS CONTROL)

870-D50

•

A two position anti-stall switch labelled ON/ OFF, is located on the control panel and used to turn the anti-stall system ON or OFF.

••

PORT 'A' ANTI-STALL SIGNAL CONNECTION TO MAIN PUMP

870-D55

ENGINE ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE

ANTI-STALL SWITCH

••

••

••

FILTER SCREEN

••

HORSEPOWER CALIBRATION DO NOT ADJUST

870-D14

LEFT REAR ENGINE 870-D53 MOUNT

••

ANTI-STALL SWITCH

When this switch in is the ON position and the engine is set to FULL throttle, the anti-stall system will only allow full main pump flow with the engine running at speeds above 1700 rpm*. To compensate for an "overload" situation and to prevent the engine from stalling, the engine speed sensor will detect a fluctuation in engine speed and will send a signal the anti-stall valve. The anti-stall valve will then signal the main pump to de-stroke and reduce the flow of oil to the Linde main valve manifold.

•

PILOT PRESSURE PORT 'P' CONNECTION

ENGINE ANTISTALL VALVE

*NOTE: This SET POINT of 1700 rpm will vary depending on the type of engine and the anti-stall control module installed. The 1700 rpm is applicable to the Cummins QSL9 (Tier 2) engine and a control module (AX250).

For the anti-stall set point values applicable to the various engines and control modules in use; Refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS chart in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

During normal operating conditions the engine should be running at FULL throttle and the anti-stall switch in the ON position.

The engine anti-stall system can be turned OFF when required for maintenance work.

The engine may then be used at less than FULL throttle.

9.3

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine anti-stall

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

WARNING

The control module in the cab receives and distributes signals through a 25 pin connector which is attached to the wiring harness.

Before welding anywhere on machine, disconnected the 25 pin connector from the control module and the two multi-pin plugs from the engine CPU to prevent damage to the electrical system.

Each of the 25 pins is numbered (1) through (25).

The wire numbers connected to these pins will differ depending on the engine in use, for the earlier machines with John Deere and Cummins 'C' engines the pin connections are as follows:EARLIER MACHINES Refer to schematic diagram below: •

Pin 1 is the power connection via a 2 amp fuse and the anti-stall switch cab.

•

Pin 13 is connected to ground.

•

Pin 18 is jumpered to Pin 20.

•

Pin 14 is connected to the speed sensor.

•

Pin 11 and Pin 16 are connected to the solenoid on the main pump via the anti-stall switch.

•

On machines serial number 8600501 to 8600610 only, Pin 6 is jumpered to Pin 17.

For the later machines with the Cummins QSL9 (Tier 2) engine the pin connections are as follows:-

The system control module constantly monitors the engine speed and any drop in RPM from the SET POINT will result in a signal being sent to the anti-stall valve solenoid via wires GRN 82/GRN 91 and GRN 92 from pins 11 and 16. This signal causes the solenoid valve to shift, which directs pressure from the pilot system to shift the spool in the displacement control valve causing the main pump to destroke. This electrical signal is a pulse width modulated signal which provides for precise modulation of the hydraulic valve and the resulting smooth control of the main pump displacement.

ADJUSTING SPEED SENSOR 1. Stop engine.

2. Loosen locknut on speed sensor.

3. Screw speed sensor IN until it touches fly wheel.

4. Turn speed sensor OUT one full turn.

5. Tighten locknut.

LATER MACHINES Refer to schematic diagram below: •

Pin 1 is the power connection via a 2 amp fuse and the anti-stall switch cab.

•

Pin 13 is connected to ground.

•

Pin 18 is jumpered to Pin 20.

•

Pin 12 and 14 is connected to the speed sensor.

•

Pin 16 is connected to the solenoid on the anti-stall valve which is either mounted on the main pump controller or is remotely mounted in the engine compartment.

•

Pin 11 is also connected to the solenoid on the anti-stall valve but via the anti-stall switch.

•

Pin 17 is jumpered to Pin 8.

9.4

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine anti-stall

860-09

HORSEPOWER LIMITING CONTROL CIRCUIT JOHN DEERE AND CUMMINS 'C' ENGINES

860-56

HORSEPOWER LIMITING CONTROL CIRCUIT - CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE

9.5

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-28

Engine anti-stall

LOAD SENSING SYSTEM (EARLIER MACHINES) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 9.6

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-29

Engine anti-stall

LOAD SENSING SYSTEM (LATER MACHINES) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 9.7

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher FAULT FINDING ~ ANTI-STALL QUICK CHECK

Engine anti-stall ‘A’ gauge test port on main pump controller.

2. Start engine and place throttle in FULL position.

The following is a quick procedure to determine if the anti-stall is functioning properly. If the machine fails any of these tests, then a more detailed diagnosis is necessary. However, there can still be other problems that are not related to the anti-stall system which are being masked.

3. Place anti-stall switch in the OFF position.

4. Activate each "Load Sense" controlled function one at a time (swing, hoist boom, stick boom, tilt, drive functions and levelling when applicable).

ANTI-STALL GAUGE TEST PORT

Expected Results: • All functions should operate normally.

The anti-stall gauge test port shown in this manual is labelled either 'X1' or 'A' depending on the pump in use.

On earlier machines the anti-stall valve was part of the main pump controller and the test port is labelled 'X1'. On later machines the anti-stall valve is remotely mounted off the main pump controller, in this case the test port is labelled 'A'

•

Pressure at 'X1' or ‘A’ should be less than 20 psi.

C. ANTI-STALL 'ON', THROTTLE IDLE 1. Connect a 0-1000 psi gauge to the 'X1' or ‘A’ gauge test port on main pump controller.

2. Start engine and place throttle in IDLE position.

IMPORTANT: Always ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature when performing all of the following diagnosis.

3. Place anti-stall switch in the ON position.

A. WHEN DOES THE PROBLEM OCCUR ?

4. Fully activate MAIN BOOM UP function.

Does problem occur with anti-stall ON or OFF?

Expected Results: • MAIN BOOM UP function should be inactive (boom will not lift)

ANSWERS: • Occurs with the system ON or OFF The problem is likely hydraulic related which could include the anti-stall solenoid valve either mounted on the main pump or remote mounted beside the right rear engine mount.

•

•

Pressure at 'X1' or ‘A’ should be greater than 320 psi.

D. ANTI-STALL ON, THROTTLE FULL

Occurs only with the system ON.

1. Connect a 0-1000 psi gauge to the 'X1' or ‘A’ gauge test port on main pump controller.

The problem is either related to the hydraulic system, the engine, or the anti-stall system.

2. Start engine and place throttle in FULL position.

3. Place anti-stall switch in the ON position.

B. ANTI-STALL 'OFF'

4. Fully activate MAIN BOOM UP function.

1. Connect a 0-1000 psi gauge to the 'X1' or NOTE: THIS GRAPHIC OF THE ANTI-STALL CURVE IS ONLY PICTORIAL REPRESENATION FOR EXPLANATION PURPOSES. IT SHOULD NOT BE USED TO IDENTIFY OR DETERMINE ACTUAL VALUES AS THEY CAN VARY FROM ONE MACHINE TO ANOTHER.

870B-21

TYPICAL ENGINE ANTI-STALL CURVE ~ ENGINE RPM VS. PSI 9.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Engine anti-stall

Expected Results: • Boom up function should operate normally.

•

WARNING

Pressure at 'X1' or ‘A’ should be less than 20 psi.

E. BEGIN OF MOVEMENT 1. Start engine and place throttle in IDLE position.

2. Place anti-stall switch in the ON position.

KEEP CLEAR OF ROTATING FAN AND BELT DRIVES

3. Fully activate MAIN BOOM UP function.

(Initially, the boom should not move)

B. VERIFY ENGINE POWER

4. Increase engine speed until the boom begins to lift.

5. Measure the engine speed when the boom starts to lift. The transition state of the antistall system from fully active to completely inactive is very narrow. It is necessary to approach this point very slowly.

NOTE: Before performing this procedure make sure that all relevant PRESSURES and SPEEDS have been set correctly.

Example:

Expected Results: • The boom should not move initially.

•

As the engine speed approaches FULL, the boom should begin to move.

•

The point where the boom begins to move is the anti-stall set point which, depending on the engine and anti-stall module in use can vary, see below:Set point; 1700 rpm, Module; AX250 engine; Cummins QSL9 Set point; 2100 rpm, Module; AX159 engine; Cummins 6CTA 8.3 Set point; 2200 rpm, Module; AX087 engine; John Deere

ADDITIONAL FAULT FINDING PROCEDURES

•

SWING SPEED AND SWING PRESSURE SETTINGS.

•

MAIN SYSTEM (L.S.) PRESSURE SETTINGS.

•

CLAMP VALVE MAIN RELIEF.

Refer to the 860/870 PRESSURE SETTINGS CHART in SECTION 4 of THIS SERVICE MANUAL for correct values.

1. Perform procedure 'A' above to verify tachometer on instrument panel is accurate.

2. Start engine and place throttle in FULL position.

3. Place anti-stall switch in the OFF position.

4. Place swing brake switch in the ON position.

5. Activate the SWING function fully.

• Measure the engine speed.

6. Activate the SWING function fully.

Bottom the TILT cylinder.

• Measure the engine speed.

The following procedures can be used to rule out problems associated with the engine anti-stall system. They are not in any particular order and should be done if addition diagnoses is required.

A. VERIFY ENGINE 'FULL' THROTTLE SETTING 1. Place reflector on engine crank shaft pulley and use a photo-tachometer.

2. Start engine and place throttle in FULL position.

3. Measure engine no load FULL engine speed with the photo-tachometer.

7. Activate the SWING function fully.

Hold a CLAMP function over relief.

• Measure the engine speed.

8. Activate the SWING function fully.

Bottom the TILT cylinder.

Hold a CLAMP function over relief.

• Measure the engine speed.

The engine speed should always be above "rated working speed" of 1800 RPM for the QSL9 engine (2200 RPM for cummins 'C' and John Deere engines) If engine speed falls below rated working speed during the above tests, the problem is not likely to be with the engine antistall system.

The engine speed should be verified with a phototachometer and the measured speed should be compared to the tachometer. on the instrument panel.

9.9

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher C. PILOT PRESSURE.

Engine anti-stall H. SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT 1. Remove 25 pin connector from anti-stall control module.

1. Ensure pilot pressure is set correctly.

To verify PILOT PRESSURE refer to PILOT SYSTEM in SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL.

2. Start engine and place throttle in FULL position.

D. MARGIN PRESSURE

3. Measure the AC voltage between pins 13 and 14 on connector.

• The speed sensor output should be greater than 5 VAC.

1. Ensure margin pressure is correct.

To verify MARGIN PRESSURE refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

The speed sensor on the engine should be a fixed distance from the flywheel ring gear (cummins engines). Do not use the voltage to adjust this sensitivity. Refer to ADJUST SPEED SENSOR in THIS SECTION.

E. ELECTRICAL POWER TO ANTI-STALL CONTROL MODULE. 1. Remove 25 pin connector from anti-stall control module.

2. Start engine and place throttle in IDLE position.

I.

1. Remove 25 pin connector from anti-stall control module.

3. Measure DC voltage across pins 1 and 13 on connector.

2. Measure resistance between pins 13 and 14 on connector • The resistance should be: 960 ±150ohms

• The working voltage should be between 13.8 and 14.2 ± 2 VDC. F.

ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE WIRES.

3. Check for shorts from pin 14 (wire PUR 94) to chassis. (Pin 13 is connected to ground)

1. Remove 25 pin connector from anti-stall control module.

2. Measure resistance between pins 11 and 16 on connector.

• The resistance should be 6.6 ±2 ohms

SPEED SENSOR WIRES

J. SPEED SENSOR COIL 1. Remove 25 pin connector from anti-stall control module.

3. Check for wiring and harnesses short circuiting to chassis.

2. Measure resistance of speed sensor coil between pins 12 and 14 on connector (QSL9 engine) OR pins 13 and 14 on connector (Cummins "C" and John Deere engines) • The resistance should be: 960 ±150ohms

G. ANTI-STALL SOLENOID VALVE COIL 1. Remove DIN connector from anti-stall solenoid valve.

2. Measure resistance of solenoid coil.

• The resistance should be 6.6 ±2 ohms.

9.10

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 11 - TRACK DRIVE APRIL 2004 *MOTOR IDENTIFICATION Proper identification of the drive motor is crucial for correct servicing of the drive system.

Refer to photographs provided in each of the procedures for proper identification.

CONTENTS - SECTION 11 DRIVE MOTOR * AQ004 BEGIN OR REGULATION SET-UP .................................................... 11.11 BRAKE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ......................................................... 11.8 CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE, SET ..................................................... 11.10 DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................... 11.7 MOTOR MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ............................................... 11.35 MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ................................................. 11.37 MOTOR START-UP PROCEDURE ...................................................... 11.8 AQ007 BRAKE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ....................................................... 11.17 CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE, SET ................................................... 11.22 DRIVE SPEED CHANGE VALVE, ADJUST ........................................ 11.23 MOTOR MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ............................................... 11.35 MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ................................................. 11.38 MOTOR START-UP PROCEDURE .................................................... 11.18 AQ019 BEGIN OF REGULATION ................................................................... 11.25 BRAKE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ....................................................... 11.17 BRAKE RELEASE PRESSURE, SET ................................................. 11.25 CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE, SET ................................................... 11.24 MOTOR MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ............................................... 11.35 MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ................................................. 11.38 MOTOR START-UP PROCEDURE .................................................... 11.18 AQ040 BEGIN OF REGULATION ................................................................... 11.32 BRAKE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ....................................................... 11.29 CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVES, SET ................................................ 11.31 DESCRIPTION ................................................................................... 11.28 MOTOR MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ............................................... 11.36 MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ................................................. 11.37 MOTOR START-UP PROCEDURE .................................................... 11.29 AQ047 (870 MACHINES ONLY) BEGIN OF REGULATION ................................................................... 11.25 BRAKE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ....................................................... 11.17 BRAKE RELEASE PRESSURE, SET ................................................. 11.25 CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVES, SET ................................................ 11.24 MOTOR MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ............................................... 11.35 MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ................................................. 11.38 MOTOR START-UP PROCEDURE .................................................... 11.18 DRIVE MOTOR IDENTIFICATION ........................................................... 11.6 HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM ............................................................ 11.4 MOTOR AND GEARBOX ASSEMBLY, TYPICAL .................................... 11.6

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

CONTENTS - SECTION 11, CONTINUED, SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS DRIVE CIRCUIT WITH AQ004 MOTOR .................................................. 11.9 DRIVE CIRCUIT WITH AQ007 MOTOR ................................................ 11.20 DRIVE CIRCUIT WITH AQ019 & AQ047 MOTORS .............................. 11.21 DRIVE CIRCUIT WITH AQ040 ............................................................... 11.30 DRIVE MOTOR AQ004 ............................................................................ 11.7 DRIVE MOTOR, AQ007 ......................................................................... 11.14 DRIVE MOTOR, AQ019 AND AQ047 ........................................ 11.14, 11.16 DRIVE MOTOR, AQ040 ......................................................................... 11.28 TRACK COMPONENTS BOTTOM ROLLER RETAINING BOLTS ............................................ 11.42 MEASURING TRACK SAG ................................................................. 11.40 OPERATING THE MACHINE ............................................................. 11.40 TORQUING UNDERCARRIAGE BOLTS ............................................ 11.41 TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT .............................................................. 11.41 TRACK SHOE RETAINING BOLTS .................................................... 11.42 TRACK SAG, NEW MACHINE ................................................................. 11.3 WEAR LIMITS BOTTOM ROLLER WEAR ................................................................. 11.44 BUSHING WEAR, OUTSIDE DIAMETER .......................................... 11.43 IDLER WEAR ...................................................................................... 11.44 PIN AND BUSHING WEAR ................................................................ 11.43 TRACK LINK WEAR ........................................................................... 11.42 TRACK SHOE GROUSER HEIGHT WEAR ....................................... 11.42 TRACK SLIDE WEAR ......................................................................... 11.44 TRACK SPEED SET-UP PROCEDURE FAST FORWARD (MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT) .................... 11.37 FAST REVERSE (VALVE FLOW SETTING) ......................................... 11.38 SET MOTOR "SLOW" SPEED. (MOTOR MAX. DISPLACEMENT) ...... 11.35 SLOW FORWARD (VALVE FLOW SETTING) ...................................... 11.36 STRAIGHT TRAVEL .............................................................................. 11.39 UNDERCARRIAGE ASSEMBLY, LEVELLING ............................................ 11.5 UNDERCARRIAGE ASSEMBLY, NON-LEVELLING ................................... 11.3

11.2

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

NEW MACHINE

STRAIGHT TRAVEL

Before driving a new machine ensure that track sag is set correctly. Track sag may be set less than specified for shipping purposes. The correct track sag must be adjusted once a machine has been delivered to the job sight and operating in the accumulated soil buildup in the undercarriage.

If the machine does not travel straight, the right and left track speeds are not set the same. Refer to TRACK SPEED SET-UP PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION. Be sure to follow the correct procedure for the machine serial number.

Check speeds of each track and follow the set-up procedures closely to obtain straight travel.

TRACK SAG The track sag dimension is very important and should be checked regularly. A 50% increase in the life of the track assembly can be realized, particularly in bushing O/D wear and 'track pitch' by maintaining the correct amount of track sag. A track that is too tight will wear out significantly faster due to increased tension in the chain.

Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION.

UNDERCARRIAGE Depending on the machine model type the undercarriage can either be configured as nonelevelling or levelling, See fig. 845B-07 and 83044. Regardless of the configuration the track drive system remains the same as explained in this SECTION 11.

It is also recommended to verify that the track sag is correct BEFORE performing any track drive hydraulic set-up procedures.

TRACK SLIDES (OR ROLLERS)

ROTARY MANIFOLD IDLER ASSEMBLY

•

• UNDERCARRIAGE LOWER HINGED ACCESS COVER

• UNDERCARRIAGE

•

•

•

•

• •

INSPECTION COVERS

•

•

DRIVE MOTOR

•

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX DRIVE SPROCKET

845B-07

LOWER ROLLERS

•

• TRACK ASSEMBLY

NON-LEVELLING UNDERCARRIAGE ASSEMBLY 11.3

TRACK ACCESS COVER

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM

Track drive apply when the drive pedal(s) are released. Each LEFT and RIGHT drive pedal controls the LEFT or RIGHT track drive. Independent control of each track permits counter rotation.

The track drive hydraulic circuit is incorporated into the main hydraulic load sensing system.

The main pump supplies oil to both drive motors via the right and left drive sections of the Linde main valve manifold.

A two position switch labelled LOW/DRIVE on the control panel in the cab allows the drive system to be placed in either one of two drive ranges.

Placing the switch in the LOW position will activate a solenoid operated control valve on the pilot manifold to supply pilot oil to the displacement control valve within the drive motors. This will place the motors at maximum displacement, providing the slowest speed but with maximum tractive effort.

When the left or right drive foot pedals are pressed, pilot oil is diverted to shift the spools in the left or right drive valve sections to divert system pressure oil to the A or B ports of the right and/or left drive motor. This variable displacement swash plate piston motor transmits power to the tracks through a triple reduction planetary gearbox on each track frame. Each planetary gearbox is completely housed within the width of the track shoes. The gearboxes include wet, multiple-disc, spring-apply, hydraulic-release brakes which automatically release when the applicable drive pedal is pressed in either the FORWARD or REVERSE direction. The brakes

R.H. TRACK DRIVE

•

870-D52

MAIN BOOM CYLINDERS

•

SWING

•

STICK CYLINDER

••

Refer to SECTION 4 in THIS MANUAL for a complete description of the MAIN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

••

• ••

TILT CYLINDER

L.H. TRACK DRIVE

AIR BLEED PLUG (TYPICAL)

••

MAIN CONTROL VALVE - NONE LEVELLING

11.4

CONTROL VALVE MANIFOLD

•

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher R.H. TRACK MAIN BOOM DRIVE CYLINDERS

Track drive L.H. TRACK HIGH CONTROL TILT VALVE PRESSURE CYLINDER DRIVE RH LEV. CYL. MANIFOLD LIMITING CONTROL

•

STICK CYLINDER

SWING

AIR BLEED PLUG (TYPICAL)

LH LEV. CYL.

• ••

•

•

•

••

••

•

•• ••

MAIN CONTROL VALVE - LEVELLER

870-D57

ROTARY MANIFOLD TRACK SLIDES/GUIDES

UNDERCARRIAGE

• •

LEVELLING ASSEMBLY IDLER ASSEMBLY

• • •

•

• •

•

• •

•

• • •

DRIVE MOTOR

TRACK GUARDS 830-44

LOWER ROLLERS

•

INSPECTION COVERS

• •

TRACK GUARDS

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX DRIVE SPROCKET

LEVELLING UNDERCARRIAGE ASSEMBLY 11.5

•

TRACK ASSEMBLY

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive 860 FELLER BUNCHERS

TRACK DRIVE MOTORS

EARLY MOTORS

IMPORTANT

AQ004: Serial numbers: 8600501 - 8600510, 8600515, 8600517, 8600518 and 8600520 only.

Proper identification of the drive motor in use is crucial for correct servicing of the drive system Since the start of the 860 model feller buncher and the more recent 870/L870 feller buncher, several hydraulic drive motors have been in use.

To deal with these drive motors in the following write-ups it will be necessary to identify and refer to them by their part number.

NOTE: The serial numbers shown are for reference purposes only and represent the machine in which the motor was first installed. Since that time the original motor(s) may have been replaced on the machine by one or more of the LATER motors listed below. Refer to photographs in each of the following procedures for proper identification.

AQ007: Serial numbers: 8600522 - 8600526 only.

AQ040: Serial numbers: 8600511 - 8600514, 8600516, 8600519, 8600521, 8600527 and up.

LATER MOTORS AQ019: Serial numbers, some of the following: 8600505 and up & 86011001 to 86011499 870/L870 FELLER BUNCHERS AQ047: Serial numbers, some of the following: 8600505 and up & 87011001 to 87011499 or 87021001 to 87021499.

Please refer carefully to the appropriate information in THIS SECTION for each of the drive motors used. Separate procedures, photos, and diagrams can be found for each track drive motor.

TRACK SPROCKET

PLANETARY TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX

••

••

LOWER FRAME

•

TRACK DRIVE MOTOR (AQ019 SHOWN)

• ••

BRAKE ASSEMBLY

BK004-822

TYPICAL CROSS SECTION OF TRACK DRIVE MOTOR AND GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 11.6

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher † (EARLIER) DRIVE MOTOR DESCRIPTION AQ004:

Track drive

Refer to drive motor schematic; The track drive motors are variable displacement, bent-axis piston motors. To control the vehicle movement in situations where the vehicle may roll down a grade, each motor is equipped with a counterbalance valve. These valves have a spool valve which controls the flow of oil out of the motor.

In the schematic diagram it is shown in the centre, closed position.

The valve will remain in the closed position as long as there is no pressure in the work line from the main control valve.

When the main control valve spool is shifted and oil flows to the motor, a check valve 'A' opens and pressure builds up in the motor pistons.

The motor cannot move until the work line pressure shifts the counterbalance spool to permit the oil on the low pressure side of the motor to flow back through check valve 'B' to the main control valve and then to tank.

DRIVE MOTOR SCHEMATIC (AQ004)

860-18

A shuttle valve 'C' in the counterbalance valve also selects the high pressure line to the motor and directs this pressure to the brake release port through a pressure reducing valve 'D' which limits the brake release pressure to 500 psi., although

MOTOR DRAIN LINE

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE (REVERSE) • 17MM WRENCH • 5MM ALLEN KEY

'G' GAUGE TEST PORT • 6MM ALLEN KEY TO REMOVE PLUG

• TRACK DRIVE MOTOR

•

•

•• ••

•

••

MIN. DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE "BEGIN OF REGULATION" ADJUSTING SCREW

• TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX 114-26

• GEARBOX BRAKE LINE

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE (FORWARD) • 17MM WRENCH • 5MM ALLEN KEY

TRACK DRIVE MOTOR (AQ004) (LEFT TRACK SHOWN) † For definition of early and later motors, see page 11.6

11.7

'M' GAUGE TEST PORT

LOW/DRIVE CONTROL LINE

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher AQ004 DRIVE MOTOR CONTINUED: pressures in the range of 300 to 700 psi. are acceptable.

Check valves are in the circuit to prevent pressure trapped in the motor from being applied to the pilots of the counterbalance spool and to force this return flow from the motors through the counterbalance valve.

The drive motor may be operated in two ranges controlled by a solenoid valve located in the pilot manifold. This valve is operated by the TRACK (LOW/DRIVE) switch in the cab.

In the LOW mode the solenoid on the pilot valve is energized and the motor is in its maximum displacement mode which will give the slowest speed and maximum tractive effort.

For travel modes the switch can be put in the DRIVE mode and the motor will be in its minimum displacement position which will give the highest speed. When in this high speed mode the motor will automatically regulate in the event that a high load is encountered, such as a short grade or an obstacle.

This is controlled by the displacement control.

When the pressure in the motor reaches 3600 psi., the motor will shift to a displacement which will just maintain the pressure at 3600 psi.

If the "load" demands pressures over 3600 psi. the motor will shift to a greater displacement so that the motor pressure remains at 3600 psi.

Once the motor reaches maximum displacement, the pressure will rise above 3600 psi. until system pressure of 4300 psi is reached. If the "load" demands pressures under 3600 psi. the motor will shift to a smaller displacement so that the motor pressure remains at 3600 psi. (and maximum travel speed is obtained). Once the motor reaches minimum displacement, the pressure will drop to the required "load" induced pressure.

Track drive BRAKE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Oil pressure from line 'A' or 'B' enters the motor and passes through shuttle valve 'C' and enters brake release pressure reducing valve 'D'.

Output pressure from the reducing valve is limited to 500 psi whenever 'A' or 'B' line pressure is above 500 psi., or 'A' or 'B' line pressure below 500 psi.

The brake in the final drive gearbox is fully released at 250 psi. and the maximum pressure the brake can stand without failure is 725 psi.

The brake begins to apply in 3 seconds and is fully applied after 6 seconds. The brake will release in 1 second.

DRIVE MOTOR START-UP PROCEDURE FOR MOTOR (AQ004) IMPORTANT: Drive motor will be damaged if not filled with oil before operating drive function.

Procedure must be performed whenever a new drive motor is installed or whenever oil has been drained from the motor.

1. Disconnect motor drain line on top of motor.

Install plug in line to minimize loss of oil.

2. Remove port adapter from motor drain port.

3. Fill motor with oil through the drain port. Add oil slowly (to allow air to escape) until level is to the top of drain port.

4. Install port adapter and re-connect motor drain line.

5. Run each drive motor slowly with track off the ground for three track revolutions to remove air from the drive circuit.

The motor is also equipped with crossline relief valves which provide high pressure protection to the motor. These valves are located on the top and bottom of the motor.

11.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-57

Track drive

TRACK DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR EARLY MOTOR (AQ004)† † For definition of early and later motors, see page 11.6

11.9

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

AQ004 DRIVE MOTOR CONTINUED:

10. Turn anti-stall switch OFF

DRIVE SYSTEM PRESSURE SETTINGS WITH MOTOR AQ004

11. Turn ‘DRIVE/LOW’ switch to ‘LOW’.

SET DRIVE MOTOR CROSSLINE RELIEF Pressure Setting: 4600 - 4800 psi (cracking pressure) PROCEDURE Place felling head securely on ground before performing any service work.

12. Temporarily reset Load Sense Relief Valve (LS) to 4600 psi measured at the main valve ‘P’ test port. Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL. 13. With engine in IDLE position slowly depress DRIVE FOOT PEDAL in each direction for motor being tested to ensure brake holds.

Open engine enclosure roof fully and set safety strut in place.

14. Remove 0-10,000 psi. pressure gauge from 'P' port on Linde valve manifold and connect to 'G' port on one of the drive motors.

1. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

NOTE: Using only one pressure gauge during this procedure will ensure an accurate setup, since no two pressure gauges are calibrated exactly the same.

2. Remove both LEFT an RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

3. Disconnect brake release line(s) at brake port on final drive gearbox(s) and plug hose with size 04 JIC plug. Cap port adapter on gearbox.

4. If not supplied with machine, install a pressure gauge adapter (M14) in 'G' port of drive motor (plug has a 6mm allen head).

15. With an assistant depressing the appropriate drive pedal FORWARD, lower the FORWARD motor crossline relief setting by slowly unscrewing adjusting screw until oil can be heard (hissing), flowing through relief valve.

5. Turn both crossline relief adjusting screws on the motor fully IN (clockwise). Do not overtighten or breakage will result.

16. Slowly turn adjusting screw IN (clockwise), until hissing stops, then 1/8 of a turn more, maximum.

NOTE: For both the RIGHT track motor and LEFT track motor, the FORWARD relief is at the BOTTOM of the motor and the REVERSE relief is at the TOP of the motor.

••

L.S. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW • 5MM ALLEN KEY • 17MM WRENCH

•

••

870-D54

'P' GAUGE TEST CONN.

17. Tighten locknut to lock the adjusting screw. Do not allow adjusting screw to turn.

18. Check the setting again by making sure that the hissing noise cannot be heard after locking the adjusting screw.

19. Perform steps 15, 16, 17 and 18 again to set the REVERSE crossline relief.

•• MAIN LINDE VALVE MANIFOLD

NOTE: Read the pressure gauge at 'G' port while turning screw. Reading will change as the adjusting screw is being turned and should read 4600 psi. prior to the 1/8 turn IN.

L.S. GAUGE TEST CONN.

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

6. Connect a 0-10,000 psi. pressure gauge at the 'P' test port of Linde main valve manifold.

7. From inside cab, close and latch the cab door.

8. Start the engine and set throttle speed to IDLE. 9. Lower the LEFT arm rest and press the PILOT RESET switch to activate the pilot system.

20. Move pressure gauge to 'G' port on the other drive motor. Repeat steps 15 through 19 for FORWARD and REVERSE crossline reliefs.

21. Remove pressure gauge from 'G' port on drive motor 22. After the crossover reliefs in both drive motors have been set, connect pressure gauge again to the 'P' port on the back of the Linde main valve manifold.

23. RESET the Load Sense relief to 4300 psi. at 'P' port on main Linde valve (4000 psi at L.S. test port). Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL. 11.10

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

AQ004 DRIVE MOTOR CONTINUED:

4. If not supplied with machine, install a pressure gauge adapter (M14) in 'G' port and (M12) in 'M' port on of drive motor.

24. Stop engine.

25. Re-connect brake line(s) to both gearboxes.

26. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any spills.

5. Install 0-5000 psi pressure gauges on 'G' and 'M' test ports of drive motors.

27. Replace both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

6. Install 0-10,000 psi. gauge on 'P' test port of Linde main valve manifold.

BEGIN OF REGULATION SET-UP FOR DRIVE MOTOR AQ004

7. From inside cab, close and latch the cab door.

Pressure Setting: .............................. 3600** psi

8. Start engine and set throttle speed to IDLE.

Place felling head securely on ground before performing any service work.

9. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

Open engine enclosure roof fully and set safety strut in place.

10. Place ANTI-STALL switch OFF position.

1. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

12. Temporarily reset Load Sense Relief Valve (LS) to 3600 psi measured at the main valve ‘P’ test port. Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

11 Place DRIVE/LOW switch to LOW.

2. Remove both LEFT an RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

3. Disconnect brake release line(s) at brake port on final drive gearbox(s) and plug hose with size 04 JIC plug. Cap port adapter on gearbox.

13. Slowly activate DRIVE FOOT PEDAL in each direction for motor being tested to ensure brake holds.

MOTOR DRAIN LINE

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE (REVERSE) • 17MM WRENCH • 5MM ALLEN KEY

'G' GAUGE TEST PORT • 6MM ALLEN KEY TO REMOVE PLUG

• TRACK DRIVE MOTOR

•

•

•• ••

•• ••

••

MIN. DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE "BEGIN OF REGULATION" ADJUSTING SCREW

• TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX 114-26

• GEARBOX BRAKE LINE

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE (FORWARD) • 17MM WRENCH • 5MM ALLEN KEY

TRACK DRIVE MOTOR (AQ004) (LEFT TRACK SHOWN) 11.11

'M' GAUGE TEST PORT

LOW/DRIVE CONTROL LINE

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive 18. Reset the LS. relief valve to 4300 psi. Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

AQ004 DRIVE MOTOR CONTINUED: 14 Place DRIVE/LOW switch to DRIVE. 15. With the aid of an assistant, activate LEFT track drive foot pedal in the FORWARD direction and check pressure reading on gauges at motor gauge test ports 'G' and 'M', should show 3600 psi. and 'M' should show 800 psi.

19. Stop engine.

20. Re-connect brake line(s) to both gearboxes.

21. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any spills.

22. Replace both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

16. If adjustment is required, loosen locknut on begin of regulation adjusting screw and turn screw in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. Tighten locknut.

**NOTE For begin of regulation; this pressure setting can be adjusted between 3100 psi. and 3600 psi. depending on the operator's requirements. The lower the begin of regulation setting the sooner the drive motors will automatically shift to LOW when encountering difficult terrain conditions.

Setting above 3600 psi. may cause the motors to stall instead of shifting to low.

Begin of regulation setting is now set correctly at 3600 psi.

NOTE: The pressure reading of 800 psi. at 'M' port is the pressure moving the displacement control piston to adjust the swashplate angle of the motor. This value of 800 psi. indicates that the begin of regulation pressure (3600 psi.) which is required to shift the spool in the displacement control valve, has been set correctly.

17. Stop engine and repeat steps (4) through (16) to set the RIGHT drive motor.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW - 6mm ALLEN KEY - 19mm WRENCH

BEGIN OF REGULATION ADJUSTING SCREW TURN 'IN' TO INCREASE - 3mm ALLEN KEY - 10mm WRENCH

'X' DIMENSION IS 0.62" WITH 80mm LONG SCREW

•

• 'X' •

•

PORT 'X'

'G' PORT

• 'Ma' PORT

VIEW 'A-A' 'Mb' PORT

•

• 'M' PORT

• CROSSLINE RELIEF ADJUSTING SCREW • 5mm ALLEN KEY • 17mm WRENCH

•

• CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVES (2)

AQ004-1A

TRACK DRIVE MOTOR (AQ004) † † For definition of early and later motors, see page 11.6

11.12

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

11.13

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher EARLY AND LATER † DRIVE MOTOR DESCRIPTION

Track drive counterbalance valve. These valves have a spool valve which controls the flow of oil out of the motor, See motor schematic diagram, it is shown in the centre, closed position.

Earlier motor AQ007: Later motor AQ019: Later motor AQ047: The following description is for the earlier AQ007 drive motor. It will also apply to the later AQ019 and AQ047 drive motors except for some minor discrepancies with regard to the location of the adjusting screws.

The valve will remain in the closed position as long as there is no oil pressure in the line from the main control valve. When the main control valve spool is shifted and oil flows to the motor, a check valve in the counterbalance valve (G) (Refer to motor schematic) opens and oil pressure builds up behind the motor pistons.

Refer to drive motor schematic diagrams; In order to control the vehicle movement in situations where the vehicle may roll down a grade, each motor is equipped with a

MOTOR SCHEMATIC (AQ007)

845-25

BEGIN OF REGULATION ADJUSTMENT

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTMENT STOP 'A'

PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE BLOCK

• • •

•

845B-24

MOTOR SCHEMATIC (AQ019 & AQ047)

CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVES 'B'

CYLINDER BLOCK 'J'

COVER 'L'

PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE BLOCK

PISTON 'I' SWASHPLATE 'E'

• •

MIN. AND MAX. ADJUSTING STOPS 'A' & 'E'

•

BEARING SHELL 'R'

••

•

•

'B' PORT

••

• 'A' PORT

'A' BRAKE RELEASE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ADJUSTMENT

AQ019

••

•

SHAFT 'A'

•

'A'

••

SLIPPER 'F'

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTMENT STOP 'E'

TUBE

•

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE

DRIVE MOTOR FRONT COVER (AQ019 & AQ47)

CROSS SECTION 'A' 'A' DRIVE MOTOR (AQ019 & AQ047)

† For definition of early and later motors, see page 11.6

11.14

PRESSURE PORTS 'A', 'B'

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

AQ007, AQ019 & AQ047 DRIVE MOTORS CONTINUED: The motor cannot move until the oil pressure shifts the counterbalance spool to permit the oil on the low pressure side of the motor to flow back through the counterbalance valve to the main control valve and then to tank.

SLIPPER

RETAINER

BALL GUIDE

G

F

PISTON

CYLINDER BLOCK

I

H

J

SWASHPLATE

K PIN

E SEAL

L MAXIMUM

DISPLACEMENT PISTON MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTMENT STOP

D

SPACER

••

C RETAINING RING

•

• ••

B

••

•

•

•

•

•

•

••

M SHIMS N COVER

• SHAFT

•

•

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTMENT STOP

•

•

•

A

WEAR SLEEVE

•

•

S AQ007-2

BEARING SHELL

R

CROSS SECTION OF DRIVE MOTOR (AQ007)

PIN Q SPRING

P

O MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT PISTON

G COUNTERBALANCE VALVE SUPPLY SHUTTLE F VALVE

• K DRIVE SPEED

DRIVE SPEED CHANGE VALVE

•

CHANGE ORIFICE

H

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT

A ADJUSTMENT

STOP 6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH

•

•

• E

CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE

'A' PORT

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTMENT STOP 6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH

'B' PORT

B

FLUSHING ORIFICE

•

I

• •

• •

J EDGE FILTER AND PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ORIFICE AQ007-1

DRIVE MOTOR FRONT COVER (AQ007) L DRIVE MOTOR COVER

SHUTTLE

C VALVE

•

• 11.15

D

DRIVE BRAKE RELEASE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher AQ007, AQ019 & AQ047 DRIVE MOTORS CONTINUED:

Track drive NOTE: Swashplate angle (motor displacement) is limited by the minimum and maximum displacement pistons contacting the minimum and maximum displacement adjustment stops. For minimum displacement, the maximum displacement piston contacts the minimum displacement adjustment stop. For maximum displacement, the minimum displacement piston contacts the maximum displacement adjustment stop.

Refer to front cover diagrams; The drive motor cover (L) consists of several components to operate the drive functions and regulate the release of drive brakes.

MOTOR SCHEMATIC (AQ019 & AQ047) Refer to motor cross section illustrations; 845B-24

The drive motor is a variable displacement swashplate design. The motor is interchangeable from side to side.

The motor rotating group consists of a cylinder block (J) with nine pistons (I) and an output shaft (A) that is splined to the cylinder block.

Supply oil from the drive control valve enters the motor through the cover (N) to the pistons. During operation, high pressure supply oil enters the piston bores in the cylinder block (J). This forces the pistons against an angled swashplate (E). Piston sliding action causes the rotating group to turn.

The cylinder block is splined to the output shaft (A) which causes the output shaft to turn. During the second half of the motor rotation, low pressure is discharged as the pistons ride up to a higher position on the swashplate. To reverse rotation, oil flow is reversed. During operation a small amount of supply oil flows through the centre of each piston. This oil lubricates the piston to slipper (F) joint and the slipper to swashplate area.

High pressure supply oil also flows through a tube to lubricate the swashplate to bearing shell area.

Normal leakage and lubrication oil aid in flushing and cooling the motor during drive operation.

The swashplate (E) angle is changed by the minimum displacement piston (O) and maximum displacement piston (L). When supply oil acts on the minimum displacement piston (O), the motor runs at its highest speed. When supply oil acts on the maximum displacement piston, the motor runs at its slowest speed. The maximum displacement piston is larger than the minimum piston and will hold the motor in maximum displacement when equal pressure acts on both pistons.

The minimum displacement adjustment stop (A) limits the minimum angle the swashplate can move. The maximum displacement adjustment stop (E) limits the maximum angle the swashplate can move. The crossover relief valve(s) (B) protects the motor circuit from pressure spikes.

The shuttle valve (C) (AQ007 only) slides back and forth, depending on direction of travel, to MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING STOP

CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE

• •• MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING STOP

•• ••

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE

183-25

DRIVE MOTOR (AQ007) - LEFT SIDE SHOWN CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVES

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING STOP

••

••

••

• •• 845B-D39

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING STOP

DRIVE MOTOR (AQ019 & AQ047) - LEFT SIDE SHOWN 11.16

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

AQ007, AQ019 & AQ047 DRIVE MOTORS CONTINUED:

845-25

drive motor in the lowest speed. On drive motors AQ019, AQ047 a servo pressure reducing valve controls the pressure of the supply oil entering the drive speed change valve at 2000 psi. maximum.

The drive speed change orifice (K) (AQ007 only) is located in the passage from the drive speed change valve to the maximum displacement piston. The orifice is used to dampen pressure fluctuation. To access the orifice, remove the plug in the face of the cover.

MOTOR SCHEMATIC (AQ007)

route supply oil to the crossover relief valve (B) and minimum displacement piston. The shuttle valve moves only when a drive function is actuated.

BRAKE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Refer to motor front cover illustrations and motor schematic diagrams Oil pressure from line 'A' or 'B' enters the motor and passes through supply shuttle valve 'F' and enters brake release pressure reducing valve 'D'. The pressure reducing valve output is adjustable. In this particular application it is limited to 500 psi., whenever 'A' or 'B' line pressure is above 500 psi. or 'A' or 'B' line pressure below 500 psi. The brake is fully released by 250 psi. and the maximum pressure the brake can stand without failure is 725 psi. The time required for the brake to release is approximately 1 second and 3 seconds to apply.

The drive brake release pressure reducing valve (D) reduces the higher supply pressure to the lower pressure used to release the drive brake. The supply pressure comes from the supply shuttle valve (F) when a drive function is actuated.

The edge filter and pressure reducing valve orifice (J) are located in the passage from the supply shuttle valve (F) to the drive brake release pressure reducing valve (D). The edge filter and orifice are accessible by removing the plug in the face of the cover (AQ007 only). The edge filter is used to break up small particles in the oil so they flow through the orifice. The orifice causes a pressure drop in supply oil flow to the reducing valve and dampens pressure oil fluctuation.

The drive speed change valve (H) routes supply oil to the maximum displacement piston to keep the

The flushing orifice (long type) (I) (AQ007 only) is located in the brake circuit to motor case passage. The orifice is accessible by removing the plug in the face of the cover. The orifice provides a passage for oil flow from the brake circuit to the motor case for cooling and flushing during drive operation. When the oil is cold the flow of oil is restricted by the long type orifice to prevent an excessive build up of pressure in the drive motor case. The orifice also provides a passage to release any residual pressure from the brake circuit to the motor case when not driving.

ALL MOTORS The drive motor may be operated in two ranges; AQ007, MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT = 90cc/rev.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT = app. 42cc/rev.

AQ019, MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT = 105cc/rev.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT = app. 50cc/rev.

AQ047, MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT = 135cc/rev.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT = app. 50cc/rev.

These two ranges are controlled by a solenoid pilot valve on the pilot manifold which is operated by the TRACK (LOW/DRIVE) switch in the cab.

In the LOW position the solenoid on the pilot valve is energized and the motor is in its maximum displacement mode which will give the slowest speed and maximum tractive effort.

For faster travelling modes the TRACK (LOW/ DRIVE) switch can be put in the DRIVE position and the motor will be in its minimum displacement position which will give the fastest speed. When in this high speed mode the motor will automatically de-stroke in the event that a high load is encountered, e.g. a short grade or obstacle. This de-stroking is controlled by the drive speed change valve. This valve controls the hydraulic pressure signal to the maximum displacement piston. The piston shifts the motor to maximum displacement when the supply oil pressure in the motor is above the drive speed change valve pressure setting.

11.17

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive 5. Fill motor with oil through the drain port. Add oil slowly until level is to the top of drain port.

AQ007, AQ019 & AQ047 DRIVE MOTORS CONTINUED:

DRIVE MOTOR START-UP PROCEDURE

6. Tighten valve body or plug removed in step 4.

7. Re-connect drain line.

IMPORTANT: The drive motor will be damaged if is not filled with oil before operating the drive function. This procedure must be performed whenever a new drive motor is installed or whenever oil has been drained from the motor.

8. Run each drive motor slowly with track off the ground for three track revolutions to remove air from the drive circuit.

9. Check that the brake release pressure has not changed.

FOR DRIVE MOTOR AQ007, Refer Fig. 99-2 1. Disconnect drive motor drain line.

2. Install plug in line to minimize loss of oil.

3. Remove port adapter from motor drain port.

4. To let air escape, loosen the valve body for drive brake reducing valve (left track) or the plug for drive speed change valve (right track) one turn. Valves are next to the drain hose connection. Do not turn the locknut or adjusting screw for the drive brake reducing valve.

MOTOR DRAIN LINE (BEHIND) DRIVE SPEED CHANGE VALVE

SUPPLY SHUTTLE VALVE

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE

DRIVE SPEED CHANGE ORIFICE

••

• •

••

CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE

• ••

•• DRIVE BRAKE RELEASE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

EDGE FILTER AND PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ORIFICE

99-2

6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH

••

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTMENT STOP 6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTMENT STOP

DRIVE MOTOR (AQ007) - R.H. SIDE SHOWN 11.18

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

AQ007, AQ019 & AQ047 DRIVE MOTORS CONTINUED: FOR DRIVE MOTORS AQ019, AQ047, Refer Fig. 822-D61 1. Disconnect drive motor drain line on top of motor.

2. Install plug in line to minimize loss of oil.

3. Remove port adapter from motor drain port.

4. Fill motor with oil through the drain port. Add oil slowly until level is to the top of drain port.

5. Re-connect drain line.

6. Run each drive motor slowly with track off the ground for three track revolutions to remove air from the drive circuit.

7. Check that the brake release pressure has not changed.

DRAIN LINE

••

'U' PORT DRAIN CONNECTION GAUGE TEST PORT 'Y1'

••

•

DRIVE MOTOR TOP VIEW

822-D61

GAUGE TEST PORT Y1 SYSTEM PRESSURE PORT 'A'

• MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTMENT STOP

PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE BLOCK

••

6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH SYSTEM PRESSURE PORT 'B'

••

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTMENT STOP 6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH

•

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE

••

'B' SIDE

•• CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVES

'A' SIDE

6mm WRENCH 13mm WRENCH

• 'L' PORT DRAIN CONNECTION (FOR L.H. SIDE)

5mm ALLEN KEY 17mm WRENCH 822-D62

BEGIN OF REGULATION ADJUSTING SCREW

•

DRIVE MOTOR (AQ019 & AQ047) - R.H. SIDE SHOWN 11.19

•• •• BRAKE RELEASE PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW 5mm ALLEN KEY 17mm WRENCH

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-58

Track drive

TRACK DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM WITH AQ007 MOTOR† † For definition of early and later motors, see page 11.6

11.20

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-59

Track drive

TRACK DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM WITH AQ019 & AQ047 MOTORS† † For definition of early and later motors, see page 11.6

11.21

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive 10. Temporarily reset Load Sense Relief Valve to 4700 psi measured at the main valve ‘P’ test port. Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

AQ007, AQ019 & AQ047 DRIVE MOTORS CONTINUED:

DRIVE SYSTEM PRESSURE SETTINGS FOR DRIVE MOTOR AQ007 DRIVE MOTOR CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE Pressure Setting: 4600 - 4800 psi (cracking pressure) Adjustment: Add shims to increase the relief pressure or remove shims to decrease.

'E' - CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE 'F' - CAP 'G' - SHIM (AS REQD).

'H' - SHIM (AS REQD).

• • •

Approximate pressure change per shim:0.127 mm (0.005 in.) shim ....................... 100 psi H

0.508 mm (0.020 in.) shim ....................... 500 psi

••

G

L.S. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW • 5MM ALLEN KEY • 17MM WRENCH

E

••

••

F

•

•• MAIN LINDE VALVE MANIFOLD 870-D54

'P' GAUGE TEST CONN.

AQ007-4

CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE DRIVE MOTOR (AQ007)

L.S. GAUGE TEST CONN.

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

PROCEDURE: Place felling head securely on ground before performing any service work.

11. With engine in IDLE position slowly depress DRIVE FOOT PEDAL in each direction for motor being tested to ensure brake holds.

2. Remove both LEFT an RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

12. With an assistant depressing the drive pedal, observe the pressure at the ‘P’ test port on the Linde main valve manifold. A reading of 4700 psi should be observed. If a pressure reading of less than 4700 psi is observed, the pressure can be adjusted by adding shims (G) and (H) in cap (F) of crossover relief valve (E).

3. Connect a 0-10,000 PSI pressure gauge on ‘P’ test port of Linde main valve manifold.

13. Repeat step (11) and (12) for the crossover relief valve on other drive motor.

4. Disconnect brake release line(s) at brake port on final drive gearbox(s) and plug hose with size 04 JIC plug. Cap port adapter on gearbox.

14. After the crossover reliefs in both drive motors have been set, RESET the Load Sense relief to 4300 psi. (4000 psi at L.S. test port). Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

Open engine enclosure roof fully and set safety strut in place.

1. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

5. From inside cab, close and latch the cab door.

6. Start the engine and set throttle speed to IDLE. 7. Lower the LEFT arm rest and press the PILOT RESET switch to activate the pilot system.

8. Turn anti-stall switch OFF 9. Turn ‘DRIVE/LOW’ switch to ‘LOW’.

15. Stop engine.

16. Re-connect brake line(s) to both gearboxes.

17. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any spills.

18. Replace both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

11.22

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

AQ007, AQ019 & AQ047 DRIVE MOTORS CONTINUED:

DRIVE SPEED CHANGE VALVE The drive speed change valve is located in the drive motor cover. This valve controls the hydraulic pressure signal to the maximum displacement piston to shift the motor to maximum displacement.

With the ‘DRIVE/LOW’ switch in the ‘LOW’ position, the solenoid on the solenoid pilot valve is energized and a hydraulic pressure signal is sent to the maximum displacement piston to shift the motor to maximum displacement. This will give the slowest speed and maximum tractive effort regardless of supply oil pressure.

With the switch in the ‘DRIVE’ position, the motor will be in its minimum displacement position which will give the highest speed.

When supply oil pressure increases above the drive speed change valve pressure setting (e.g. a high load is encountered such as a grade or obstacle), the drive speed change valve will shift to allow supply oil to flow to the maximum displacement piston. The motor shifts to maximum displacement.

Drive Speed Change Valve Pressure Setting: 3500 - 3700 psi.

Adjustment: Add shims to increase the pressure setting or remove shims to decrease.

11.23

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

AQ007, AQ019 & AQ047 DRIVE MOTORS CONTINUED:

DRIVE SYSTEM PRESSURE SETTINGS FOR DRIVE MOTORS AQ019 AND AQ047 DRIVE MOTOR CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVES Pressure Setting: 4600-4800 psi (cracking press.)

13. Temporarily reset Load Sense Relief Valve to 4700 psi by pressing LEFT drive pedal in FORWARD or REVERSE. Measure at the main valve ‘P’ test port. Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL. 14. With the aid of an assistant; While holding the LEFT drive pedal in the FORWARD position loosen locknut on FORWARD crossover relief

TEST PROCEDURE: Place felling head securely on the ground before performing any service work.

'B' SIDE REVERSE CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE

'A' SIDE FORWARD CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE

1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

2. Remove both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

•

•

3. Install a 0 to 10,000 psi gauge on 'P' test port on Linde main valve manifold.

•

L.S. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW • 5MM ALLEN KEY • 17MM WRENCH

822-D60

DRIVE MOTOR (AQ019 & AQ047) - LEFT SIDE SHOWN

•

•

• MAIN LINDE VALVE MANIFOLD 870-D54

'P' GAUGE TEST CONN.

'B' SIDE REVERSE CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE

'A' SIDE FORWARD CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVE

5mm ALLEN KEY 17mm WRENCH

5mm ALLEN KEY 17mm WRENCH

L.S. GAUGE TEST CONN.

•

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

4. Disconnect LEFT brake line at port on final drive gearbox. Plug hose with size 04JIC plug and cap port adapter on gearbox.

5. From inside cab, close and latch the cab door.

••

822-D62

DRIVE MOTOR (AQ019 & AQ047) - RIGHT SIDE SHOWN valve adjusting screw and unscrew slowly until engine begins to lug. Turn adjusting screw 1/8 of a turn in and tighten locknut.

6. Start engine and set throttle speed to IDLE. 7. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

15. Repeat step (14) to set the LEFT REVERSE crossover relief valve.

8. Place ANTI-STALL switch OFF position.

9. Place DRIVE/LOW switch to LOW. 10. Activate LEFT track drive foot pedal in both FORWARD and REVERSE directions to ensure that the track does not move.

11. With the aid of an assistant, activate LEFT track drive foot pedal in either FORWARD or REVERSE and check pressure reading on gauge at 'P' port. the gauge should show 4300 psi (Main system LS. relief pressure) 12. Loosen locknut on both crossover relief valve adjusting screws and turn both adjusting screws all the way in. Tighten locknuts.

16. Repeat steps (4) through (15) to set the RIGHT track drive motor.

17. Reset the LS. relief valve to 4300 psi. on gauge at 'P' test port. Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL. 18. Stop engine.

19. Re-connect brake line(s) to both gearboxes.

20. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any spills.

21. Replace both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

11.24

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

AQ007, AQ019 & AQ047 DRIVE MOTORS CONTINUED: SET BRAKE RELEASE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT ON DRIVE MOTORS AQ019, AQ047 Pressure setting: 500 psi. (cracking pressure) Place felling head securely on the ground before performing any service work.

SET BEGIN OF REGULATION (DRIVE SPEED CHANGE VALVE) Place felling head securely on the ground before performing any service work. Ensure engine enclosure roof is open and safety strut is in place.

1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

2. Remove both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

2. Remove both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

3. Disconnect LEFT brake line at port on final drive gearbox.

4. Install a 0 to 1,000 psi gauge onto brake line hose end (size 04JIC).

3. Install a 0 to 10,000 psi gauge on 'P' test port on Linde main valve manifold.

4. Disconnect LEFT brake line at port on final drive gearbox. Plug hose with size 04JIC plug and cap port adapter on gearbox.

••

5. From inside cab, close and latch the cab door.

6.

DISCONNECT BRAKE LINE FROM GEARBOX PORT

Start engine and set throttle to FULL.

7. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

••

8. Place DRIVE/LOW switch to DRIVE. 9. With the aid of an assistant; activate LEFT track drive foot pedal in either FORWARD or REVERSE direction and check pressure reading on gauge connected to brake line, the gauge should show 500 psi.

BEGIN OF REGULATION ADJUSTING SCREW 6mm WRENCH 13mm WRENCH

BRAKE RELEASE PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

• •

845B-D39

5mm ALLEN KEY 17mm WRENCH

••

GAUGE TEST PORT 'Y1' QUICK CONNECT

DRIVE MOTOR (AQ019 & AQ047) - LEFT SIDE SHOWN 5. Install a 0 to 5,000 psi gauge on drive motor gauge test port 'Y1', size 04JIC quick connect.

6. From inside cab, close and latch the cab door.

•• PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE BLOCK

7.

BEGIN OF REGULATION ADJUSTING SCREW

Start engine and set throttle to DRIVE.

8. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

6mm WRENCH 13mm WRENCH

9. Place ANTI-STALL switch OFF position.

822-D62

DRIVE MOTOR (AQ019 & AQ047) - LEFT SIDE SHOWN If adjustment is required, loosen locknut on brake release pressure adjusting screw and turn screw in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. Tighten locknut.

10. Remove pressure gauge from brake line and reconnect brake line to gearbox.

11. Repeat steps (3) through (10) to set the RIGHT drive motor.

10. Place DRIVE/LOW switch to DRIVE. 11. With engine in IDLE position slowly depress DRIVE FOOT PEDAL in each direction for motor being tested to ensure brake holds.

12. With the aid of an assistant, activate LEFT drive foot pedal in FORWARD or REVERSE and temporarily set LS. relief valve to 3600 psi.** on gauge at 'P' test port on Linde main valve manifold.

12. Stop engine.

Continued on page 28

13. Replace both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

11.25

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher AQ007, AQ019 & AQ047 DRIVE MOTORS CONTINUED: 13. With the aid of an assistant, activate LEFT track drive foot pedal in the FORWARD direction and check pressure reading on gauge at motor gauge test port 'Y1' it should show 800 psi.

BRAKE RELEASE PRESSURE ADJUSTING SCREW

•• •

5mm ALLEN KEY 17mm WRENCH

•• 822-D62

PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE BLOCK

BEGIN OF REGULATION ADJUSTING SCREW

Track drive 16. Stop engine.

17. Re-connect brake line(s) to both gearboxes.

18. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any spills.

19. Replace both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers. **NOTE For begin of regulation; this pressure setting can be adjusted between 3100 psi. and 3600 psi. depending on the operator's requirements. The lower the begin of regulation setting the sooner the drive motors will automatically shift to LOW when encountering difficult terrain conditions. Setting above 3600 psi. may cause the motors to stall instead of shifting to low.

6mm WRENCH 13mm WRENCH

DRIVE MOTOR (AQ019 & AQ047) - LEFT SIDE SHOWN If adjustment is required, loosen locknut on begin of regulation adjusting screw and turn screw in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. Tighten locknut.

Begin of regulation setting is now set correctly at 3600 psi.

NOTE: The pressure reading of 800 psi. at 'Y1' port is the pressure moving the displacement control piston to adjust the swashplate angle of the motor. This value of 800 psi. indicates that the begin of regulation pressure (3600 psi.) which is required to shift the spool in the displacement control valve, has been set correctly.

14. Stop engine and repeat steps (4) through (13) to set the RIGHT drive motor.

15. Reset the LS. relief valve to 4300 psi. Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

11.26

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

11.27

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher (EARLIER) DRIVE MOTOR DESCRIPTION †

Track drive

AQ040: Refer to drive motor schematic (AQ040); The track drive motors are variable displacement, bent-axis piston motors. To control the vehicle movement in situations where the vehicle may roll down a grade, each motor is equipped with a brake valve. This valve has a spool which shifts to control the flow of oil out of the motor. In the schematic diagram it is shown in the centre, closed position.

The valve will remain in the closed position as long as there is no pressure in the work line from the main control valve. When the main control valve spool is shifted and oil flows to the motor, a check valve 'A' opens and pressure builds up in the motor pistons.

The motor cannot move until the work line pressure shifts the counterbalance spool to permit the oil on the low pressure side of the motor to flow back through check valve 'B' to the main control valve and then to tank.

A shuttle valve 'C' also selects the high pressure line to the motor and directs this pressure to the brake release port through a pressure reducing valve which limits the brake release pressure to 330-360 psi. (although pressures in the range of

860-16

DRIVE MOTOR SCHEMATIC (AQ040)

250-725 psi. are acceptable). Check valves are in the circuit to prevent pressure trapped in the motor from being applied to the pilots of the brake valve spool and to force this return flow from the motors through the brake valve.

LOW/DRIVE CONTROL LINE

BRAKE RELEASE LINE TO GEARBOX

••

••

MOTOR DRAIN LINE TO TANK

••

FORWARD CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE

•• "M" GAUGE TEST PORT

•• •

MIN. DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

• REVERSE CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE

251-6

"BEGIN OF REGULATION" ADJUSTING SCREW

† DRIVE MOTOR (AQ040) - LEFT SIDE SHOWN † For definition of early and later motors, see page 11.6

11.28

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

AQ040 DRIVE MOTOR CONTINUED:

BRAKE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Oil passes through a shuttle valve within the motor and enters a pressure reducing valve. Output pressure from the reducing valve is limited to 330 psi. (to 360 psi.) whenever 'A' or 'B' line pressure is above 330 psi. or below 330 psi.

The drive motor may be operated in two ranges controlled by a solenoid valve in the pilot manifold and operated by the TRACK (LOW/DRIVE) switch in the cab.

In the LOW mode the solenoid on the solenoid pilot valve is energized and the motor is in its maximum displacement mode which will give the slowest speed and maximum tractive effort.

The brake in the final drive gearbox is fully released at 250 psi and the maximum pressure the brake can stand without failure is 725 psi. The brake begins to apply in 3 seconds and is fully applied after 6 seconds. The brake will release in 1 second.

For travel modes the switch can be put in the DRIVE mode and the motor will vary it's displacement. In DRIVE, the motor will automatically regulate in the event that a high load is encountered (ie: a short grade or an obstacle).

DRIVE MOTOR START-UP PROCEDURE

The motor displacement is controlled by the "begin of regulation" control which maintains the pressure in the motor at 3600 psi. If the load demands pressures over 3600 psi., the motor will shift to a greater displacement. If the pressure drops, the motor will shift to a lower displacement.

The motor is also equipped with crossline relief valves which provide high pressure protection to the motor. These valves are located at the top and bottom of the motor.

IMPORTANT: Drive motor will be damaged if not filled with oil before operating drive function.

Procedure must be performed whenever a new drive motor or drive pump is installed or whenever oil has been drained from the motor.

1. Disconnect motor drain line on top of motor.

Install plug in line to minimize loss of oil.

2. Remove port adapter from motor drain port.

3. Fill motor with oil through the drain port. Add oil slowly (to allow air to escape) until level is to the top of drain port.

4. Install port adapter and re-connect motor drain line.

5. Run each drive motor slowly with track off the ground for three track revolutions to remove air from the drive circuit.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW • 6MM ALLEN KEY • 19MM WRENCH

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVES

'X' DIMENSION = 0.70" WITH 90MM SCREW

•

'X'

• • 'M' PORT 'BRE' PORT

• 'T' PORT

• MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW (DO NOT ADJUST)

860-20

'X' PORT

•

• BEGIN OF STROKE ADJUSTING SCREW

EARLIER TRACK DRIVE MOTOR (AQ040) 11.29

•

•

'MB' PORT

•

'MA' PORT

•

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-60

Track drive

TRACK DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM WITH AQ040 MOTOR† † For definition of early and later motors, see page 11.6

11.30

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher DRIVE SYSTEM PRESSURE SETTINGS FOR DRIVE MOTOR AQ040 † DRIVE MOTOR CROSSOVER RELIEF VALVES Pressure Setting: 4600-4800 psi (cracking press.)

Track drive 5. From inside cab, close and latch the cab door.

6. Start engine and set throttle speed to IDLE. 7. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

TEST PROCEDURE: Place felling head securely on the ground before performing any service work.

8. Place ANTI-STALL switch OFF position.

1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

10. Activate LEFT track drive foot pedal in both FORWARD and REVERSE directions to ensure that the track does not move.

2. Remove both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

3. Install a 0 to 10,000 psi gauge on 'P' test port on Linde main valve manifold.

•

L.S. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW • 5MM ALLEN KEY • 17MM WRENCH

•

••

•• MAIN LINDE VALVE MANIFOLD 870-D54

'P' GAUGE TEST CONN.

L.S. GAUGE TEST CONN.

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

4. Disconnect LEFT brake line at port on final drive gearbox. Plug hose with size 04JIC plug and cap port adapter on gearbox.

BRAKE RELEASE LINE TO GEARBOX

12. Loosen locknut on both crossover relief valve adjusting screws and turn both adjusting screws all the way in. Tighten locknuts.

13. Temporarily reset Load Sense Relief Valve to 4700 psi by pressing LEFT drive pedal in FORWARD or REVERSE. Measure at the main valve ‘P’ test port. Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL. 14. With the aid of an assistant; While holding the LEFT drive pedal in the FORWARD position loosen locknut on FORWARD crossover relief valve adjusting screw and unscrew slowly until engine begins to lug. Turn adjusting screw 1/8 of a turn in and tighten locknut.

15. Tighten locknut to lock the adjusting screw. Do not allow adjusting screw to turn.

17. Repeat steps (4) through (16) to set the RIGHT track drive motor.

FORWARD CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE

18. Reset the LS. relief valve to 4300 psi. on gauge at 'P' test port. Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

••

19. Stop engine.

••

20. Re-connect brake line(s) to both gearboxes.

MIN. DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

251-6

11. With the aid of an assistant, activate LEFT track drive foot pedal in either FORWARD or REVERSE and check pressure reading on gauge at 'P' port. the gauge should show 4300 psi (Main system LS. relief pressure)

16. Repeat step (14) to set the LEFT REVERSE crossover relief valve.

••

REVERSE CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE

9. Place DRIVE/LOW switch to LOW.

21. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any spills.

•

22. Replace both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVES DRIVE MOTOR (AQ040) - R.H. SIDE SHOWN

† For definition of early and later motors, see page 11.6

11.31

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

AQ040 DRIVE MOTOR CONTINUED: SET BEGIN OF REGULATION

‘P’ test port. Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

Place felling head securely on the ground before performing any service work. Ensure engine enclosure roof is open and safety strut is in place.

12. With engine in IDLE position slowly depress DRIVE FOOT PEDAL in each direction for motor being tested to ensure brake holds.

1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

13. With the aid of an assistant, activate LEFT track drive foot pedal in the FORWARD direction and check pressure reading on gauge at motor gauge test port 'M' it should show 800 psi.

2. Remove both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers.

3. Install a 0 to 10,000 psi gauge on 'P' test port on Linde main valve manifold.

"BEGIN OF REGULATION" ADJUSTING SCREW

•

4. Disconnect LEFT brake line at port on final drive gearbox. Plug hose with size 04JIC plug and cap port adapter on gearbox.

5. Install a pressure gauge adapter (04 JIC) at port 'M' of motor and connect a 0-5000 psi. pressure gauge at this port.

6. From inside cab, close and latch the cab door.

256-3

7.

Start engine and set throttle to FULL.

8. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

9. Place ANTI-STALL switch OFF position.

10. Place DRIVE/LOW switch to LOW.

BEGIN OF REGULATION (AQ040 MOTOR) 14. If adjustment is required, loosen locknut on begin of regulation adjusting screw and turn screw in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. Tighten locknut.

Begin of regulation setting is now set correctly at 3600 psi.

11. Temporarily reset Load Sense Relief Valve (LS) to 3600 psi measured at the main valve

MOTOR DRAIN LINE TO TANK

FORWARD CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE

•• •

"BEGIN OF REGULATION" ADJUSTING SCREW

MIN. DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

•• "M" GAUGE TEST PORT

••

•• LOW/DRIVE CONTROL LINE BRAKE RELEASE LINE TO GEARBOX

251-7

••

•

REVERSE CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE

••

† DRIVE MOTOR (AQ040) - RIGHT SIDE SHOWN 11.32

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

AQ040 DRIVE MOTOR CONTINUED: NOTE: The pressure reading of 800 psi. at 'M' port is the pressure moving the displacement control piston to adjust the swashplate angle of the motor. This value of 800 psi. indicates that the begin of regulation pressure (3600 psi.) which is required to shift the spool in the displacement control valve, has been set correctly.

15. Stop engine and repeat steps (4) through (13) to set the RIGHT drive motor.

16. Reset the LS. relief valve to 4300 psi. on gauge at 'P' test port. Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL. 17. Stop engine.

18. Re-connect brake line(s) to both gearboxes.

19. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any spills.

20. Replace both LEFT and RIGHT drive motor inspection covers. **NOTE For begin of regulation; this pressure setting can be adjusted between 3100 psi. and 3600 psi. depending on the operator's requirements. The lower the begin of regulation setting the sooner the drive motors will automatically shift to LOW when encountering difficult terrain conditions.

Setting above 3600 psi. may cause the motors to stall instead of shifting to low.

11.33

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher TRACK SPEED SET-UP PROCEDURE

Track drive LEFT TRACK ADJUSTMENT

IMPORTANT: EACH motor maximum displacement setting must be correctly set before making adjustments to the valve spool stops described here in. HOWEVER, On drive motor AQ004 this maximum displacement setting is an internal none-adjustable stop.

POSITION MACHINE: 6. Position felling head in vertical position and swing boom to LEFT side of machine.

Also note that changes in margin pressure will also affect track speeds.

NOTE: Both left and right 860 track drives have 4 (speed) settings which are dealt with in the following procedures, they are: 1, Forward-Slow 2, Forward-Fast 3, Reverse-Fast 4, Reverse-Slow.

DRIVE MODE SLOW MOTOR SETTING = FORWARD SLOW = FORWARD FAST = REVERSE FAST = REVERSE SLOW =

ADJUSTMENTS SEQUENCE: ENGINE DRIVE/LOW RPM SWITCH POS. ADJUSTMENT FULL

LOW

MOTOR MAX. DISPL.

FULL

LOW

FWD. SPOOL STOP

FULL

DRIVE

MOTOR MIN. DISPL.

FULL DRIVE REV. SPOOL STOP THIS DRIVE MODE WILL BE A PRODUCT OF THE ABOVE THREE ADJUSTMENTS. THERE IS NO CALEBRATION OR SPECIAL ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED.

ANGLE TO BE BETWEEN 90° & 110°

7. Place felling head on ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift track clear of ground. (Hoist down and stick out) 8. Use blocks to firmly support track frame in raised position.

GEARBOX RPM DESIRED LOW

ADJUSTING SEQUENCE 845B.XLS

SET TRACK SPEED Low speed 10 rpm**. High speed 28 rpm. **NOTE: This value is dependant on engine HIGH IDLE speed or FULL throttle. 10 rpm is based on 2150 - 2200 rpm. rated working speed.

LOWER TRACTIVE EFFORT

1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

2. Remove both left and right final drive inspection covers to access track motors.

3. From inside cab, close and latch the cab door.

4. Start the engine and set throttle control to FULL. 5. Lower the LEFT arm rest and press the PILOT RESET switch to activate the pilot system.

DESIRED HIGH DO NOT EXCEED

WARNING DO NOT place arms, legs or body under track while in the raised position.

LIFTING LEFT TRACK

853ILL6

NUMBER OF TRACK LINKS 45* 47 51 TRACK REVOLUTION TIME (SECONDS)

10 23.48 24.52 26.61 11 21.34 22.29 24.19 12 19.57 20.43 22.17 13 18.06 18.86 20.47 14 16.77 17.52 19.01 15 15.65 16.35 17.74 16 14.67 15.33 16.63 17 13.81 14.42 15.65 18 13.04 13.62 14.78 19 12.36 12.91 14.00 20 11.74 12.26 13.30 21 11.18 11.68 12.67 22 10.67 11.15 12.09 23 10.21 10.66 11.57 24 9.78 10.22 11.09 25 9.39 9.81 10.64 26 9.03 9.43 10.23 27 8.70 9.08 9.86 28 8.39 8.76 9.50 29 8.10 8.46 9.18 30 7.83 8.17 8.87 31 7.57 7.91 8.58 32 7.34 7.66 8.32 33 7.11 7.43 8.06 34 6.91 7.21 7.83 35 6.71 7.01 7.60 36 6.52 6.81 7.39 37 6.35 6.63 7.19 38 6.18 6.45 7.00 39 6.02 6.29 6.82 40 5.87 6.13 6.65 *NOT APPLICABLE TO 860/870/L870

822 TRACK CHART.XLS

11.34

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher SET MOTOR "SLOW" SPEED. (MOTOR MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT) DESCRIPTION: Before the SLOW track speeds can be set using the valve section spool stops, The motor maximum displacement setting must be correctly set. This maximum displacement setting will fix the displacement angle of the piston assembly within the motor and provide a pre-set slow motor speed. Restricting the flow of oil from the pump to the motor by limiting spool movement in the drive valve section(s) will slow down the rotational speed of the motor but not affect the maximum displacement.

This setting is accomplished by adjusting the motor maximum displacement adjusting screw to limit the travel of the piston assembly within the motor.

IMPORTANT

Track drive SET MOTOR MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT

AQ004 MOTOR MAXIMUM DISP. = 107 cc/rev.

1. The setting on this motor is factory set and there is no adjusting screw present.

AQ007 MOTOR MAXIMUM DISP. = 90cc/rev.

AQ019 MOTOR MAXIMUM DISP. = 105cc/rev.

AQ047 MOTOR (870 MACHINES) MAXIMUM DISP. = 135cc/rev.

ADJUSTMENT NOTE: Turn the screw either IN (clockwise) to speed up or OUT (counterclockwise) to slow down the final drive.

1. On LEFT track drive motor, unscrew maximum displacement adjusting screw all the way OUT. 2. Lower L.H. armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate the pilot system

• When installing a new or rebuilt motor, ensure maximum displacement screw is set correctly.

• Improper adjustment of maximum ( or minimum) displacement adjusting screw can result in motor failure due to overspeeding.

• It may be necessary to verify the length of adjusting screw used by removing and measuring the screw as the length of the screws my vary and this will affect the 'X' dimension.

•

ADJUSTING SCREW LOCKNUT

•

•

"X"

•

MOTOR CASE

•• DIM X

MAXIMUM 6mm ALLEN KEY DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW 19mm WRENCH

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT "X" DIMENSION

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW 6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH

LEFT TRACK DRIVE MOTOR (AQ007)

268-3

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

The adjusting screw is set to an 'X' dimension which is the exposed length of the adjusting screw, taken from the top of the screw to the top of the locknut, located on the outside case of the motor.

6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH

••

All motors in use are set the same way with the exception of the AQ004 motor which does not have an adjusting screw.

• 822-D60

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW 6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH

LEFT TRACK DRIVE MOTOR (AQ019 & AQ047) 11.35

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

SET MOTOR MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT continued: 3. Place ANTI-STALL switch OFF position.

SET SLOW FORWARD (VALVE FLOW SETTING) 1. Turn anti-stall switch OFF 2. Turn ‘DRIVE/LOW’ switch to ‘LOW’.

4. Set TRACK (LOW/DRIVE) switch to LOW.

3. Set engine throttle control to FULL.

5. Set throttle to FULL. 6. With an assistant activating LEFT TRACK drive pedal FORWARD, turn maximum displacement screw IN until the end of adjusting screw makes contact with piston inside the motor.

7. Release drive pedal and turn screw IN an additional: 1 1/4 turns = 90cc (AQ007 motor) 1/4 turn = 105cc/135cc (AQ019/AQ047 motors).

A TIMING MARK, VISIBLE FROM THE CAB CAN ALSO BE PLACED ON THE TRACK

ROTATION

TO RECORD TRACK SPEED, PLACE TIMING MARKS ON TRACK FRAME AND GEARBOX HOUSING

Tighten locknut while holding adjusting screw from turning.

84-18

SET TRACK SPEED 4. With an assistant depressing ‘LEFT’ TRACK drive pedal ‘FORWARD’, record track drive sprocket speed.

8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 to set RIGHT motor maximum displacement setting.

9. LEFT and RIGHT drive motor MAXIMUM displacement is now set to 90 cc (AQ007 motor), 105cc (AQ019 motor) or 135cc (AQ047 motor).

Track containing 47 links: A reading of 10 RPM is desired which equals 1 complete revolution of the track every 24.5 seconds.

AQ040 MOTOR MAXIMUM DISP. = 107cc/rev. (factory set)

••

870-D52

••

5. To obtain the 10 RPM value adjust FORWARD spool stop adjusting screw for the LEFT track drive control valve.

R.H. TRACK SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW FORWARD

R.H. TRACK SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW REVERSE

*NOTE: Refer to TRACK TIMING CHART.

L.H. TRACK SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW REVERSE

MAIN CONTROL VALVE 11.36

••

•

1. The setting on this motor is factory set. There is an adjusting screw in place but is there only to fill the hole in the pump case. It is also too short to have an effect on any adjustment. The maximum displacement angle is determined and limited by a stop inside the motor case.

L.H. TRACK SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW FORWARD

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

•

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW • 19mm WRENCH • 6mm ALLEN KEY

••

860-20

•• •• 'X'

853MV-2

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW • 6MM ALLEN KEY • 19MM WRENCH LEFT

VALVE FLOW SETTING TRACK DRIVE MAIN CONTROL VALVE

Turn the adjusting screw either IN (clockwise) to slow down or OUT (counterclockwise) to speed up the final drive. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw and re-check sprocket speed.

MOTOR HOUSING

•

'X' DIMENSION = 0.70" WITH 90MM SCREW

DRIVE MOTOR (AQ040) DIMENSION 'X' = 0.62" WITH 80MM LONG SCREW

•

SET FAST FORWARD (motor minimum displacement)

AQ004 AND AQ040 MOTORS: AQ004-1B

This setting is accomplished by adjusting the motor minimum displacement adjusting screw to limit the travel of the piston assembly within the motor.

LEFT TRACK DRIVE MOTOR (AQ004) MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

The adjusting screw is set to an 'X' dimension which is the exposed length of the adjusting screw, taken from the top of the screw to the top of the locknut, located on the outside case of the motor.

DIMENSION 'X' = 0.70" WITH 90MM LONG SCREW

•

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

•• MOTOR HOUSING 251-5

•

LEFT TRACK DRIVE MOTOR (AQ040)

motor should be set as close as possible to run at the same speed. When installing a new motor always ensure stroke limiting screw is the correct length and dimension 'X' is set correctly.

114-26

MIN. DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW (AQ004 MOTOR) 1. Adjust minimum adjusting screw so that 'X' dimension is a maximum of 0.62" (16 mm) for the AQ004 motor and 0.70" (18 mm) for the AQ040 motor. Both the left and right 11.37

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

SET MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT continued:

MAXIMUM 6mm ALLEN KEY DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW 19mm WRENCH

AQ007, AQ019 AQ047 MOTORS: 1. Turn anti-stall switch OFF

••

2. Turn ‘DRIVE/LOW’ switch to ‘LOW’.

3. Set engine throttle control to FULL. 4. With an assistant depressing ‘LEFT’ TRACK drive pedal ‘FORWARD’, record track drive sprocket speed.

•

Track containing 47* links: A reading of 28 RPM is desired which equals 1 complete revolution of the track every 8.8 seconds.

5. To obtain the 28 RPM adjust the minimum displacement adjusting screw for the LEFT track drive motor. Turn the adjusting screw either IN (clockwise) to slow down or OUT (counterclockwise) to speed up the final drive.

Tighten locknut on adjusting screw and recheck sprocket speed.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW 6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH

LEFT TRACK DRIVE MOTOR (AQ007)

268-3

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW 6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH

IMPORTANT: DO NOT exceed the recommended track speed specified above, over speeding will damage the drive motor.

•

*NOTE: Refer to TRACK TIMING CHART.

••

SET FAST REVERSE (valve flow setting) 1. Turn anti-stall switch OFF 2. Turn ‘DRIVE/LOW’ switch to ‘LOW’.

822-D60

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW 6mm ALLEN KEY 19mm WRENCH

LEFT TRACK DRIVE MOTOR (AQ019 & AQ047)

3. Set engine throttle control to FULL. 4. With an assistant depressing ‘LEFT’ TRACK drive pedal ‘FORWARD’, record track drive sprocket speed.

Track containing 47 links*: A reading of 28 RPM is desired which equals 1 complete revolution of the track every 8.8 seconds.

5. To obtain the 28 RPM value adjust REVERSE spool stop adjusting screw for the LEFT track drive control valve. Turn the screw either IN (clockwise) to slow down or OUT (counterclockwise) to speed up the final drive.

Tighten locknut on adjusting screw and recheck sprocket speed.

11.38

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher TRACK SPEED SET-UP PROCEDURE cont;

Track drive SUMMERY OF PROCEDURE • REMOVE INSPECTION COVERS

RIGHT TRACK ADJUSTMENT

LEFT TRACK ADJUSTMENT • POSITION MACHINE • MOTOR SLOW SPEED (motor minimum displacement) • SLOW FORWARD (valve flow setting) • FAST FORWARD (motor minimum displacement) • FAST REVERSE (valve flow setting)

1. Re-position machine to raise RIGHT TRACK.

ANGLE TO BE BETWEEN 90° & 110°

RIGHT TRACK ADJUSTMENT • POSITION MACHINE • MOTOR SLOW SPEED (motor minimum displacement) • SLOW FORWARD (valve flow setting) • FAST FORWARD (motor minimum displacement) • FAST REVERSE (valve flow setting) • REPLACE INSPECTION COVERS

LIFTING RIGHT TRACK

2. Repeat ALL steps in LEFT TRACK ADJUSTMENT REPLACE INSPECTION COVERS 1. Stop engine.

SET STRAIGHT TRAVEL

2. Lower machine onto ground.

Following completion of TRACK SPEED SETUP PROCEDURE, drive the machine in both forward and reverse directions with the ‘DRIVE/LOW’ switch in ‘DRIVE’ and again with the switch in ‘LOW’ position. Ensure that both drive pedals are equally and fully depressed.

3. Replace final drive inspection covers for both right and left track drives.

If the machine continuously drifts to the left or to the right, the above set-up procedure should be reviewed. It is important that the LEFT and RIGHT track speeds are synchronized with each other to prevent unnecessary wear from occurring to the track components.

WARNING DO NOT place arms, legs or body under track while in the raised position.

•

870-D52

•

R.H. TRACK SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW FORWARD

R.H. TRACK SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW REVERSE

L.H. TRACK SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW REVERSE

MAIN CONTROL VALVE 11.39

••

•

853ILL6

L.H. TRACK SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW FORWARD

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher TRACK COMPONENTS IMPORTANT: New machine: Before driving a new machine ensure that track sag is set correctly. Track sag may be set less than specified for shipping purposes.

Track drive sprocket and the track bushings. Bushings could crack during sprocket impact.

MEASURING TRACK SAG 1. Position felling head in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine.

The correct track sag must be adjusted once a machine has been delivered to the job sight and operating in the accumulated soil build-up in the undercarriage.

TRACK SAG NOTE: The track sag dimension is very important and should be checked regularly, 50% increase in the life of the track assembly can be realized, particularly bushing O/D wear and track pitch by maintaining the correct amount of track sag. A track that is too tight will wear out significantly faster due to increased tension in the chain.

Track components operate under varying terrain conditions, most of which cause excessive wear.

Wear to one component can quickly spread to the rest of the track assembly.

To ensure that the track components are always in good running order, a periodic inspection should be made to ensure that components have not come loose, that bolts are at the correct torque, that components are within the specified wear limits (discussed further in this section) and where applicable, check lubrication points.

ANGLE TO BE BETWEEN 90° & 110°

853ILL6

2. Place felling head on ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift track clear of ground.

3. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

4. Stop engine.

5. Measure distance between top surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track frame.

It is also recommended to verify that the track sag is correct BEFORE performing any track drive hydraulic set-up procedures.

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

For a guide on inspection, refer to the PERIODIC MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 OF THIS MANUAL.

SAG DIMENSION

• •

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

6. This dimension should be between 4" and 6" for normal operations.

853ILL7

OPERATE MACHINE WITH FELLING HEAD OVER IDLERS

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket.

OPERATING THE MACHINE Whenever possible the machine should always be operated with the felling head over the IDLERS and not over the SPROCKETS. Operating over the sprockets will result in overloading of the contact surfaces between the 11.40

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher IDLER ADJUSTING 4 CYLINDER

Track drive TORQUING UNDERCARRIAGE BOLTS

•

It is important to check the torque values of the track shoe retaining bolts and the bottom roller retaining bolts at the NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE time period (first 100 hours) and the EVERY 125 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE time period.

3

•

DO NOT REMOVE

•

•

CW001-3

When installing new components, all traces of paint and dirt must be removed from all mating surfaces including the contact area under the bolt head and nut.

• 1

2

TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT

Both the bolt and the nut on the track shoes should be lightly lubricated with SAE 30 oil and tightened using the Torque-turn method.

To tighten track on an 860 machine, attach adjustment fitting adapter (3) onto valve body (1).

Connect a grease gun to the grease fitting (2) on the adjustment fitting adapter (3). Add grease until track sag dimension is within recommended limits.

Remove adjustment fitting adapter.

The torque-turn method involves torquing the bolt to an initial predetermined value, plus an additional 1/3 turn (not the value shown in the torque charts). This ensures a more accurate and consistent torquing of the bolts, with less likelihood of the bolt/nut coming loose later.

870 machines have a grease fitting installed onto the valve body. Connect a grease gun to the grease fitting and add grease until track sag dimension is within recommended limits.

When checking the torque values at the first 100 hours and every 125 hours thereafter use the CHECKING TORQUE values listed in the following paragraphs.

CAUTION: The grease is under very high pressure, DO NOT REMOVE the adjustment fitting valve body (1) from the idler adjusting cylinder (4).

If loose shoes or under torqued bolts are discovered during the FIRST 100 HOUR check, they should be removed, surfaces cleaned, and reused using the torque-turn method. If the shoe is not loose but a single bolt is low on torque, loosen the bolt and re torque-turn.

CW001-2

TRACK ADJUSTMENT (860 ONLY)

To loosen track, slowly loosen valve body (1) until grease begins to escape via a relief passage in the valve body housing, grease will be seen escaping from around valve body threads. When track sag is correct, tighten valve body.

TORQUE 1

TRACK COMPONENT TORQUE VALUES If loose or under torqued bolts are discovered any time after the 100 HOUR check, the bolts and nuts must be replaced with NEW ones, surfaces cleaned, and re torque-turned.

11.41

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

TRACK SHOE RETAINING BOLTS

WEAR LIMITS

Track shoes must be fastened together applying the exact torque values shown below and using the Torque-turn method described in TORQUING UNDER CARRIAGE BOLTS earlier in this section.

TRACK SHOE GROUSER HEIGHT WEAR WEAR LIMITS

Track shoe bolts and nuts are designed specifically for this purpose and should not be substituted with standard off the shelf hardware.

SINGLE GROUSER BERC-9

Only bolts with grade '12.9' or '170' designation forged in the head are approved.

DOUBLE GROUSER BERC-10

When checking the torque values at the first 100 hours and every 125 hours thereafter use the checking torque value.

TRIPLE GROUSER

Track shoe bolts ~ 3/4" UNC TORQUE-TURN ............ 250LBF-FT. + 1/3 TURN. CHECKING TORQUE ....................... 450 LBF-FT. Track shoe bolts ~ M24 (FH400) TORQUE-TURN ............ 340LBF-FT. + 1/3 TURN. CHECKING TORQUE ..................... 1040 LBF-FT.

BERC-1

GROUSER WEAR (HEIGHT) WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D TRACK TYPE New 75% wear 100% wear Single 2.82"(71.62mm) ... 1.37"(34.8mm) ....... 0.93" (23.62mm) Double 1.37"(34.8mm) ..... 0.71"(18.03mm) .... 0.43" (10.92mm) Triple 1.06"(26.92mm) ... 0.51"(12.95mm) .... 0.36" (9.14mm)

The bottom rollers must be fastened to the lower frame applying the exact torque values shown below.

WEAR LIMITS FOR FH400 TRACK TYPE New 75% wear 100% wear Single 2.81"(74.4mm) ..... 1.54"(39.15mm) .... 1.00" (25.4mm) Double 1.94"(49.2mm) ..... 0.91"(22.95mm) .... 0.48" (12.2mm) Triple 1.2" (30.5mm) ..... 0.76"(19.25mm) .... 0.61" (15.5mm)

When installing new rollers, apply "NEVER-SEEZ" to the bolt.

NOTE: Allowable wear for soft ground conditions is 100%.

Allowable wear for rocky ground conditions is 75%.

BOTTOM ROLLER RETAINING BOLTS

When checking the torque values at the first 100 hours and every 125 hours thereafter use the torque value(s) shown below.

Bottom roller bolts ~ 3/4" UNC TORQUE ......................................... 310 LBF-FT. Bottom roller bolts ~ 7/8" UNC (R6141) (F6155) TORQUE ......................................... 475 LBF-FT. Bottom roller bolts ~ 1" UNC (FH400) (R7150) TORQUE ......................................... 680 LBF-FT. Bottom roller bolts ~ M24 (FH400) TORQUE ......................................... 680 LBF-FT. For a complete maintenance check Refer to the PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of this manual.

BERC-2

TRACK LINK WEAR (HEIGHT)

TRACK LINK WEAR WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D TRACK TYPE New link height ........................ 4.78" (121.5mm) 50% wear ................................ 4.60" (116.8mm) 75% wear ................................ 4.48" (113.8mm) 100% wear .............................. 4.34" (110.2mm) WEAR LIMITS FOR FH400 TRACK TYPE New link height ........................ 5.08" (129.0mm) 50% wear ................................ 4.92" (124.9mm) 75% wear ................................ 4.81" (122.1mm) 100% wear .............................. 4.68" (119.0mm)

11.42

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher PIN AND BUSHING WEAR To obtain the track internal wear, i.e., the wear between the pin and the internal diameter of the bushing, measure the track pitch over four sections of track (5 pins).

Track drive WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D TRACK TYPE New length of four sections ............. 32" (813.0mm) 75% worn ......................................... 32.37"(822.2mm) 100% worn ....................................... 32.50"(825.5mm) WEAR LIMITS FOR FH400 TRACK TYPE New length of four sections ............. 34.04"(864.6mm) 75% worn ......................................... 34.42"(874.3mm) 100% worn ....................................... 34.55"(877.6mm) NOTE: Allowable wear in rocky ground is 75%

BERC-3

MEASURING TRACK PITCH

To take this measurement, 1. Remove slack by placing a steel pin between sprocket and chain, then slowly move machine in reverse to tighten chain.

2. Measure pitch across two four link sections, except section on each side of the master pin, to find average chain wear.

NOTE: These wear limits are to be used as a guide for when to turn the pins and bushings. If pins and bushings are not to be turned, the chain can be run past the 100% wear limit, until chain failure.

BUSHING WEAR, OUTSIDE DIAMETER Use a calliper to measure the wear of the bushing O.D. in three places.

INTERNAL PIN & BUSHING WEAR 180° EXTERNAL BUSHING WEAR

ROTATION

TURN PIN & BUSHING 180°

45°

45°

FORWARD SIDE VERTICAL WEAR WEAR

REVERSE SIDE WEAR

MEASURING BUSHING WEAR BERC-4

PIN/BUSHING INTERNAL WEAR

NOTE: Wear to the pins and bushings only occurs in a small localised area, to extend the life of these components, the pins and bushings may be turned 180° or replaced provided other components are within specified wear limits: 1. Track link wear is 75% or less.

2. Change in track pitch has not exceeded 100% wear.

3. Bushing external wear less than 100% in soft ground or 75% or less in rocky ground.

4. There is at least 0.008" (0.2mm) press fit available between pin and bushing and link.

BERC-5

NOTE: Bushing outside diameter is measured at three places because of the forward and reverse travel of the machine and a vertical wear that takes place.

WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D TRACK TYPE New bushing O.D. ........................ 2.62" (66.6mm) 75% worn ..................................... 2.5" (63.5mm) 100% worn ................................... 2.43" (61.7mm) WEAR LIMITS FOR FH400 TRACK TYPE New bushing O.D. ........................ 2.81" (71.4mm) 75% worn ..................................... 2.70 (68.6mm) 100% worn ................................... 2.61" (66.4mm) NOTE: Allowable wear in rocky ground is 75%

11.43

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Track drive

BOTTOM ROLLER WEAR

TRACK SLIDE WEAR

Measure the roller diameter on the tread contact surface with a large calliper to obtain the worst wear condition.

Track slide wear should be checked periodically to ensure that it does not go over the limit and cause damage to the chain link bushings.

BERC-6

Since the checking area is not immediately visible, the measuring may be done using a "go/no go" gauge made from a piece of 1/8" flat bar. The gauge is inserted down through the holes in the track and placed between the 1/8" 845-33A track guide and the track bushing. Make SUGGESTED sure that dirt build-up MEASURING GAUGE does not interfere with the reading. Check at several locations. The ends of the track slides tend to wear first. The slides should be replaced if excessive wear is found.

MEASURING BTM. ROLLER WEAR

If accessibility to the rollers is impaired by guards, then concentrate on the front and rear rollers, these will be the most worn.

WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D TRACK TYPE New roller. ................................... 8.26" (210.0mm) 75% worn .................................... 7.64" (194.0mm) 100% worn .................................. 7.36" (187.0mm) WEAR LIMITS FOR FH400 TRACK TYPE New roller. ................................... 7.87" (200.0mm) 75% worn .................................... 7.42" (188.5mm) 100% worn .................................. 6.97" (177.0mm)

'A'

IDLER WEAR

'A'

Measure the idler wheel side diameters (tread contact surface) at several points to obtain the worst wear condition. Position a depth gauge or measuring tape as close as possible toward the centre of the idler with the gauge flat on the centre flange and parallel to the idler shaft.

845-32

TRACK SLIDE WEAR

CHAIN LINK

CHECK THIS DIMENSION

•

• •

CHAIN LINK BUSHING

•

TRACK GUIDE TRACK SLIDE

BERC-7

MEASURING IDLER WEAR

WEAR LIMITS FOR D6D TRACK TYPE New idler dimension ...................... 0.85" (22.0mm) 100% wear .................................... 1.18" (30.0mm)

845-33

SECTION A - A

The wear occurs on the top of the track slide as the chain links slide along and this wear will reduce the clearance between the track guide and the chain link bushings. When this clearance disappears the chain link bushings will start to wear.

11.44

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 12 - BOOM FUNCTIONS APRIL 2004

CONTENTS - SECTION 12 ADJUST OIL FLOW TO CYLINDERS (CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES ............ 12.8 BOOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 'ER' BOOM SYSTEM ...................................................................... 12.2, 12.6 STANDARD BOOM SYSTEM .................................................................. 12.2 CONTROL VALVE NONE LEVELLING ..................................................... 12.3, 12.7, 12.8, 12.9 CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES, TYPICAL ......................................................... 12.8 LOAD SENSING .......................................................................................... 12.3 PRESSURE SETTINGS, PORT RELIEF VALVES ...................................... 12.6 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ER BOOM SYSTEM WITH LATER STYLE PUMP .................................. 12.5 STANDARD BOOM SYSTEM WITH EARLIER STYLE PUMP ................ 12.4 TILT CYLINDER (ROD END) FLOW ADJUSTMENT ................................ 12.10 TILT CYLINDER FLOW ADJUSTMENT .......................................... 12.3, 12.10

SEE ALSO SECTION 9

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher BOOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Two identical "hoist" cylinders are used to raise and lower the main boom.

There are two sizes of cylinder available for the "hoist" function.

STANDARD CYLINDERS have a 110 mm diameter bore.

Boom functions 'ER' BOOM SYSTEM An additional REACH cylinder, located alongside the STICK cylinder, is plumbed into the HOIST or MAIN boom cylinder circuit in such a way that allows the boom system to be controlled by a single movement of the LEFT and RIGHT joystick levers.

860-01.AI

OPTIONAL "lift" cylinders are 120 mm dia. bore to provide increased lift capacity of the boom system.

Two identical cylinders with a 110 mm dia. bore are used side by side in the "stick" position. See ER BOOM SYSTEM for operational details.

There are two sizes of cylinder available for the "head tilt" function. The STANDARD cylinder has a 120 mm bore dia. and the OPTIONAL cylinder has a 130 mm bore dia. to provide increased retaction force.

These cylinders receive oil from the main pump via three spool sections on the main Linde hydraulic valve.

PUSH LEFT JOYSTICK FORWARD TO MOVE FELLING HEAD AWAY FROM MACHINE Simply pushing the LEFT joystick FORWARD moves the boom straight out or pulling back on the joystick moves the head in towards the machine.

The right joystick lever moves the boom system UP or DOWN. 860-01.AI

Two joystick handles in the cab control the movement of each cylinder by directing pilot oil to the pilot end caps on each end of the appropriate spool sections on the main Linde valve manifold to shift the spool and move the cylinder(s).

PULL LEFT JOYSTICK BACK TO MOVE FELLING HEAD IN TOWARDS THE MACHINE For additional information regarding SAFETY and OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, Refer to ER BOOM SYSTEM in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL and SECTION 2 in the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

12.2

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher BOOM CONTROL VALVE

Boom functions TILT FORWARD too fast. Tilting forward too fast can cause oil to cavitate in the base end of the tilt cylinder.

The boom, stick and tilt spool sections each have port relief valves with anti-cavitation features.

For adjusting procedure refer to TILT CYLINDER (ROD END) FLOW ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION.

These protect the circuit from abnormally high pressures induced by the working load.

Adjustable spool travel stops on each pilot end cap of the spool sections can be adjusted to limit spool travel and control the flow of oil to the cylinder(s). Controlling the flow of oil to the cylinders also controls the operating speed.

To adjust the relief valves, Refer to SET MAIN BOOM, STICK AND TILT PORT RELIEF VALVES in THIS SECTION. To adjust oil flow, Refer to ADJUST OIL FLOW TO CYLINDERS in THIS SECTION.

An additional flow control adjusting screw (restrictor) located on the under side of the main Linde valve manifold is used to regulate the flow of return oil from the rod end of the TILT cylinder.

LOAD SENSING\ENGINE ANTI-STALL The boom hydraulics along with the swing and track drive circuits are all under the control of the load sensing system incorporated into the main hydraulic circuit.

This adjustment is to compensate for the weight of trees in the felling head causing the head to

For a full description of the main hydraulic system including load sensing, the main pump and the main control valve, Refer to SECTION 4 in THIS MANUAL.

UNDERSIDE OF LINDE MAIN VALVE MANIFOLD

For a full description of the engine anti-stall, Refer to SECTION 9 in THIS MANUAL.

•

For a full description of the pilot system including the joystick handles, Refer to SECTION 5 in THIS MANUAL.

TILT CYLINDER RESTRICTION ADJUSTMENT SCREW

•• TILT CYL. FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

120-15A

STICK 'IN' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

MAIN BOOM 'DOWN' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

TILT 'BACK' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

STICK 'OUT' PORT CONNECTION

MAIN BOOM 'UP' PORT CONNECTION

•

CONTROL VALVE MANIFOLD

TILT 'FORWARD' PORT CONNECTION

••

•• ••

A

••

B

A

A

B

B

•

MAIN BOOM 'DOWN' PORT CONNECTION MAIN BOOM 'UP' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW 870-D52

•• •

A

A

B

B

•• STICK 'IN' PORT CONNECTION

•

••

A

B

• ••

TILT 'BACK' PORT CONNECTION TILT 'FORWARD' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

STICK 'OUT' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

MAIN CONTROL VALVE FLOW ADJUSTING SCREWS 12.3

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-62

Boom functions

'STANDARD' BOOM SYSTEM HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT WITH EARLIER STYLE PUMP 12.4

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-63

Boom functions

'ER' BOOM SYSTEM HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT WITH LATER STYLE PUMP 12.5

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher WARNING

Boom functions SET MAIN BOOM, STICK AND TILT PORT RELIEF VALVES NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut (sealnut) on the port relief valve adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak.

Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief.

'ER' BOOM SYSTEM When setting up a machine equipped with an (ER) boom system, the following points must be noted.

The main and stick boom cylinder circuits are connected hydraulically. Thus, disconnecting a hydraulic line to any boom cylinder may cause either boom to move unexpectedly. The boom may also move unexpectedly if a port relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) too far and the pressure drops below that which is required to hold the weight of the boom and head. Ensure that the attachment is resting squarely on a solid footing, tank pressure is relieved and engine is shut off before disconnecting any hydraulic lines. See FIG. 1.

Also note that because of the hydraulic connection between the main boom and ER cylinders, the ER cylinder can overpower the stick cylinder under certain conditions, causing the stick boom to move unexpectedly. This most often occurs when setting the MAIN BOOM UP relief valve, causing the stick to extend, but it may also happen at other times if the relief settings are not correct. Ensure that all personnel and equipment are clear of the boom path and that there is sufficient overhead clearance for the head to rise before making any adjustments.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

2. Connect a 0-10,000 psi pressure gauge on 'P' test port of Linde main valve manifold.

'P' GAUGE TEST PORT

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

'LS' GAUGE TEST PORT

•

••

870-D54

•

GAUGE TEST PORTS ON LINDE MAIN VALVE MANIFOLD

3. Start engine and set throttle speed to IDLE position. NOTE; It may be necessary to increase the engine RPM sufficiently to prevent the engine from stalling.

4. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

5. Place ANTI-STALL switch in OFF position.

• TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 870B-02

1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

SERVICE POSITION FIG.1

6. Turn port relief valve adjusting screws for functions being set fully IN (clockwise). Do not overtighten or breakage will result.

••

SPOOL TRAVEL STOP • 19mm WRENCH • 6mm ALLEN KEY

••

ADJUSTING SCREW • 5mm ALLEN KEY

PORT RELIEF VALVE

90744-3

12.6

••

•• ••

LOCKNUT • 17mm WRENCH

MAIN VALVE BODY

PILOT END CAP

•• MAIN VALVE PORT RELIEF VALVE

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Boom functions

7. With the aid of an assistant, bottom out the cylinder of the function being set and adjust L.S. pressure relief valve on Linde main valve manifold to 4700 psi on pressure gauge at 'P' port. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw.

MAIN BOOM PORT RELIEFS: NOTE: When making these relief adjustments, the upper frame should be positioned with the boom in the straight ahead position between the tracks.

WARNING When adjusting the port relief valves, the boom will fall if the relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) out too far.

8. With an assistant holding R.H. joystick in MAIN BOOM UP position (fully extended), loosen locknut on the main boom UP port relief valve cartridge and slowly unscrew adjusting screw (counterclockwise) until oil can be heard (hissing noise) flowing through the relief valve or engine begins to lug slightly.

9. Slowly raise setting (clockwise) until hissing noise stops or until engine stops lugging.

NOTE: Observe the pressure gauge at 'P' port when making these adjustments, it will fall and rise as the adjusting screw is being turned and should show 4700 psi as the hissing sound

begins to subside or until engine stops lugging.

10. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw taking care NOT to turn the adjusting screw at the same time.

11. Check the setting again by ensuring that the hissing noise is still absent after tightening the locknut.

12. With an assistant holding R.H. joystick in MAIN BOOM DOWN position (fully retracted), loosen locknut on the main boom DOWN port relief valve cartridge and slowly unscrew adjusting screw (counterclockwise) until oil can be heard (hissing noise) flowing through the relief valve or engine begins to lug slightly.

13. Slowly raise setting (clockwise) until hissing noise stops or until engine stops lugging.

NOTE: Observe the pressure gauge at 'P' port when making these adjustments, it will fall and rise as the adjusting screw is being turned and should show 4700 psi as the hissing sound begins to subside or until engine stops lugging.

14. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw taking care NOT to turn the adjusting screw at the same time.

15. Check the setting again by ensuring that the hissing noise is still absent after tightening the locknut.

STICK 'IN' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

MAIN BOOM 'DOWN' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

TILT 'BACK' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

STICK 'OUT' PORT CONNECTION

MAIN BOOM 'UP' PORT CONNECTION

•

CONTROL VALVE MANIFOLD

TILT 'FORWARD' PORT CONNECTION

••

•• ••

A

••

B

A

A

B

B

•

MAIN BOOM 'DOWN' PORT CONNECTION MAIN BOOM 'UP' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW 870-D52

•• •

A

A

B

B

•• STICK 'IN' PORT CONNECTION

•

••

A

B

• ••

TILT 'BACK' PORT CONNECTION TILT 'FORWARD' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

STICK 'OUT' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

MAIN CONTROL VALVE FLOW ADJUSTING SCREWS 12.7

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Boom functions

STICK AND TILT PORT RELIEFS 16. Repeat steps 6 thru' 15 to set the port relief valves for the STICK 'IN' and 'OUT' and the TILT 'FORWARD' and 'BACK' functions.

17. Readjust L.S. pressure relief valve on Linde main valve manifold to read 4300 psi on pressure gauge at 'P' port (4000 psi at 'LS' port).

Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL.

MAIN BOOM CYLINDERS; 5. Fully retract both cylinders.

6. Place MAIN BOOM joystick lever in 'FULL UP' position and fully ** extend cylinders. Record cycle time from stop to stop.

7. Place MAIN BOOM joystick lever in 'FULL DOWN' position and fully ** retract cylinders.

Record cycle time from stop to stop.

STICK BOOM CYLINDER; 8. Repeat steps (5), (6) and (7) using STICK BOOM joystick lever.

18. Stop engine, remove all gauges and reinstall plugs and caps.

ADJUST OIL FLOW TO CYLINDERS (CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES)

TILT CYLINDER; NOTE: Before the TILT cylinder cycle times can be recorded, the rod end flow control adjusting screw must first be set correctly.

NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut (sealnut) on the adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak. Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief.

See TILT CYLINDER (ROD END) FLOW ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION. 9. Repeat steps (5), (6) and (7) using TILT joystick lever.

1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

** When extending or retracting the cylinders to record the time stop the cylinder just before it gets to the end of it's stroke rather than let it bottom out and impose unnecessary loads on the cylinder parts and boom structures.

2. Start engine and set throttle speed to FULL position.

3. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

4. Place ANTI-STALL switch in OFF position.

STICK 'IN' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

MAIN BOOM 'DOWN' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

TILT 'BACK' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

STICK 'OUT' PORT CONNECTION

MAIN BOOM 'UP' PORT CONNECTION

•

TILT 'FORWARD' PORT CONNECTION

••

CONTROL VALVE MANIFOLD

•• ••

A

••

B

A

A

B

B

•

MAIN BOOM 'DOWN' PORT CONNECTION MAIN BOOM 'UP' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW 870-D52

•• •

A

A

B

B

•• STICK 'IN' PORT CONNECTION

•

•• • ••

TILT 'BACK' PORT CONNECTION TILT 'FORWARD' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

STICK 'OUT' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

MAIN CONTROL VALVE FLOW ADJUSTING SCREWS - NONE LEVELLER 12.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Boom functions

TYPICAL CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES See chart for recommended factory settings. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. Do not over adjust to provide faster cycle times, this will increase stress on boom components and hydraulic system.

Set times; Loosen locknut on spool travel stop adjusting screw on Linde main control valve and turn adjusting screw IN (clockwise) to SLOW DOWN and OUT (counterclockwise) SPEED UP†.

Tighten locknut on adjusting screw and re-check times. † IMPORTANT, OVER ADJUSTING: If the adjusting screw is turned TOO FAR OUT, the valve spool will travel beyond the optimum position for maximum oil flow. This will cause the cycle time to INCREASE and the boom will begin to SLOW DOWN. In this case turn the adjusting screw back IN and repeat the adjustment procedure. Do not turn the adjusting screw more than 10 turns from centre.

CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES - 860/870 CONVENTIONAL ER BOOM BOOM MAIN BOOM UP 5. Sec. 10 sec.

MAIN BOOM DOWN 8 sec.

14 sec.

STICK BOOM OUT N/A 7 sec.

STICK BOOM IN N/A 7 sec.

BOOM OUT 4.0 sec.

N/A BOOM IN 4.5 sec.

N/A TILT FORWARD 4.0 sec.

5.0 sec.

TILT BACK 4.0 sec.

5.0 sec.

30° WRIST RIGHT 2.5 sec.

2.5 sec.

30° WRIST LEFT 2.5 sec.

2.5 sec.

340° WRIST RIGHT 12 sec.

12 sec.

340° WRIST RIGHT 12 sec.

12 sec.

6 sec.

6 sec.

2 CYL. WRIST RIGHT 90° ROTATION 2 CYL. WRIST LEFT 6 sec.

6 sec.

90° ROTATION LEVEL FORE * 8 sec.

8 sec.

LEVEL AFT * 8 sec.

8 sec.

BOOM FUNCTIONS

*NOTE: To set the level FORE speed, adjust the PORT 'A' spool travel stops for BOTH leveller valves on the Linde main valve manifold. This will ensure that BOTH levelling cylinders move together at the SAME SPEED. Do the same for the AFT speed setting by adjusting BOTH PORT 'B' spool travel stops.

The level LEFT/RIGHT times will be a product of these spool travel stop settings and no further adjustments are required.

PORT CONNECTIONS: To adjust the flow rate at 'A' PORTS, use adjusting screw located at BOTTOM of valve and vice-versa for 'B' ports. See figs. 870-D52 and 870-D57.

In almost all cases the 'B' ports (bottom ports) are connected to the rod end of the cylinders and the 'A' ports (top ports) are connected to the base end of the cylinders. § This rule was reversed for the LH levelling cylinder on earlier L870 machines.

MAIN BOOM 'DOWN' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

STICK 'IN' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

••

TILT 'BACK' § FLOW ADJUSTING FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW, LH LEVELLING CYL. BASE END SCREW § LH LEVELLING CYL. ROD END ON LATER MACHINES

•

••

FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW, RH LEVELLING CYL. ROD END

• •

A

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

B

B

MAIN BOOM 'UP' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

STICK 'OUT' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

TILT 'FORWARD' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

870-D57

MAIN CONTROL VALVE FLOW ADJUSTING

A

§ FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW, LH LEVELLING CYL. ROD END § LH LEVELLING CYL. BASE END ON LATER MACHINES FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW, RH LEVELLING SCREWS - LEVELLER CYL. BASE END

12.9

B

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher TILT CYLINDER (ROD END) FLOW AND SPEED ADJUSTMENT This adjusting screw restricts the flow of oil leaving the rod end of the TILT cylinder when tilting FORWARD.

Boom functions 7. Loosen locknut on restriction adjustment screw. While holding joystick in the fully TILT FORWARD position, observe pressure gauge and record the TILT travel speed from stop to stop**. Use the restriction adjustment screw to adjust the speed and use the spool travel stop adjustment on the main control valve to maintain 800-1000 psi pump pressure.

If the TILT speed is too fast, screw restriction adjustment screw IN. If the TILT speed is too slow, screw the restriction adjustment screw OUT.

UNDERSIDE OF LINDE MAIN VALVE MANIFOLD

••

If the pump pressure reading is too low increase flow by screwing TILT spool travel stop adjusting screw (bottom adjuster) OUT. Or if the pressure is too high, decrease the flow by screwing the adjusting screw IN.

TILT CYLINDER RESTRICTION ADJUSTMENT SCREW

•• TILT CYL. FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

120-15A

NOTE: The Tilt restriction and (to a lesser extent) the spool travel stop adjustment both affect the TILT forward speed. Similarly, the TILT restrictor has a small affect on the pump pressure. Alternate between adjustments making moderate changes until the desired speed and pressure ranges are achieved.

When correctly set, this restriction will prevent cylinder damage.

1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

2. Connect a 0-5000 psi pressure gauge on 'P' test port of Linde main valve manifold.

'P' GAUGE TEST PORT

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

'LS' GAUGE TEST PORT

••

870-D54

•

8. Tighten locknut on restriction adjustment screw taking care NOT to turn the adjusting screw at the same time.

9. Check the pressures again after tightening the locknut.

10. Stop engine and remove gauge.

•

** When extending or retracting the cylinders to record the time stop the cylinder just before it gets to the end of it's stroke rather than let it bottom out and impose unnecessary loads on the cylinder parts and boom structures.

GAUGE TEST PORTS ON LINDE MAIN VALVE MANIFOLD

3. Start engine and set throttle speed to FULL position.

4. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

5. Place ANTI-STALL switch in OFF position.

6. Raise boom and place felling head in fully TILT BACK position (cylinder fully retracted).

12.10

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 13 - LEVELLING APRIL 2004

CONTENTS - SECTION 13 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................. 13.8 CONTROL VALVE ADJUST OIL FLOW TO CYLINDERS .................................................... 13.14 DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................... 13.4 PORT CONNECTIONS, VARIATIONS .................................................. 13.15 SET LEVELLING PORT RELIEF VALVES ............................................. 13.11 COUNTERBALANCE VALVE ...................................................................... 13.5 OPERATING DESCRIPTION ................................................................... 13.5 CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES, TYPICAL ....................................................... 13.15 ENGINE ANTI-STALL/LOAD SENSING ...................................................... 13.4 LEVELLING CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ......................................................... 13.8 LEVELLING PILOT MANIFOLD ................................................................... 13.2 OPERATING DESCRIPTION ................................................................... 13.2 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ............................................................. 13.3 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE, SET PRESSURE ................................ 13.9 RELIEF VALVE ......................................................................................... 13.3 SOL. OPERATED VALVES ...................................................................... 13.2 LEVELLING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................................................ 13.2 LOAD SENSING/ENGINE ANTI-STALL ...................................................... 13.4 LUBRICATING CYLINDERS AND PINS ................................. SEE SECTION 3 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE, LEVELLING PILOT MANIFOLD ............. 13.3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS COUNTERBALANCE VALVE ................................................................... 13.5 LEV. CIRC. S/N UP TO 870T0499 & 87021001- 87021160 ..................... 13.6 LEVELLING CIRCUIT S/N 87021161 AND UP ........................................ 13.7 LEVELLING PILOT MANIFOLD ............................................................... 13.3 UNDERCARRIAGE ASSEMBLY, LEVELLING ............................................ 13.2

SEE ALSO SECTION 4

SEE ALSO SECTION 9

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher LEVELLING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Levelling For additional information regarding SAFETY and OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, Refer to SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL and SECTION 2 in the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

The levelling function is operated by thumb switches on the joysticks. For operating instructions refer to JOYSTICKS in the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for THIS MACHINE.

LEVELLING PILOT MANIFOLD

The levelling function is controlled by the levelling pilot manifold which directs pilot oil to the two levelling sections of the Linde main hydraulic valve.

Two levelling cylinders are used to operate the levelling function. The left hand levelling cylinder tilts the upper frame forward and backward (FORE and AFT). The right hand levelling cylinder tilts the upper frame LEFT and RIGHT. Each cylinder is equipped with a counterbalance valve for crossline relief and load holding. During levelling however, the two cylinders are always operating in synchronization with each other in order to provide a level platform.

NOTE: All tilt directions (left, right, forward and backward) in this section refer to direction of tilt when the operator is facing the front of the machine (toward the idler).

The levelling pilot manifold supplies pilot oil at a lower pressure (260 psi.) to the levelling circuit: • • • •

Tilt right levelling Tilt back levelling Tilt left levelling Tilt forward levelling

OPERATING DESCRIPTION The levelling pilot manifold consists of a one piece manifold block into which a PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE and a PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE are installed.

Four solenoid operated pilot valves are installed in outlet ports C1 through C4. A quick disconnect test port fitting is installed in port P2 to attach a pressure gauge during set-up procedures.

ROTARY MANIFOLD

LH LEVELLING CYLINDER FOR/AFT MOVEMENT

UNDERCARRIAGE

(C1) + (C4) Sol. valves (C1) + (C2) Sol. valves (C2) + (C3) Sol. valves (C3) + (C4) Sol. valves

LEVELLING ASSEMBLY IDLER ASSEMBLY

•

RH LEVELLING CYLINDER SIDE TO SIDE MOVEMENT

•

•

•

• •

• •

•

• • •

DRIVE MOTOR

TRACK GUARDS 860-70

LOWER ROLLERS

•

INSPECTION COVERS

• •

TRACK GUARDS

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX DRIVE SPROCKET

LEVELLING UNDERCARRIAGE ASSEMBLY 13.2

•

TRACK ASSEMBLY

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Levelling

Oil is supplied to the levelling pilot manifold via the IN port and originates from a 'P2' port on the "main" pilot manifold.

Note: The RELIEF VALVE is not used for this application. It is factory set and requires no adjustment. The RELIEF VALVE must remain at the factory setting (all the way IN) for proper operation of the levelling circuit.

Pilot oil to the four solenoid pilot valves first passes through the pressure reducing valve. The pressure reducing valve reduces and maintains the levelling pilot pressure on the output side of the levelling pilot manifold to a pre-set value of 260 psi. The RELIEF VALVE, located down stream from the PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE and is not used for this levelling application.

For complete pressure setting instructions, refer to LEVELLING PILOT MANIFOLD PRESSURE SETTINGS in THIS SECTION. The four solenoid valves control the position of the spool valves to which they are hydraulically connected. When a solenoid valve is energized, by a switch on a joystick, its spool is shifted and pilot oil is directed to one end of a spool valve.

To adjust the PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE loosen the jamnut and screw out (counterclockwise) the adjusting screw to lower the pressure value or screw in the adjusting screw (clockwise) to raise the pressure value. Retighten jamnut.

When the solenoid is de-energized, a spring forces the spool back to the neutral position, blocking the pressure side and opening the pilot line back to tank. There are no adjustments on the solenoid valves.

GAUGE TEST PORT

RELIEF VALVE (NOT USED) TURN ALL THE WAY 'IN'

FROM PILOT MANIFOLD 'P2'

TO LEFT CYLINDER BASE END P2

TO LEFT CYLINDER ROD END

TO RIGHT CYLINDER BASE END P2

C4

C3

IN

C2

TO RIGHT CYLINDER ROD END P1

P1

C1

PRESS. REDUCING VALVE 260PSI

P1 P2

T

TO TANK

LEVELLING PILOT MANIFOLD SCHEMATIC

830-27

RELIEF VALVE NOT USED FOR THIS APPLICATION (TURN ALL THE WAY IN) - 3/4" WRENCH - 3/16" ALLEN KEY

SUPPLY FROM PILOT MANIFOLD 'P2' PORT

•

GAUGE TEST PORT 'P2'

••

TO TANK

••

•• ••

SPARE SOLENOID (NOT ON EARLIER MACHINES) 860-69

•

•• LEFT CYLINDER BASE END

••

•

••

RIGHT CYLINDER BASE END

LEFT CYLINDER ROD END

RIGHT CYLINDER ROD END

LEVELLING PILOT MANIFOLD 13.3

••

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (260 PSI) - 3/4" WRENCH - 3/16" ALLEN KEY

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Levelling

LEVELLING CONTROL VALVE

LOAD SENSING\ENGINE ANTI-STALL

The levelling spool sections of the Linde main control valve each have port relief valves with anticavitation features. These protect the circuit from abnormally high pressures induced by the load.

The levelling hydraulics along with the booms, swing and track drive circuits are all under the control of the load sensing system incorporated into the main hydraulic circuit.

For a full description of the main hydraulic system including load sensing, the main pump and the Linde main control valve, Refer to SECTION 4 in THIS MANUAL.

Adjustable spool travel stops on each pilot end cap of the spool sections can be adjusted to limit spool travel and control the flow of oil to the cylinder, which in turn controls the operating speed of the cylinders.

For a full description of the engine anti-stall, Refer to SECTION 9 in THIS MANUAL.

To adjust the port relief valves, Refer to SET MAIN LEVELLING PORT RELIEF VALVES in THIS SECTION.

For a full description of the pilot system including the joystick handles, Refer to SECTION 5 in THIS MANUAL.

To adjust oil flow, Refer to ADJUST OIL FLOW TO CYLINDERS in THIS SECTION. PORT CONNECTIONS: In almost all cases the 'B' ports (bottom ports) are connected to the rod end of the cylinders and the 'A' ports (top ports) are connected to the base end of the cylinders. This rule was reversed for the LH levelling cylinder on earlier L870 machines with serial numbers 87021001 to 87021160.

LEVELLING VALVE SECTIONS SEE FIGS 870-66 FOR PORT CONNECTIONS

•• •• A

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

B

B

A

B 870-D57

LINDE MAIN CONTROL VALVE - LEVELLER

13.4

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher COUNTERBALANCE VALVES

Levelling

A counterbalance valve is mounted on each of the two levelling cylinders. Each counterbalance valve consists of a two cavity 90 degree cross piloted steel body and two adjustable pilot operated counterbalance valves.

The purpose of each counterbalance valve is to provide load holding and more precise control of levelling stability by minimizing creep.

'2A' RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW 'VR' PORT

••

• ••

••

830-28

DRAIN PORT

••

'CR' PORT

830-D28

'2B' RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW

••

COUNTERBALANCE VALVE SCHEMATIC

pressure of hydraulic fluid in the cylinders. Oil entering the counterbalance valves provides pilot pressure to operate the relief valve in the opposite line which allows return oil from the cylinders to pass back to the levelling control valve. In addition there is a second internal pilot line which operates the relief valve from the return line to reduce pressure in the return lines when necessary.

'VC' PORT

LEVELLING CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE

OPERATING DESCRIPTION To tilt left; oil flows proportionally from both the RH and LH levelling sections of the Linde main control valve to both the RH and LH levelling cylinders. Oil enters the RH cylinder base end and the LH cylinder rod end via the cylinder counterbalance valves mounted directly to the cylinders.

To tilt right; oil flows proportionally from both the RH and LH levelling sections of the Linde main control valve to both the RH and LH levelling cylinders. Oil enters the RH cylinder rod end and the LH cylinder base end via the cylinder counterbalance valves mounted directly to the cylinders.

To tilt forward; oil flows proportionally from both the RH and LH levelling sections of the Linde main control valve to both the RH and LH levelling cylinders. Oil enters the LH cylinder base end and the RH cylinder base end via the cylinder counterbalance valves mounted directly to the cylinders.

DANGER Extreme care and attention must be exercised when making adjustments to the levelling hydraulic and electrical circuits.

Ensure that all personnel not directly associated with the servicing are well clear of the machine.

The whole upper frame/cab/engine compartment, boom and attachment can tilt unexpectedly from side to side or forward and backwards during servicing, creating "pinch points" between the upper frame and track assembly and the ground.

DANGER

To tilt back; oil flows proportionally from both the RH and LH levelling sections of the Linde main control valve to both the RH and LH levelling cylinders. Oil enters the LH cylinder rod end and the RH cylinder rod end via the cylinder counterbalance valves mounted directly to the cylinders.

23526A R0

Counterbalancing is provided by internal crossline pilot operated relief valves which balance the 13.5

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-67 (19305B R08/16804B R10)

Levelling

LEVELLING CIRCUIT S/N: UP TO 870T0499 AND 87021001 - 87021160 13.6

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-68 (19305B R09/16804B R10)

Levelling

LEVELLING CIRCUIT SERIAL NUMBER 87021161 AND UP 13.7

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher LEVELLING CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Levelling DANGER

During levelling, the two levelling cylinders are in operation at the same time and in synchronization with each other in order to provide a level platform. They oppose each other when tilting LEFT/RIGHT and work together when tilting FORE/AFT. The LEFT levelling cylinder tilts the upper frame forward and backward (FORE and AFT). The RIGHT levelling cylinder tilts the upper frame LEFT and RIGHT. Each cylinder is equipped with a counterbalance valve for crossline relief and load holding.

Extreme care and attention must be exercised when making adjustments to the levelling hydraulic and electrical circuits.

Ensure that all personnel not directly associated with the servicing are well clear of the machine.

The whole upper frame/cab/engine compartment, boom and attachment can tilt unexpectedly from side to side or forward and backwards during servicing, creating "pinch points" between the upper frame and track assembly and the ground.

The levelling hydraulic system is integrated into the load sensing system or "main hydraulic system". Two valve sections on the Linde main valve manifold supply oil to the rod and base ends of the two levelling cylinders.

DANGER

The levelling pilot manifold with its four solenoid operated pilot valves supply lower pressure (260 psi.) pilot oil to the pilot end caps of the two valve sections on the Linde main valve manifold.

Two switches on each of the left and right hand joysticks control all levelling functions and supply current to the four solenoid operated pilot valves.

23526A R0

Pressing the RIGHT switch on the left hand joystick supplies current through wires GRN118 and GRN 116 to energize solenoid C1 and C4 on the levelling pilot manifold. This diverts pilot oil to the 'B' pilot end cap on the RIGHT cylinder control valve on the Linde main valve manifold as well as the 'A' pilot end cap on the LEFT cylinder control valve. Shifting the spools in these valves directs "system oil" from the main pump to the rod end of the RIGHT levelling cylinder via ports '4'* on the rotary manifold and to the base end of the LEFT cylinder via port '5'* on the rotary manifold. This will result in tilting the upper frame to the RIGHT. (*Port numbers on earlier rotary manifolds may vary) Pressing the TILT LEFT switch or the FOR and AFT switches on the right hand joystick perform similar functions to the TILT RIGHT circuit description described above to tilt the upper frame to the LEFT, FORWARD and BACK positions, following appropriate wire numbers.

13.8

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Levelling

SET LEVELLING PILOT MANIFOLD PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

5. Start the engine and set the throttle control to the IDLE position.

1. Park machine on level ground, lower the felling head to the ground, engage the swing brake and stop engine.

6. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

7. Place ANTI-STALL switch in OFF position.

2. Connect a 0-500 psi pressure gauge to the test port P2 on the levelling pilot manifold.

8. Loosen locknut on pressure reducing valve adjusting screw and adjust the pressure reducing valve setting to 260 psi. as shown on pressure gauge at 'P2' port.

3. Ensure that the hydraulic oil temperature is at operating temperature.

9. Stop engine.

4. The relief valve is not used for this application. This valve requires no adjustment and should remain at the factory setting (turned all the way IN) for proper operation of the levelling function.

10. Remove all pressure gauges and reinstall all plugs and caps.

RELIEF VALVE NOT USED FOR THIS APPLICATION (TURN ALL THE WAY IN) - 3/4" WRENCH - 3/16" ALLEN KEY

SUPPLY FROM PILOT MANIFOLD 'P2' PORT

•

GAUGE TEST PORT 'P2'

•

TO TANK

•

•• ••

SPARE SOLENOID (NOT ON EARLIER MACHINES) 860-69

••

• LEFT CYLINDER BASE END

•

•

•

RIGHT CYLINDER BASE END

LEFT CYLINDER ROD END

RIGHT CYLINDER ROD END

LEVELLING PILOT MANIFOLD

13.9

•

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (260 PSI) - 3/4" WRENCH - 3/16" ALLEN KEY

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher SET COUNTERBALANCE VALVE PRESSURES

Levelling NOTE: Each valve is factory set and should require no further adjustment.

DANGER Extreme care and attention must be exercised when making adjustments to the levelling hydraulic and electrical circuits on this machine.

Ensure that all personnel not directly associated with the service work are well clear of the machine.

The whole upper frame, boom and attachment can tilt unexpectedly from side to side or forward and backwards during servicing, creating "pinch points" between the upper frame and track assembly and the ground.

If adjustment is required counterbalance valves must be set manually per the following instructions.

1. Park machine on level ground, lower the felling head to the ground, engage the swing brake and stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch off. Install levelling cylinder support brace to prevent tilting of the upper frame during this procedure.

2. Access the levelling counterbalance relief valves located on the levelling cylinders.

'2A' RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW

DANGER 'VR' PORT

••

•

23526A R0

•

830-D28

DRAIN PORT

••

'CR' PORT

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

'2B' RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW

•

••

'VC' PORT

LEVELLING CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVE

3. Loosen locknut on a '2A' counterbalance relief valve and turn the adjusting screw all the way IN (turning clockwise).

4. Turn the adjusting screw OUT 5 1/2 turns (turning counter clockwise). Tighten locknut on adjusting screw taking care not to turn the adjusting screw itself. This will set the relief valve at approximately 5600 psi.

5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for the '2B' counterbalance relief valve.

6. Repeat steps 3 to 5 for the counterbalance valve on the other cylinder (total of 4 reliefs, 2 on each counterbalance valve).

LUBRICATING CYLINDERS AND PINS Refer to LUBRICATION SCHEDULE AND DIAGRAM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

13.10

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher SET LEVELLING PORT RELIEF VALVES

Levelling DANGER

NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut (sealnut) on the port relief valve adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak. Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief.

Extreme care and attention must be exercised when making adjustments to the levelling hydraulic and electrical circuits on this machine.

Ensure that all personnel not directly associated with the service work are well clear of the machine.

The whole upper frame, boom and attachment can tilt unexpectedly from side to side or forward and backwards during servicing, creating "pinch points" between the upper frame and track assembly and the ground.

1. Park machine on level ground, lower the felling head to the ground, engage the swing brake and stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch off.

Install levelling cylinder support brace to prevent tilting of the upper frame during this procedure.

2. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

DANGER

3. Connect a 0-5000 psi pressure gauge on 'P' test port of Linde main valve manifold.

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

LS PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

•

'LS' GAUGE TEST PORT

• ••

•• 23526A R0

6. Place ANTI-STALL switch in OFF position.

'P' GAUGE TEST PORT

870-D54

7. Turn port relief valve adjusting screws for functions being set fully IN (clockwise). Do not overtighten or breakage will result.

GAUGE TEST PORTS AND LS. RELIEF ON LINDE MAIN VALVE MANIFOLD

SPOOL TRAVEL STOP • 19mm WRENCH • 6mm ALLEN KEY

4. Start engine and set throttle speed to IDLE position. NOTE; It may be necessary to increase the engine RPM sufficiently to prevent the engine from stalling.

MAIN VALVE BODY

90744-3

A

B

B

A

B 870-D57

LINDE MAIN CONTROL VALVE - LEVELLER

• •

•

PORT RELIEF VALVE

•

PILOT END CAP

•

LOCKNUT • 17mm WRENCH

• A

•

ADJUSTING SCREW • 5mm ALLEN KEY

5. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

LEVELLING VALVE SECTIONS SEE FIGS 870-66 FOR PORT CONNECTIONS

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

•

MAIN VALVE PORT RELIEF VALVE

8. With the aid of an assistant, bottom out the cylinder of the function being set and adjust L.S. pressure relief valve on Linde main valve manifold to 4700 psi on pressure gauge at 'P' port. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw.

13.11

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Levelling RH LEVELLING CYL. BASE END

WARNING If the port relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) out too far when adjusting the port relief valves, levelling cylinders will move causing an unexpected tilt of the upper frame assembly.

RH LEVELLING CYLINDER PORT RELIEFS: NOTE: When making these relief adjustments, the upper should be positioned with the boom in the straight ahead position and the attachment raise off the ground sufficiently to allow for tilting the upper frame FORWARD.

LH LEVELLING CYL. ROD END

•

•

•

•

RH LEVELLING CYL. ROD END

9. With an assistant operate the LH joystick LEFT levelling switch (RIGHT levelling cylinder fully extended).

LH LEVELLING CYL. BASE END

LINDE MAIN CONTROL VALVE - LEVELLING FUNCTIONS S/N: UP TO 870T0499 S/N:87021001 TO 87021160 870-D66

10. Loosen locknut on the RH cylinder base end port relief valve cartridge and slowly unscrew adjusting screw (counterclockwise) until oil can be heard (hissing noise) flowing through the relief valve or engine begins to lug slightly.

RH LEVELLING CYL. BASE END

LH LEVELLING CYL. BASE END

•

•

••

••

11. Slowly raise setting (clockwise) until hissing noise stops or until engine stops lugging.

NOTE: Observe the pressure gauge at 'P' port when making these adjustments, it will fall and rise as the adjusting screw is being turned and should show 4700 psi as the hissing sound begins to subside or until engine stops lugging.

RH LEVELLING CYL. ROD END

12. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw taking care NOT to turn the adjusting screw at the same time.

LH LEVELLING CYL. ROD END

LINDE MAIN CONTROL VALVE - LEVELLING FUNCTIONS S/N: 87021161 AND UP

870-D66

13. Check the setting again by ensuring that the hissing noise is still absent after tightening the locknut.

16. Slowly raise setting (clockwise) until hissing noise stops or until engine stops lugging.

NOTE: Observe the pressure gauge at 'P' port when making these adjustments, it will fall and rise as the adjusting screw is being turned and should show 4700 psi as the hissing sound begins to subside or until engine stops lugging.

14. With an assistant holding LH joystick RIGHT levelling switch (RIGHT levelling cylinder fully retracted) function (fully retracted).

15. Loosen locknut on the RH cylinder base end port relief valve cartridge and slowly unscrew adjusting screw (counterclockwise) until oil can be heard (hissing noise) flowing through the relief valve or engine begins to lug slightly.

17. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw taking care NOT to turn the adjusting screw at the same time.

18. Check the setting again by ensuring that the hissing noise is still absent after tightening the locknut.

13.12

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Levelling

LH LEVELLING CYLINDER PORT RELIEFS 19. Repeat steps 9 through' 18 to set the port relief valves for the LH levelling cylinder functions.

20. Readjust L.S. pressure relief valve on Linde main valve manifold to read 4300 psi on pressure gauge at 'P' port (4000 psi at 'LS' port). Refer to SET LOAD SENSE RELIEF VALVE in SECTION 4 of THIS MANUAL. 21. Stop engine, remove all gauges and reinstall plugs and caps.

13.13

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Levelling 1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

DANGER Extreme care and attention must be exercised when making adjustments to the levelling hydraulic and electrical circuits on this machine.

Ensure that all personnel not directly associated with the service work are well clear of the machine.

The whole upper frame, boom and attachment can tilt unexpectedly from side to side or forward and backwards during servicing, creating "pinch points" between the upper frame and track assembly and the ground.

DANGER

2. Start engine and set throttle speed to FULL position.

3. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

4. Place ANTI-STALL switch in OFF position.

LEVELLING SPEED; 5. Fully retract BOTH cylinder.

6. Press the FORE tilt levelling switch and fully ** extend cylinders. Record cycle time from stop to stop.

7. Operate the AFT tilt levelling switch and fully ** retract cylinders. Record cycle time from stop to stop.

CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES

23526A R0

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

ADJUST OIL FLOW TO CYLINDERS (CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES) NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of locknut (sealnut) on spool travel stop adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak.

Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief.

CYLINDER

CYL.

CYCLE TIMES

LEVEL - 'FORWARD' ......... 8 SEC. LEVEL - 'BACK' ................. 8 SEC.

FULL EXTN. FULL RET.

8. Adjust the valve spool travel stops to achieve the time outlined in the chart. NOTE: Adjustment of the FORE/AFT speed is the only adjustment required. SIDE to SIDE speeds will be a product of these settings.

NOTE: Some adjustments may be required to ensure that the upper frame does not track RIGHT or LEFT during the FORE/AFT movement.

LEVELLING VALVE SECTIONS SEE FIGS 870-66 FOR PORT CONNECTIONS

• • A

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

B

B

A

B 870-D57

LINDE MAIN CONTROL VALVE - LEVELLER 13.14

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher RH LEVELLING ROD END BASE END FLOW CYL. BASE END FLOW ADJUST. ADJUST.

••

Levelling ** When extending or retracting cylinders to record the time, stop the cylinder just before it gets to the end of it's stroke rather than let it bottom out and impose unnecessary loads on the cylinder parts and frame structures.

LH LEVELLING CYL. ROD END

•

TYPICAL CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES

RH LEVELLING CYL. ROD END

•

See chart for recommended factory settings.

Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. Do not over adjust to provide faster cycle times, this will increase stress on boom components and hydraulic system.

•

BASE END ROD END LH LEVELLING FLOW FLOW CYL. BASE END ADJUST. ADJUST.

LINDE MAIN CONTROL VALVE - LEVELLING FUNCTIONS S/N: UP TO 870T0499 870-66 S/N:87021001 TO 87021160 RH LEVELLING CYL. BASE END

ROD END FLOW ADJUST.

•

LH LEVELLING CYL. BASE END

•

Set times; Loosen locknut on spool travel stop adjusting screw on Linde main control valve and turn adjusting screw IN (clockwise) to SLOW DOWN and OUT (counterclockwise) SPEED UP†. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw and recheck times. † IMPORTANT, OVER ADJUSTING: If the adjusting screw is turned TOO FAR OUT, the valve spool will travel beyond the optimum position for maximum oil flow. This will cause the cycle time to INCREASE and the function will begin to SLOW DOWN. In this case turn the adjusting screw back IN and repeat the adjustment procedure.

PORT CONNECTIONS:

RH LEVELLING CYL. ROD END

•• BASE END FLOW ADJUST.

•• LH LEVELLING CYL. ROD END

LINDE MAIN CONTROL VALVE - LEVELLING FUNCTIONS S/N: 87021161 AND UP

870-66

To adjust the flow rate at 'A' PORTS, use adjusting screw located at BOTTOM of valve and vice-versa for 'B' ports. See figs. 870-66 In almost all cases the 'B' ports (bottom ports) are connected to the rod end of the cylinders and the 'A' ports (top ports) are connected to the base end of the cylinders. This rule was reversed for the LH levelling cylinder on earlier L870 machines with serial numbers 87021001 to 87021160.

13.15

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Levelling

13.16

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 15 - SWING MAY 2004

CONTENTS - SECTION 15 ADJUST OIL FLOW TO SWING MOTOR(SWING MOTOR SPEED) ......... 15.5 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................. 15.2 CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVES .................................................................... 15.4 MAIN CONTROL VALVE SPOOL TRAVEL STOP ........................................................................... 15.5 PRESSURE SETTINGS .............................................................................. 15.4 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS SWING CIRCUIT, EARLIER STYLE PUMP ............................................. 15.6 SWING CIRCUIT, LATER STYLE PUMP ................................................ 15.7 SWING DRIVE MOTOR SCHEMATIC ..................................................... 15.2 SET SWING MOTOR SPEED ..................................................................... 15.5 SWING BEARING WEAR LIMITS ............................................................. 15.10 SWING DRIVE GEARBOX BEARING HOUSING DESIGN VARIATIONS .......................................... 15.9 LUBRICATION OF LOWER BEARING .................................................... 15.3 LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING .................. 15.3 SUN GEAR INSTALLATION .................................................................... 15.8 SWING MOTOR REMOVAL FROM GEARBOX .......................................... 15.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher MOTOR

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVES R.H ROTATION

•• •

Swing Power is transmitted from the motor to a double reduction planetary gearbox which has a springapplied, hydraulic-release, multi-disc brake on the input shaft. This brake is normally ON. Placing the swing brake switch in the OFF position energizes the ALTERNATE BRAKE RELEASE PORT 'Z' (PLUGGED)

L.H. ROTATION

•• ••

STEEL DISC FRICTION DISC

FLUSHING PORT 'T'

•• 1/16" DIA. ORIFICE CONNECTOR PORT 'U'

SWING BRAKE

CONNECTOR/ ORIFICE 0.062" DIA

FLUSHING PORT 'U'

• •

• •

• •

• BRAKE RELEASE PORT 'Y'

•

••

GEARBOX

BK005-8

CROSS SECTION OF SWING BRAKE CONNECTOR/ ORIFICE 0.062" DIA

• 111-6

SWING BRAKE

SWING DRIVE GEARBOX

SWING DRIVE

•

GEARBOX FLUSHING OIL SUPPLY FROM OIL COOLER BYPASS/ RETURN MANIFOLD

SWING DRIVE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT The swing hydraulics along with the booms, track drive and levelling circuits are all monitored by the load sensing system incorporated into the main hydraulic circuit.

FROM BRAKE RELEASE PILOT

For a full description of the main hydraulic system including load sensing, the main pump and the Linde main control valve, Refer to SECTION 4 in THIS MANUAL.

•

• CROSS LINE RELIEF VALVES

For a full description of the engine anti-stall, Refer to SECTION 9 in THIS MANUAL. For a full description of the pilot system including the joystick handles, Refer to SECTION 5 in THIS MANUAL. The main pump supplies oil to the swing motor via the swing valve section on the Linde main control valve manifold.

The swing function is controlled by the left joystick valve which sends proportional pilot signals to the Linde main valve manifold which supplies oil to the swing motor.

The swing motor is a piston motor with crossline relief valves mounted on the input end. The crossline relief valves provide a cushion to the high forces that occur during start and stop of the upper frame swing function.

PRESSURE LINES FROM MAIN CONTROL VALVE

SWING DRIVE MOTOR SCHEMATIC swing brake solenoid pilot valve on the pilot manifold and allows pilot oil pressure to flow to the swing brake via port 'Y', to release the swing brake.

830-16

Port 'Z' contains an internal orifice but the port is plugged and not used.

In the event that electrical power is lost to the solenoid valve or hydraulic pressure to the pilot valve is lost, the swing brake will engage (ON) automatically.

The swing gearbox upper gearing is lubricated by hydraulic oil which flows from one of the three return 15.2

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Swing

ports on the wrist/clamps valve into the 'U' port on the swing drive gearbox. A 1/16 inch orifice/ connector installed in the 'U' port regulates the flow of oil through the gearbox at approximately 1 GPM. Oil is returned to tank via flushing port 'T'.

• SWING DRIVE GEARBOX

The wrist/clamps valve has two other tank ports that return the bulk of the oil in the clamps circuit back to tank.

RELIEF GREASE FITTING FITTING

LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the two lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease.

Using a hand grease gun, pump 5 shots of grease into the grease fitting located either behind the cab on earlier machines or below the swing gearbox on

870-D59

•

••

LOWER BEARING GREASE/RELIEF FITTINGS (LATER MACHINES) later machines. Grease should purge from the relief fitting leaving the cavity in which the bearings are held completely filled with grease.

LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING

BOOM BELT BRACKET (REAR OF CAB)

To lubricate the swing bearing, apply 10 shots grease while swinging every 24 hours to one of

••

GREASE FITTING

SEAT PEDESTAL SWING PINION GREASE FITTING SWING BEARING GREASE FITTING

•

•• 229-10

•• 216-12A

LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING

the two grease fittings located on the seat pedestal in the operator's cab. To lubricate the swing pinion (or teeth) apply 10 shots grease every 8 hours while swinging to the other grease fitting located on the seat pedestal. The grease fittings are clearly labelled.

GREASE LINE TO LOWER BEARING HOUSING

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTING (EARLIER MACHINES)

For lubrication schedule, refer to SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

SWING DRIVE GEARBOX

••

• RELIEF FITTING

256-22A

••

•

LOWER BEARING RELIEF FITTING (EARLIER MACHINES)

15.3

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher PRESSURE SETTINGS AND SWING SPEED ADJUSTMENT SET CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVES

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

Swing If pressure gauge is installed in 'P' test port, reading on gauge would be 3600 psi.

7. Tighten locknut on each adjusting screw taking care not to disturb adjusting screw and re-check pressure setting before removing pressure gauge.

8. Stop engine, remove gauge and reinstall plug.

1. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

2. Install a 0-5000 psi pressure gauge in the 'L.S.' test port on the back of the main valve manifold.

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

LS PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

••

'LS' GAUGE TEST PORT

• •

•

'P' GAUGE TEST PORT

870-D54

GAUGE TEST PORTS AND LS. RELIEF ON LINDE MAIN VALVE MANIFOLD

3. Start engine and place throttle control in FULL. 4. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate the pilot system.

5. Turn anti-stall switch OFF and the swing brake ON.

CROSSLINE RELIEFS R.H. ROTATION

• ADJUSTING SCREWS

111-6

••••

L.H. ROTATION

• •• • •

CROSSLINE RELIEF VALVES

6. While operating the L.H. joystick lever fully in both the LEFT and RIGHT directions, loosen locknut on each crossline relief adjusting screw and turn adjusting screw until the reading on pressure gauge in 'L.S.' test port is 3300 psi. for each direction.

15.4

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Swing

ADJUST OIL FLOW TO SWING MOTOR (SWING MOTOR SPEED) SPOOL TRAVEL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW • 19MM WRENCH • 6MM ALLEN KEY

NOTE: Constant loosening and tightening of the locknut (sealnut) on the adjusting screws will eventually cause the seal in the nut to break down and leak. Because of this it is best to keep the adjusting procedure brief.

••

1. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

••

ANTI-CAVITATION VALVE

2. Start engine and place engine throttle control in FULL position.

PILOT END CAP

•

3. Lower LEFT armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate the pilot system.

•

4. Raise felling head off ground and place L.H. joystick lever in 'FULL LEFT' position and rotate the upper. Record time for one complete revolution.

MAIN VALVE BODY

90919-1

5. Repeat step (4) with L.H. joystick lever in 'FULL RIGHT' position.

MAIN VALVE SPOOL TRAVEL STOP

The recommended factory setting is between 6 and 7 RPM. It should be noted that over adjusting to provide a faster swing speed could increase the stress on boom components and increase the heat load in the hydraulic system.

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area.

Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

6. To adjust swing speed; (Refer to main valve photo and fig. 90919-1) Loosen locknut on spool travel stop adjusting screw and turn adjusting screw IN (clockwise) to slow down and OUT (counterclockwise) speed up. Tighten locknut on adjusting screw and recheck times.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

SWING 'RIGHT' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW

SWING 'LEFT' PORT CONNECTION

CONTROL VALVE MANIFOLD

HIGH PRESSURE LIMITING CONTROL

••

••

• •

A

A

A

B

B

B

SWING 'LEFT' FLOW ADJUSTING SCREW 870-D52

•

A

A

A

B

B

B

•• SWING 'RIGHT' PORT CONNECTION

MAIN CONTROL VALVE FLOW ADJUSTING SCREWS 15.5

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-72

SWING SYSTEM HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT WITH EARLIER STYLE PUMP 15.6

Swing

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-73

Swing

SWING SYSTEM HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT WITH LATER STYLE PUMP 15.7

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SWING MOTOR FROM GEARBOX

Swing 5. Assuming that there is no visible damage to the first stage planetary gears, reassemble the brake assembly back onto the swing drive gearbox and secure it by reusing the six M12x30mm hex head bolts. Torque each hex head bolt to 62 lbf/ft (84 Nm).

When the swing drive motor is removed from the swing drive gearbox for inspection or repair, there is a possibility that the sun gear may not mesh properly with the first stage planetary gears when it is reinstalled. This will cause premature failure of the swing drive gearbox.

Installing the sun gear involves lining up all of the brake discs so that the outer splines on the sun gear can slide through the brake discs allowing the bottom gear teeth to mesh properly with the first stage planet gears.

M12 HEX. HD. RETAINING BOLTS

BRAKE HOUSING WITH MOTOR REMOVED These alignment marks should guarantee that both the brake disc and the first stage planetary gear teeth will be in alignment with the sun gear splines and bottom gear teeth, provided nothing has moved.

3. Remove the sun gear from the swing drive gearbox and inspect the gear teeth at the bottom of the sun gear for abnormal damage or wear.

If there is no visible damage to the gear teeth, proceed to step (6). If there is visible damage to the sun gear, it must be replaced, proceed to step (4).

4. If the sun gear in step (3) has visible signs of damage, then the first stage planetary gears must also be inspected. Remove the brake assembly and inspect the first stage planetary gears for visible damage. If there is no visible damage, proceed to step (5). If there is visible damage to the first stage planetary gears, then the entire swing drive gearbox should be replaced.

• 1-5/16" ± 1/16"

• • 'O' RING

• • • BRAKE DISCS

SUN GEAR

AQ009-4

MOTOR MOTOR MOUNTING SURFACE

•

•

2. Make alignments mark on the sun gear and brake housing to facilitate re-assembly of the sun gear back into the swing drive gearbox.

•

SUN 'O' RING GEAR

•

PROCEDURE: 1. Remove the swing drive motor from the swing drive gearbox.

ALIGNMENT MARKS

BRAKE HOUSING

FIRST STAGE PLANETARY GEARS (3)

• BOTTOM GEAR TEETH ON SUN GEAR

BK005-6

VERIFY SUN GEAR IS FULLY INSTALLED 6. Reinstall the sun gear into the swing drive gearbox using the alignment marks made in step (2). Verify that the sun gear is properly and fully engaged into the swing drive gearbox, i.e.; That the outer splines on the sun gear have passed through all of the brake discs.

This can be done by measuring the distance between the swing motor mounting surface and the top of the flat surface of the sun gear (1 5/16” ± 1/16”).

7. Verify that the O-ring is properly seated and secured on the swing motor. If there is any difficulty in securing it in place, use a small amount of petroleum jelly on the O-ring for assistance.

8. Centre the spacer ring on top of the sun gear and install the swing drive motor. Torque the two M16 mounting bolts to 150 lbf/ft (205 Nm).

15.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher BEARING HOUSING DESIGN VARIATIONS, SWING DRIVE GEARBOX

Swing When the gearbox is assembled to the machine the lower portion of the bearing housing fits into a precision bored hole in the upper frame. The diameter of this bored hole on early machines is 230 mm and on later machines is 250 mm. A limited number of intermediate design gearboxes with a diameter of 230 mm were installed on later upper frames that had a spacer ring welded into the bored hole to reduce the hole diameter down to 230 mm. (Spacer ring O/D = 250 mm; I/D = 230 mm.)

There are three variations of the swing drive gearbox in use on the Tigercat models 860/870/ L870.

• Early design • Intermediate design • Later design The differences are confined to the lower half of the gearbox where the bearings are housed. Refer to the 860, 870/L870 parts catalogs for variations in part numbers.

INTERCHANGEABILITY NOTE: If it becomes necessary to replace the intermediate design gearbox with the later design gearbox, the spacer ring must be removed.

To determine which gearbox is installed on any particular machine, refer to the illustration below which shows three profile illustrations indicating the shape of lower bearing housing.

SWING DRIVE MOTOR

M12 HEX HEAD RETAINING BOLTS TORQUE TO 62 LBF-FT

•

M16 HEX HEAD RETAINING BOLTS TORQUE TO 150 LBF-FT

• • •

SWING BRAKE ASSEMBLY GEARBOX

LOWER BEARING HOUSING

LOWER BEARING HOUSING

•

•

LOWER BEARING HOUSING

•

•

•

• UPPER FRAME SPACER RING BK010-3

BK010-4

BK010-2

230 mm 230 mm

250 mm

EARLY DESIGN

INTERMEDIATE DESIGN

250 mm

LATER DESIGN

SWING DRIVE GEARBOX, BEARING HOUSING DESIGN VARIATIONS 15.9

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher SWING BEARING WEAR LIMITS It is important that the swing bearing be periodically inspected for wear. Any significant wear will be noticeable by observing too much "tilting" of the upper frame relative to the lower frame. A small amount of designed-in clearance in the bearing is normal and is present in a new machine.

Too much clearance will affect the backlash between the ring gear and the drive pinion and if left unchecked will cause damage to the gear teeth and ultimately the swing drive gearbox.

The main cause of wear in the ball race can be due to a lack of lubricant or not following the proper lubricating procedure. A damaged or missing peripheral seal will also contribute to early wear by allowing dirt particles to enter the ball race.

Swing The following procedure will verify the amount of wear in the ball race: 1. Position machine with boom fully extended as in position 1.

2. Set indicator to zero.

3. Lower boom as in position 2.

4. Note tilt reading on indicator.

5. Return machine to position 1.

6. Check to see if reading on indicator has returned to zero, if not repeat steps 1 thru 4.

7. Rotate upper frame 90 deg. and repeat steps 1 thru 6.

8. The bearing is considered to be worn when the total play is 0.105" or greater.

Regular inspection of the seal should be carried out and the proper lubricating procedure should be followed. Refer to FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

15.10

Tigercat 860/870/870L Feller Buncher

SECTION 17 - SAW DRIVE MAY 2004

CONTENTS - SECTION 17 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................. 17.6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ..................................................................................... 17.7 MOTOR BEGIN OF STROKE. SEE FELLING HEAD MANUAL MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT. SEE FELLING HEAD MANUAL PRESSURE SETTINGS .............................................................................. 17.6 SAW CONTROL VALVES MAIN SAW CONTROL VALVE ................................................................ 17.4 MAIN SAW CONTROL VALVE OPERATING DESCRIPTION ................. 17.4 RELIEF VALVE. SEE ALSO SECTION 18 SAW PILOT VALVE ................................................................................. 17.3 SAW PUMP DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................... 17.2 PRESSURE COMPENSATOR VALVE .................................................... 17.8 SCHEMATIC ............................................................................................ 17.2

Tigercat 860/870/870L Feller Buncher SAW PUMP

Saw drive

The saw pump is an axial-piston variable displacement pump controlled by a pressure compensator. The pressure compensator is mounted directly onto the pump and has a STANDBY pressure adjustment and a P.O.R. adjustment.

The STANDBY adjusting screw is screwed completely in and is NOT used for this application.

The P.O.R. is adjusted to operate at 3600 psi.

Until the system pressure reaches 3600 psi, the compensator valve will be in the "return" position blocking oil flow to the swashplate control piston leaving the pump at maximum displacement.

The saw pump is mounted and driven off the end of the main pump attached to the bell housing of the engine.

SAW PUMP SCHEMATIC

853SM48

A separate fixed displacement wrist and clamps pump is mounted on the back of the saw pump for the wrist, clamp and accumulator functions. This pump is either a gear type design for a "standard" hydraulic installation or it is a variable displacement piston pump which is used when a "high pressure" hydraulic installation is required.

SAW PUMP (PISTON PUMP)

MAIN PUMP (AP196) MAIN PUMP (PISTON PUMP) CONTROLLER

PUMP MOUNTING PLATE

SAW PUMP PRESSURE COMPENSATOR WRIST AND CLAMPS PUMP (GEAR PUMP), SHOWN, USED ON STANDARD SYSTEM (PISTON PUMP USED ON HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM

•• •

•• •

•• ••

870-D49

PUMP ASSEMBLY - LATER MACHINES 17.2

Tigercat 860/870/870L Feller Buncher

INPUT SHAFT CONNECTION TO MAIN PUMP

Saw drive

•

SAW PUMP PRESSURE COMPENSATOR VALVE

• ••

AP035

OUTPUT SHAFT CONNECTION TO WRIST AND CLAMPS PUMP

SAW PUMP ~ SIDE VIEW

SAW CONTROL VALVES The saw circuit is controlled by a solenoid operated pilot valve and a pilot operated main control valve.

SAW PILOT VALVE The saw pilot valve, mounted below the saw/wrist/clamps valve, consists of an aluminum body into which is housed a solenoid operated control valve cartridge.

An electrical signal from the saw switch in the cab energizes the solenoid in the pilot valve to shift the spool and direct pilot oil to one end of the spool section of the main saw valve.

SAW PILOT VALVE

251-12

Continued on page 4

VALVE BODY

DIN CONNECTOR

•

•

•• CONTROL VALVE CARTRIDGE AT022

17.3

• SOLENOID

SAW PILOT VALVE

Tigercat 860/870/870L Feller Buncher

Saw drive MAIN SAW VALVE OPERATING DESCRIPTION Oil (system pressure) enters the end inlet section of the main control valve. When the spool is centered (at rest) the oil is allowed to pass through the saw spool section into a common tank passage of the wrist/clamp spool sections and back to tank via the outlet section.

MAIN SAW CONTROL VALVE The following valve description applies to both the valve used in the STANDARD system and the valve used in the HIGH PRESSURE system. The high pressure system is only applicable to the wrist/ clamps/accum. portion of the valve, it does not affect the saw circuit. Although the valves are not the same in terms of the part number or the manufacturer, they do function in exactly the way.

The saw spool section has a self centering 3-position spool which is open centered. A spring in the spool end cap holds the spool in the centre neutral position.

The main saw control valve is a valve section on the wrist/clamps/saw valve. It consists of an open centre spool section and an inlet section containing a relief valve.

The spool is shifted by pilot pressure from the pilot valve being applied to one end of the spool.

Shifting the spool directs oil from the saw pump to the saw motor.

Since port relief valves are not required for the saw function, the spool section used with the standard system valve uses plugs in the port relief valve locations. The high pressure valve uses relief valve cartridges but they are screwed all the way in to render then in-active.

The relief valve installed in the saw inlet section of the main saw valve is set higher than the saw pump compensator pressure setting and will limit the pressure should a pump regulator or "swashing" failure occur.

Three other spool sections along with one mid inlet section control the wrist, clamp and accumulator functions. Each spool section is pilot operated.

The relief valve diverts oil to tank via the tank passages in the spool sections and the outlet section of the wrist/clamps valve. It also functions as an ant-cavitation relief valve.

An common outlet section directs return oil back to tank.

For a detail description of the relief valves, refer to RELIEF VALVES in SECTION 18 of this manual.

For further description of wrist/clamps/saw valve refer to SECTION 18 of THIS MANUAL.

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'B' (NOT USED, SCREW ADJUSTER ALL THE WAY IN)

SEAL GROOVES

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'A' (NOT USED, SCREW ADJUSTER ALL THE WAY IN)

••

•• •

•

•• PILOT END CAP

••

••

•

••

•• •• ••

• SPOOL TANK PASSAGE

AT097-2

••

•

•

SPOOL CENTERING SPRINGS

PARALLEL PASSAGE

THRU' WORK NEUTRAL PORT PASSAGE BRIDGE

LOAD CHECK VALVE

TANK PASSAGE

CROSS SECTION OF SAW SPOOL SECTION (HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM)

17.4

PILOT END CAP

Tigercat 860/870/870L Feller Buncher

Saw drive

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (OIL FLOW) GAUGE TEST PORT

PORT RELIEF VALVES

POWER BEYOND PORT TO 'T3' PORT ON MAIN LINDE VALVE MANIFOLD

••

'IN' PORT FROM ATTACHMENT PUMP

•

RETURN CONNECTION TO TANK

•

•• •

GAUGE TEST PORT FOR SAW

•

• •

• CLAMP WRIST ACCUM.

SAW

••

••

•

POWER BEYOND PORT TO SWING BRAKE

•• INLET (MID) SECTION

••

•

MAIN RELIEF VALVE

••

•

PORT RELIEF VALVES

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (OIL FLOW) SAW-D30-1

WRIST/CLAMP/ACCUMULATING VALVE, "STANDARD" (WITH SAW SECTION) PARALLEL PASSAGE

A

PLUG

WORK PORT BRIDGE

LOAD CHECK VALVE

B

•

•

•

• •

SPOOL CENTERING SPRING

PILOT END CAP SPOOL

TANK PASSAGE

THRU' NEUTRAL PASSAGE 90136-4G

•

•

•

•

ANTI CAVITATION VALVE

• •

•

PILOT END CAP

OUTLET SECTION

CROSS SECTION OF SAW SPOOL SECTION (STANDARD SYSTEM)

17.5

Tigercat 860/870/870L Feller Buncher

Saw drive

SAW CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION The saw blade (typically) is driven by a variable displacement hydraulic motor (axial piston, bent axis) which is mounted directly above the saw blade and coupled to the saw blade through a drive shaft.

The variable displacement saw pump supplies oil flow to the motor via the saw control valve. The main saw control valve is pilot operated and controls the flow of hydraulic oil from the pump to the saw motor. A relief valve is installed in the inlet section of the main saw control valve.

A solenoid operated pilot valve controls the flow of pilot oil to the end of the spool in the main saw control valve.

spool in main saw control valve. This will direct oil from the saw pump to the saw motor, causing the system pressure to rise and the saw blade to begin to rotate.

When the pressure (system pressure) builds up to 3600 psi the spool in the pump COMPENSATOR valve shifts to direct oil to the pump swashplate control piston. The piston moves the swashplate towards the neutral position to cut back the flow of oil while at the same time maintaining the pressure and continuing to rotate the blade.

This system has a lower horsepower requirement and generates less heat since the pump reduces it's output flow instead of dumping hydraulic oil over relief valves.

The saw switch located on the control panel in the cab is used to turn the saw ON or OFF. It is a two position switch controlling the flow of electrical current via a relay to the saw pilot valve solenoid.

The saw motor adjusts its displacement in response to system pressure, this is only true with variable displacement motors.

An electrical signal from the saw switch energizes the solenoid in the pilot valve to shift the spool and direct pilot oil to one end of the spool section of the main saw control valve.

Return oil from the saw motor is directed through the outlet section of the wrist and clamps valve.

For explanation of saw motor, refer to saw head manufacturers manual.

NOTE: Saw will not operate with pilot system OFF. Saw will not function properly with low pilot pressure.

PRESSURE SETTINGS: PUMP AND SAW CONTROL VALVE 1. Park machine on level ground, lower felling head to the ground and stop engine.

NOTE: If the engine has been turned off or the pilot shut off system tripped (L.H. arm rest raised) with the saw switch left in the ON position, the saw will not start up when the engine is restarted or the arm rest lowered. In this case press the PILOT RESET button and turn the saw switch OFF and then ON.

2. Block saw blade from rotating as per method outlined in saw head manufacturer’s manual.

3. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

IMPORTANT: To maximize pump and motor life, do not shut the engine off until the saw blade has come to a complete stop.

4. Install a 0-5000 PSI pressure gauge on saw valve gauge test port.

5. On the pump compensator valve; •

Slacken jamnut on P.O.R. adjusting screw, and turn adjusting screw all the way in.

CAUTION: Do not use excessive force; stop when the resistance increases sharply. Tighten the jamnut.

•

The STANDBY valve adjusting screw is screwed fully IN (factory set) and must remain this way. This portion of the compensator is NOT USED.

With the saw switch in the OFF position, the solenoid operated pilot valve is in the de-energized position preventing pilot oil flow from shifting the spool in the main saw control valve.

With the main saw control valve spool in this neutral position, the hydraulic oil is directed through the open centre of the main control valve and back to tank. This prevents the saw pump from generating system pressure to rotate the blade, it also causes the saw pump to shift to maximum displacement.

When the saw switch is placed in the ON position, the solenoid operated pilot valve will be placed in the energized position directing pilot oil to shift the

6. On saw control valve, slacken the jamnut and turn adjusting nut on saw control relief valve OUT until spring pressure is relieved.

7. Start the engine** and put throttle control to the IDLE position.

17.6

Tigercat 860/870/870L Feller Buncher

860-74

Saw drive

SAW DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 17.7

Tigercat 860/870/870L Feller Buncher

Saw drive

**CAUTION: Before starting engine, ensure saw relief valve is unscrewed as stated in step 6, otherwise damage could occur to the piston pump.

8. Lower left armrest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

9. Turn the saw switch ON. NOTE: Saw will not operate with pilot system OFF. Saw will not function properly with low pilot pressure.

NOTE: If the engine has been turned off or the pilot shut off system tripped (L.H. arm rest raised) with the saw switch left in the ON position, the saw will not start up when the engine is restarted or the arm rest lowered. In this case press the PILOT RESET button and turn the saw switch OFF and then ON. 10. Set the saw control valve relief*** pressure to 4000 psi. by slowly screwing the relief valve adjusting nut in until the required pressure reading is obtained.

IMPORTANT Saw relief valve must be set at least 400 psi. above pump P.O.R. to avoid generation of excessive heat.

12. Set P.O.R. on pump compensator to 3600 psi. (or to saw head manufacturers recommended value, which ever is lower) by slowly screwing the relief valve adjusting screw out until the required pressure reading is obtained.

13. Re-tighten jamnut, making sure adjusting screw does not turn.

14. The adjusting screw on the STANDBY valve must remain screwed fully IN. 15. Remove all pressure gauges. ***Refer to RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE in section 18 of this manual.

P.O.R. VALVE (3600 PSI)

STANDBY VALVE

11. Re-tighten jamnut, making sure adjusting nut does not turn.

•• 217-21

•

PRESSURE COMPENSATOR VALVE PRESSURE COMPENSATOR VALVE

•

••

SAW PUMP

845B-D17

SAW PUMP WITH PRESSURE COMPENSATOR 17.8

WRIST AND CLAMPS PUMP (GEAR PUMP SHOWN)

••

Tigercat 860/870/870L Feller Buncher

Saw drive

SET MOTOR BEGIN OF REGULATION TO 3200 PSI Refer to felling attachment manufacturer’s service literature for this procedure.

IMPORTANT The motor begin of regulation setting must be at least 400 PSI. lower than the pump P.O.R. setting.

SET MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT Refer to felling attachment manufacturer’s service literature for this information.

17.9

Tigercat 860/870/870L Feller Buncher

Saw drive

17.10

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

SECTION 18 - TREE CLAMPS AND WRIST MAY 2004

CONTENTS - SECTION 18 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ........................................................................... 18.10 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ................................................................................... 18.12 CONTROL VALVES GENERAL DESCRIPTION ....................................................................... 18.4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM .................................................................... 18.2 STANDARD SYSTEM .............................................................................. 18.2 WRIST OPTIONS 30°, 110° AND 340° .................................................... 18.2 PRESSURE SETTINGS HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM .................................................................. 18.15 STANDARD SYSTEM ............................................................................ 18.13 PUMP, ATTACHMENT HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ............................................... 18.4 STANDARD HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ......................................................... 18.3 RELIEF VALVE, MAIN AND PORT LATER DESIGN (HUSCO) .................. 18.8 ADJUSTING PROCEDURE ..................................................................... 18.9

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher WRIST, TREE CLAMP AND ACCUMULATING ARMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION This section 18 of the service manual deals with the WRIST and TREE CLAMP(S) functions associated with the Tigercat disc saw felling head.

There are two hydraulic configurations in use, STANDARD and HIGH PRESSURE. The HIGH PRESSURE configuration is designed to boost the "clamping" capability of both the accumulating arm(s) and the clamp arm(s) and is accomplished by replacing the STANDARD attachment valve with a HIGH PRESSURE capable valve and replacing the attachment gear pump with a variable displacement piston pump, all combined with setting the pressures higher on the port relief valves.

The STANDARD configuration uses a gear pump, which was a vane pump on the very early machines and the standard attachment valve.

Both the STANDARD and the HIGH PRESSURE systems are dealt with in THIS SECTION of the SERVICE MANUAL.

Tree clamps and wrist The valve section used for the wrist on the wrist and clamps valve now includes spool travel stops in each pilot end cap. Earlier wrist valve sections were configured without spool travel stops. The travel stops are only required when a 110° or a 340° wrist is installed on the machine, they are used to regulate the flow of oil to the wrist motors or cylinders and control the wrist action speed.

The spool travel stops are not required for the 30° wrist and should be adjusted to allow full travel of the spool (backed out).

Only the 30° WRIST. pressure adjustment procedures are discussed in this manual.

ALL aspects of pressure and flow adjustments for the 110° and 340° WRIST ASSY. including cycle times, are explained in a separate Tigercat publication: Tigercat SAWS OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL. NOTE: Refer to the OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL for Tigercat SAWS for ALL lubrication and maintenance schedule procedures.

With regard to the WRIST function; There are three different types of wrist assemblies in use: 30°, 110° and 340°. The procedure for making pressure adjustments in each of these hydraulic circuits will vary.

18.2

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher ATTACHMENT PUMP - STANDARD HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Tree clamps and wrist MANUAL. The return oil from this OPEN CIRCUIT is directed to tank via a return port 'T' on the outlet section of the control valve.

This single section gear pump is driven off the PTO of the saw pump. The input drive shaft is connected to the saw pump shaft by a drive coupling.

DRIVE GEAR ON INPUT SHAFT

OUTLET

THRUST PLATES

•

••

••

DRIVE GEAR

DRIVEN (IDLER) GEAR

•

••

•

•• INPUT DRIVE SHAFT (CONNECTED TO SAW PUMP) 845B-41

INLET

•• GEAR HOUSING

GEAR1

TYPICAL GEAR PUMP

The operation of a typical external gear pump (so called because the gear teeth are on the external surface of the hub) is shown in Figure gear1.

PORT PLATE, REAR

WRIST/CLAMP/ACCUM. PUMP

The pump supplies hydraulic oil to the saw/clamp/ wrist valve. From there it is directed to operate the clamp and accumulating arms cylinders and the wrist cylinder. A power beyond (PB) port located in the outlet section of the control valve directs hydraulic oil to the swing drive gearbox for lubricating and cooling purposes. A second 'PB' port directs hydraulic oil to the 'T3' port on the main Linde valve manifold. See MAIN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT in SECTION 4 of THIS

A gear pump carries oil from the inlet to the outlet in the spaces between gear teeth. The pumping chamber is formed by the gears, the pump housing, and thrust plates. One of the two gears, called the drive gear, will be connected to the drive shaft. The other gear called the idler gear is driven by the drive gear.

WRIST/CLAMP/ ACCUM. PUMP

•

• ••

MAIN PUMP

SAW PUMP

870-D49

PUMP ASSEMBLY USED ON STANDARD SYSTEM 18.3

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher ATTACHMENT PUMP - HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM This high pressure system uses a variable displacement pressure compensated piston pump which is driven off the PTO of the saw pump. The input drive shaft is connected to the saw pump shaft by a drive coupling.

COMPENSATOR ADJUSTING SCREW

••

• •

STANDBY ADJUSTING SCREW

Tree clamps and wrist CONTROL VALVES For a detailed description of the pilot manifold refer to SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL. For a detailed description of main and port relief valves, refer to ANTI-CAVITATION RELIEF VALVES (HUSCO) in THIS SECTION. WRIST/CLAMP/ACCUMULATING VALVE The following valve description applies to both the valve used in the STANDARD system and the valve used in the HIGH PRESSURE system. Although the valves are not the same in terms of the part number or the manufacturer, they do function in exactly the way.

The valve consists of four open centre spool sections, an end inlet section, a mid inlet section and an outlet section. The inlet (end) section feeds a single spool which is used for the saw function.

PRESSURE COMPENSATOR

• ATTACHMENT PUMP 250-11

ATTACHMENT PUMP (HIGH PRESSURE)

The mid inlet section feeds the remaining three spools which are used for the wrist, clamp and accumulating arms functions. Each spool is pilot operated. The outlet section is common to all four sections and returns oil to the hydraulic tank. Power beyond (PB) ports in the outlet section can be used to direct oil on to "power" other hydraulic functions or may be used to connect additional return lines when necessary. In the case of the 860/870 these 'PB' ports are used to connect the 'T3' port on the main Linde valve manifold and the swing drive gearbox lubrication port 'U'.

Oil enters the mid inlet section and is allowed to pass through the three spool sections (wrist/clamp/ accumulating) and back to tank via the outlet section. Each of the spool sections has a self centering 3-position spool which is open centre. A spring in the spool end cap holds the spool in the centre neutral position. The spool is shifted by pilot pressure being applied to either end of the spool.

Shifting the spool directs oil to operate any one of the three functions (or all at the same time if required but with reduced flow to each).

18.4

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Tree clamps and wrist

The valve section used for the wrist includes spool travel stops in each pilot end cap. Earlier wrist valve sections were configured without spool travel stops. The travel stops are only required when a 110° or a 340° wrist is installed on the machine, they are used to regulate the flow of oil to the wrist motors or cylinders and control the wrist action speed. The spool travel stops are not required for the 30° wrist and should be adjusted to allow full travel of the spool (backed out).

A MAIN RELIEF VALVE is installed in the mid inlet section of the valve. It controls the pressure to the three spool sections and is set lower than the PORT RELIEF VALVES. A MAIN RELIEF VALVE is also installed in the end inlet section of the saw section. Refer to SECTION 17, SAW DRIVE in THIS SECTION. All relief valves are the same type (anti-cavitation relief valve). For a detailed description of these relief valves, refer to ANTI-CAVITATION RELIEF VALVES LATER DESIGN (HUSCO) in THIS SECTION.

IMPORTANT: Holding the CLAMP CLOSE button down on the joystick after the clamp cylinders are fully closed will not increase the clamping force on the trees, but will generate heat in the hydraulic system.

To prevent over pressurizing of the operating circuits, each work port in the valve sections has a PORT RELIEF VALVE.

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (OIL FLOW) GAUGE TEST PORT

PORT RELIEF VALVES

POWER BEYOND PORT TO 'T3' PORT ON MAIN LINDE VALVE MANIFOLD

•

'IN' PORT FROM ATTACHMENT PUMP

••

••

RETURN CONNECTION TO TANK

• •

GAUGE TEST PORT FOR SAW

•

•• •

•• CLAMP WRIST ACCUM.

SAW

••

•

POWER BEYOND PORT TO SWING BRAKE

• INLET (MID) SECTION

••

MAIN RELIEF VALVE

•

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (OIL FLOW) SAW-D30-1

••

••

••

OUTLET SECTION

PORT RELIEF VALVES

WRIST/CLAMP/ACCUMULATING VALVE, "STANDARD" (WITH SAW SECTION) 18.5

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher OUTLET SECTION

Tree clamps and wrist

••

PORT RELIEF VALVES

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW

••

MID INLET SECTION

••

CLOSE

•

CLOSE

•

CCW

A ACCUM. B

A CLAMPS B

A

WRIST B

••

OPEN

••

•

PORT RELIEF VALVES

OPEN

•

CW

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW

•

MAIN RELIEF VALVE

• SAW

•• ••

SAW SECTION

WRIST/CLAMP/ACCUMULATING VALVE - WITH SAW SECTION (STANDARD)

AT0-025ILL

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'A'

PARALLEL PASSAGE

LOAD CHECK VALVE

WORK PORT BRIDGE

A

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'B'

B

••

• •

PILOT END CAP

SPOOL CENTERING SPRING

•

••

••

•

• • •• PILOT END SPOOL CAP

•• TANK PASSAGE

THRU' NEUTRAL PASSAGE

CROSS SECTION OF SPOOL SECTIONS FOR CLAMP AND ACCUM. FUNCTIONS

90136-3

PARALLEL PASSAGE

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'A' SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (FLOW CONTROL)

LOAD CHECK VALVE

WORK PORT BRIDGE

A

B

• •• ••

• ••

••

• ••

SPOOL CENTERING SPRING

•

•

••

•• SPOOL

TANK PASSAGE

THRU' NEUTRAL PASSAGE 90136-3STOPS

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (FLOW CONTROL)

• ••

PILOT END CAP

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'B'

PILOT END CAP

CROSS SECTION OF SPOOL SECTION WITH SPOOL STOPS FOR WRIST FUNCTION 18.6

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Tree clamps and wrist

OUTLET SECTION

• •

PORT RELIEF VALVES

• ••

••

CLOSE

A ACCUM. B

OPEN

CLOSE

A CLAMPS B

OPEN

A

CW

CCW

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW

WRIST

B

••

• • •• ••

PORT RELIEF VALVES

•

MAIN RELIEF VALVE

SAW

••

MID INLET SECTION

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW

••

SAW SECTION

WRIST/CLAMP/ACCUMULATING VALVE - WITH SAW SECTION (HIGH PRESSURE)

AT-180

SEAL GROOVES RELIEF VALVE PORT 'A'

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'B'

•

• •

•

• PILOT END CAP

•

••

•

•

••

•

••

•• •• • •

• SPOOL

PARALLEL PASSAGE

TANK PASSAGE AT097-2

THRU' WORK NEUTRAL PORT PASSAGE BRIDGE

LOAD CHECK VALVE

SEAL GROOVES

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'A'

A

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'B'

B

••

PILOT END CAP

••

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (FLOW CONTROL)

•• •

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

••

••

•

•• SPOOL TANK PASSAGE

TANK PASSAGE PARALLEL PASSAGE

AT180-3

TANK PASSAGE

CROSS SECTION OF SPOOL SECTIONS FOR CLAMP AND ACCUM. FUNCTIONS

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (FLOW CONTROL)

PILOT END CAP

SPOOL CENTERING SPRINGS

LOAD CHECK VALVE

THRU' NEUTRAL PASSAGE

WORK PORT BRIDGE

•

•• PILOT END CAP SPOOL CENTERING SPRING

CROSS SECTION OF SPOOL SECTION WITH SPOOL STOPS FOR WRIST FUNCTION 18.7

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Tree clamps and wrist ANTI-CAVITATION RELIEF VALVE LATER DESIGN, HUSCO (STANDARD SYSTEM)

VALVE POPPET

T

••

P

Operation: Step 1.

T

STEP 1 PILOT POPPET

This valve is used as a MAIN and PORT relief valve in both the wrist, clamp and accumulating arms control valve(s).

‘P’ represents a high pressure area and ‘T’ represents tank. Under normal operation, ‘P’ is below the relief pressures, the valve poppet is firmly seated and oil cannot flow to tank.

T

Step 2.

••

P

STEP 2

T SEATING POPPET

Step 3.

T

••

P

STEP 3

T

• STEP 4

P

T

••

As the seating poppet began to move away from the valve poppet, the valve poppet began to open under the effect of the pressure at P thus allowing a large volume of flow to tank. The drop in pressure behind the valve poppet when the seating poppet seats on the pilot poppet ensures full opening of the valve poppet.

Step 5.

T VALVE POPPET

As a result of the opening of the pilot poppet, the seating poppet moves back, due to the pressure drop caused by oil flow through the bore of the seating poppet, and seats against the pilot poppet. This shuts off the flow of oil through the seating poppet and the cavity pressure now drops to tank pressure.

Step 4.

T VALVE POPPET

When the pressure at ‘P’ reaches the relief valve setting, the pilot poppet unseats and allows oil in the inner cavity to flow to tank, thus lowering the pressure in the cavity between the pilot poppet and the other poppets.

P

When pressure ‘P’ drops the pilot poppet closes and then the seating poppet moves back to its original position and permits oil pressure to flow into the cavity behind the valve poppet. As the seating poppet moves back it comes in contact with the valve poppet and its spring force plus the oil pressure cause the valve poppet to move back to the closed position.

As an anti-void or check valve

STEP 5

T CHECK POPPET

T

•• ANTI-VOID CHECK OPERATION

P

The anti-void unit supplies oil to the pressure area ‘P’ when its pressure drops below the pressure in the tank gallery of the valve. The valve then acts as a free flow check valve and prevents cavitation. In this condition, the pressure at ‘P’ is lower than at ‘T’ and due to the shape of the check poppet, the pressure forces cause the poppet to unseat, allowing oil to flow from ‘T’ to ‘P’.

T 18.8

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Tree clamps and wrist

ANTI-CAVITATION RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE, HUSCO (STANDARD SYSTEM) ADJUSTING NUT

••

51055-2

JAMNUT, 1" WRENCH

ADJUSTING SCREW

••

••

PORT RELIEF VALVE - HUSCO TYPE) 98145IL

HUSCO: 1. Loosen jamnut.

JAMNUT

•• •

3. Lock jamnut against adjusting nut using 6 - 8 lbf/ft., making sure the adjusting screw does not turn.

5. Re-check relief setting.

98143

**IMPORTANT: Approach the gauge reading slowly and deliberately by turning adjusting nut in a little at a time.

••

PORT RELIEF VALVE - PARKER TYPE (HIGH PRESSURE)

ADJUSTING SCREW

2. Turn adjusting nut** to obtain desired pressure reading on gauge.

JAMNUT

MAIN RELIEF VALVE - PARKER TYPE (HIGH PRESSURE)

PARKER (HIGH PRESSURE): Follow HUSCO procedure shown above with the exception that this relief valve uses an adjusting screw in lieu of an adjusting nut.

For complete step-by-step pressure setting procedures of circuits using these relief valves, Refer to the appropriate sections in this manual.

18.9

T

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Tree clamps and wrist

IMPORTANT This manual is applicable to factory installed machine functions and controls. It does not take into account any changes or modifications made after shipment. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

WRIST, CLAMP AND ACCUMULATING ARMS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION There are two hydraulic configurations in use, STANDARD and HIGH PRESSURE. From a circuit description point of view the two circuits operate the same way except that the attachment pump used on the standard system is a gear pump and a Variable piston pump is used on the high pressure system. For further information regarding the difference between these two circuits, refer to GENERAL DESCRIPTION in THIS SECTION. With regard to the WRIST function; There are three different types of wrist assemblies in use: 30°, 110° and 340°. The procedure for making pressure adjustments in each of these hydraulic circuits will vary.

Only the 30° wrist. pressure adjustment procedures are discussed in this manual.

HYDRAULIC TANK

•

Refer to Tigercat SAWS OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL for detailed information on the 110° and 340° wrist assemblies.

The clamp and accumulating arms are each operated by independent hydraulic cylinders. The wrist cylinder extends or retracts to provide a clockwise or counter-clockwise rotation of the felling head. The cylinders receive oil from the attachment pump via three spool sections in the wrist/clamp/accumulating control valve.

The 30 degree wrist is operated by trigger switches on the joystick handles. The right hand switch rotates the felling head in the counterclockwise direction and the left hand switch rotates the head in the clockwise direction. The switches operate solenoid pilot valves located on the pilot manifold which direct pilot oil to the wrist section of the control valve to shift the spool. The spool directs oil from the attachment pump to either end of the wrist cylinder and from the cylinder back to tank.

CLAMPS, WRIST AND SAW VALVE SAW SECTION OF VALVE

SAW PILOT VALVE

•• PILOT MANIFOLD

••

PILOT SHUT OFF VALVE

PILOT SUPPLY (PRESSURE REDUCING/RELIEVING) VALVE

'P2' GAUGE TEST PORT

•• 'T3' TANK CONNECTION WITH CHECK VALVE

••

MAIN LINDE VALVE MANIFOLD

••

• ••

870-D56

VALVE COMPARTMENT 18.10

• •

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Tree clamps and wrist

The clamp arm is operated by a 3 position thumb switch (OPEN/CLOSE, self centering to OFF) located on the right joystick control handle. The switch operates two solenoid pilot valves which direct pilot oil to the clamp arm spool section of the control valve, to shift the spool. The spool directs oil from the attachment pump to either end of the cylinder and from the cylinder back to tank.

The accumulating arms are operated by a 3 position thumb switch (OPEN/CLOSE, self centering to OFF) located on the left joystick control handle. The switch operates two solenoid pilot valves which direct pilot oil to the accumulating arms spool section of the control valve, to shift the spool. The spool directs oil from the attachment pump to either end of the cylinder and from the cylinder back to tank.

18.11

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

860-71

Tree clamps and wrist

WRIST, CLAMP AND ACCUMULATING ARMS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 18.12

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher CAUTION Use caution when in the cab as a slight touch of the controls can cause sudden rotation/tilting of the upper frame and boom assembly

CAUTION Be aware of other personnel in the area.

Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the machine.

WARNING Ensure that no one is standing near the attachment during this procedure.

IMPORTANT Avoid blowing oil over relief for longer than five seconds, as this will cause excessive heating of the hydraulic fluid.

Tree clamps and wrist SET WRIST, CLAMP AND ACCUMULATING ARMS PORT AND MAIN RELIEF VALVES. STANDARD SYSTEM: Main relief valve (mid) ............................ 2700 psi Wrist port reliefs ...................................... 3200 psi Clamps port reliefs .................................. 3200 psi Accumulating arms port reliefs ............. 3200 psi Wrist section spool stop adjusting screw* . Turned fully OUT HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM (HP): Main relief valve (mid) ............................ 3600 psi Wrist port reliefs ...................................... 4000 psi Clamps port reliefs .................................. 4000 psi Accumulating arms port reliefs ......................... 4000 psi Wrist section spool stop adjusting screw* . Turned fully OUT Pump compensator ................................. 3300 psi Pump standby ................................. Turned fully IN *NOTE: the spool stop adjusting screws installed in the wrist section of the valve are not required with a 30° wrist assembly. They should be screwed out or backed off enough so as not to interfere with either end of the end of the valve spool when it is fully shifted.

SET PRESSURES FOR STANDARD SYSTEM: WARNING:. Position felling head on the ground during this procedure except when adjusting the wrist port relief valves. The swing brake should be applied at all times during this procedure.

WARNING The swing brake must be applied at all times during this procedure.

NOTE: Depending on the valve manufacturer, It will either be an adjusting screw or an adjusting nut, the following instructions will make reference to an "adjuster". Also refer to RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION.

PRESSURE SETTINGS AIR IN PILOT END CAPS Air accumulation in the pilot end caps of the wrist/clamp/accumulating control valve can cause the clamp arms to behave in a sluggish manor. To bleed the air: Pressurize the hydraulic tank to approximately 5 psi and loosen the suspected pilot end cap fitting to release the air. After completion, tighten the fittings and re-adjust the pressure in the hydraulic tank.

1. Park machine on level ground, lower the felling head to the ground, engage the swing brake and stop engine.

2. Ensure that hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

3. Connect a 0 - 5,000 psi. pressure gauge to the wrist/clamp/accumulating control valve test port.

4. Turn main relief adjuster all the way in.

5. Turn the port relief valve adjusters on the wrist, clamp and accumulating arms spool sections of the control valve OUT until spring pressure is relieved and then turn adjusters one full turn IN. 6. From inside the cab, close and latch the cab door.

18.13

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

OUTLET SECTION

Tree clamps and wrist

•

ACCUM. ARMS 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF (3200 PSI)

UPPER CLAMP ARMS 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF (3200 PSI)

•• •

B

A

CLOSE

B

A

CLOSE

OPEN

•

OPEN

••

WRIST 'CCW' PORT RELIEF (3200 PSI)

•

•

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (FULLY OUT)

B

A

CCW

••

••

CW

••

•

MID INLET SECTION

WRIST 'CW' PORT RELIEF (3200 PSI)

• SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (FULLY OUT)

•

GAUGE TEST PORT (FOR SAW) 04 JIC

AT025ILL

UPPER CLAMP ARMS 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF (3200 PSI)

MAIN RELIEF (2700 PSI) - 1 " WRENCH

SAW

GAUGE TEST PORT 04 JIC

ACCUM. ARMS 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF (3200 PSI)

WRIST/CLAMP/ACCUMULATING VALVE - STANDARD SYSTEM IMPORTANT: Approach the gauge reading slowly and deliberately by turning adjuster in a little at a time. The pressure setting must not exceed the above value.

WARNING Accumulator and clamp arms open and close very rapidly. The felling head will also be rotated side to side during this procedure.

Operator must ensure that no one is near the felling head during these procedures.

10. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the ACCUMULATING ARMS OPEN position (fully retracted), check gauge pressure reading.

If less than 3200 psi., readjust accumulating arms open port relief. Repeat above procedure until correct gauge reading is obtained.

7. Start the engine and set throttle to IDLE. NOTE: It may be necessary to increase the engine speed sufficiently to prevent the engine from stalling.

8. Lower LEFT arm rest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate the pilot system.

9. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the ACCUMULATING ARMS CLOSE position (cylinder fully extended), check gauge pressure reading. If less than 3200 psi., readjust accumulating arms close port relief.

Repeat above procedure until correct gauge reading is obtained.

IMPORTANT: During these procedures, Do Not hold thumb switch in the on position for longer than 5 seconds.

11. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the CLAMP ARM CLOSE position (cylinder fully extended), check gauge pressure reading.

If less than 3200 psi., readjust clamp close port relief. Repeat above procedure until correct gauge reading is obtained.

12. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the CLAMP ARM OPEN position (cylinder fully retracted), check gauge pressure reading.

If less than 3200 psi., readjust clamp open port relief. Repeat above procedure until correct gauge reading is obtained.

18.14

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Tree clamps and wrist

13. Raise the boom and rotate the felling head fully to one side. While holding the joystick wrist trigger switch depressed, check gauge pressure reading.

COMPENSATOR ADJUSTING SCREW

•

••

•

If less than 3200 psi., readjust port relief.

Repeat above procedure until correct gauge reading is obtained.

14. With the boom raised, rotate the felling head fully to the other side. While holding the joystick wrist trigger switch depressed, check gauge pressure reading.

PRESSURE COMPENSATOR

•

If less than 3200 psi., readjust port relief.

Repeat above procedure until correct gauge reading is obtained. Centre the felling head and lower to the ground.

ATTACHMENT PUMP 250-11

Reset main relief: 15. Place throttle control in FULL position; Unscrew the main relief valve adjuster three full turns. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the ACCUMULATING ARMS OPEN position, check gauge pressure reading.

If less than 2700 psi, readjust main relief.

Repeat above procedure until a gauge reading of 2700 psi is obtained.

16. Remove pressure gauge.

SET PRESSURES FOR HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM: WARNING:. Position felling head on the ground during this procedure except when adjusting the wrist port relief valves. The swing brake should be applied at all times during this procedure.

1. Park machine on level ground, lower the felling head to the ground, engage the swing brake and stop engine.

2. Ensure that hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

3. On the auxiliary pump compensator valve: •

•

Slacken jamnut on compensator adjusting screw, and turn adjusting screw all the way IN. CAUTION: Do not use excessive force; stop when the resistance increases sharply. Tighten the jamnut.

STANDBY ADJUSTING SCREW

ATTACHMENT PUMP (HIGH PRESSURE)

4. Connect a 0 - 10,000 psi. pressure gauge to the wrist/clamp/accumulating control valve test port.

5. Turn main relief adjusting screw all the way in.

6. Turn the port relief valve adjusting screw on the wrist, clamp and accumulating arms spool sections of the control valve OUT until spring pressure is relieved and then turn adjusting screws one full turn IN. 7. From inside the cab, close and latch the cab door.

8. Start the engine and set throttle to IDLE. NOTE: It may be necessary to increase the engine speed sufficiently to prevent the engine from stalling.

9. Lower LEFT arm rest and press PILOT RESET switch to activate the pilot system.

10. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the ACCUMULATING ARMS CLOSE position (cylinder fully extended), check gauge pressure reading. If less than 4000 psi., readjust accumulating arms close port relief.

Repeat above procedure until correct gauge reading is obtained.

IMPORTANT: During these procedures, Do Not hold thumb switch in the on position for longer than 5 seconds.

IMPORTANT: Approach the gauge reading slowly and deliberately by turning adjuster in a little at a time. The pressure setting must not exceed the above value.

The STANDBY valve adjusting screw is screwed fully IN (factory set) and must remain this way. This portion of the compensator is NOT USED.

18.15

Tigercat 860/870/L870 Feller Buncher

Tree clamps and wrist

OUTLET SECTION

•

ACCUM. ARMS 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF (4000 PSI)

•

UPPER CLAMP ARMS 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF (4000 PSI) WRIST 'CCW' PORT RELIEF (4000 PSI) SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (FULLY OUT) MID INLET SECTION

ACCUM. ARMS 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF (4000 PSI)

•• ••

••

CLOSE

A ACCUM. B

OPEN

CLOSE

A CLAMPS B

OPEN

A

CCW

WRIST

•

••

B

CW

UPPER CLAMP ARMS 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF (4000 PSI)

• •• •• •

WRIST 'RIGHT' PORT RELIEF (4000 PSI)

••

MAIN RELIEF (3600 PSI) - 1 " WRENCH

SAW

•

•

SPOOL STOP ADJUSTING SCREW (FULLY OUT)

GAUGE TEST PORT 04 JIC

•

SAW SECTION

GAUGE TEST PORT (FOR SAW) 04 JIC

WRIST/CLAMP/ACCUMULATING VALVE - WITH SAW SECTION (HIGH PRESSURE) 11. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the If less than 4000 psi., readjust port relief.

ACCUMULATING ARMS OPEN position (fully Repeat above procedure until correct gauge retracted), check gauge pressure reading. reading is obtained. Centre the felling head and lower to the ground.

If less than 4000 psi., readjust accumulating AT-180

arms open port relief. Repeat above procedure until correct gauge reading is obtained.

12. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the CLAMP ARM CLOSE position (cylinder fully extended), check gauge pressure reading.

If less than 4000 psi., readjust clamp close port relief. Repeat above procedure until correct gauge reading is obtained.

13. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the CLAMP ARM OPEN position (cylinder fully retracted), check gauge pressure reading.

If less than 4000 psi., readjust clamp open port relief. Repeat above procedure until correct gauge reading is obtained.

14. Raise the boom and rotate the felling head fully to one side. While holding the joystick wrist trigger switch depressed, check gauge pressure reading.

If less than 4000 psi., readjust port relief.

Repeat above procedure until correct gauge reading is obtained.

Reset main relief valve: 16. Place throttle control in FULL position; Unscrew the main relief valve adjusting screw three full turns. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the ACCUMULATING ARMS OPEN position, check gauge pressure reading.

If less than 3600 psi, readjust main relief.

Repeat above procedure until a gauge reading of 3600 psi is obtained.

Reset auxiliary pump compensator:17. Place throttle control in FULL position 18. Set compensator adjustment on pump compensator to 3300 psi. by slowly screwing the compensator adjusting screw OUT until the required pressure reading is obtained.

19. Re-tighten jamnut, making sure adjusting screw does not turn.

20. If no further adjustments are necessary, Stop engine. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any excess oil from test port area.

15. With the boom raised, rotate the felling head fully to the other side. While holding the joystick wrist trigger switch depressed, check gauge pressure reading.

18.16